Multigram Synthesis of a Chiral Substituted Indoline Via Copper-Catalyzed Alkene Aminooxygenation.
Sequeira, Fatima C; Bovino, Michael T; Chipre, Anthony J; Chemler, Sherry R
2012-05-01
(S)-5-Fluoro-2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxymethyl)-1-tosylindoline, a 2-methyleneoxy-substituted chiral indoline, was synthesized on multigram scale using an efficient copper-catalyzed enantioselective intramolecular alkene aminooxygenation. The synthesis is accomplished in four steps and the indoline is obtained in 89% ee (>98% after one recrystallization). Other highlights include efficient gram-scale synthesis of the (4R,5S)-di-Ph-box ligand and efficient separation of a monoallylaniline from its bis(allyl)aniline by-product by distillation under reduced pressure.
Multigram Synthesis of a Chiral Substituted Indoline Via Copper-Catalyzed Alkene Aminooxygenation
Sequeira, Fatima C.; Bovino, Michael T.; Chipre, Anthony J.
2012-01-01
(S)-5-Fluoro-2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxymethyl)-1-tosylindoline, a 2-methyleneoxy-substituted chiral indoline, was synthesized on multigram scale using an efficient copper-catalyzed enantioselective intramolecular alkene aminooxygenation. The synthesis is accomplished in four steps and the indoline is obtained in 89% ee (>98% after one recrystallization). Other highlights include efficient gram-scale synthesis of the (4R,5S)-di-Ph-box ligand and efficient separation of a monoallylaniline from its bis(allyl)aniline by-product by distillation under reduced pressure. PMID:22639473
Flow Chemistry on Multigram Scale: Continuous Synthesis of Boronic Acids within 1 s.
Hafner, Andreas; Meisenbach, Mark; Sedelmeier, Joerg
2016-08-05
The benefits and limitations of a simple continuous flow setup for handling and performing of organolithium chemistry on the multigram scale is described. The developed metalation platform embodies a valuable complement to existing methodologies, as it combines the benefits of Flash Chemistry (chemical synthesis on a time scale of <1 s) with remarkable throughput (g/min) while mitigating the risk of blockages.
Preparation and Purification of Multigram Quantities of TAX and SEX.
1981-12-01
Synthesis Purification Nitrolysis 2L AS[TNIACT (Cletiloe -m powowe0m N noeaemy and Identify by block number) This final report describes the multigram... synthesis and purification of 3 kg of 1-acetylhexahydro-3,5-dinitro-1,3,5-triazine (TAX) and the feasibility of producing kilogram quantities of l...residual impurities; (3) demonstrate the feasibility of the synthesis approach on a one-pound batch reaction; and (4) provide a cost-plus-fixed-fee estimate
The synthesis of monomers with pendent ethynyl group for modified high performance thermoplastics
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Nwokogu, Godson C.; Antoine, Miquel D.; Ansong, Omari
1992-01-01
The objectives of this project were to develop synthetic schemes for the following classes of modified monomers: (1) difunctional triarylethanes with pendent acetylenic groups; and (2) tertiary aspartimides with terminal acetylene groups at the two ends. Our efforts have resulted in the successful development of high yield schemes for the syntheses of several diamino and bisphenolic analogs of difunctional triarylethanes with pendent ethynyl group. A scheme for one new tertiary aspartimide was also established. Multi-gram samples of all prepared new monomers were provided to our technical contact at NASA-LaRC and preliminary polymerization studies were encouraging. Details of the accomplished work within the last four years are described.
PuPHOS: a synthetically useful chiral bidentate ligand for the intermolecular Pauson-Khand reaction.
Verdaguer, Xavier; Lledó, Agustí; López-Mosquera, Cristina; Maestro, Miguel Angel; Pericàs, Miquel A; Riera, Antoni
2004-11-12
Here we describe the synthesis and use of the Pulegone-derived bidentate P,S ligands PuPHOS and CyPuPHOS in the intermolecular Pauson-Khand reaction. Ligand exchange reaction of hexacarbonyldicobalt-alkyne complexes with PuPHOS provides a diasteromeric mixture of complexes (up to 4.5:1) from which the major isomers can be conveniently separated by simple crystallization. An isomerization-crystallization sequence of the original mixture results in a dynamic resolution that allows the preparation of the pure major Co(2)(mu-TMSC(2)H)(CO)(4)-PuPHOS (15a) in a multigram scale. Pauson-Khand reaction of 15a with norbornadiene provided, for the first time, the corresponding enone 18 with up to 93% yield and 97% ee. The use of (+)-18 as a surrogate of chiral cyclopentadienone is also demonstrated. Copper-catalyzed Michael addition of a Grignard reagent followed by removal of the TMS group with TBAF were the most reliable methods to transform (+)-18 into valuable starting materials 20a-e for the enantioselective synthesis of cyclopentenoid systems.
Scalable synthesis and post-modification of a mesoporous metal-organic framework called NU-1000
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Wang, Timothy C.; Vermeulen, Nicolaas A.; Kim, In Soo
The synthesis of NU-1000, a mesoporous metal-organic framework (MOF), can be conducted efficiently on a multigram scale from inexpensive starting materials. NU-1000 has been reported as an excellent candidate for gas separation and catalysis. In particular, it is ideal for the catalytic deactivation of nerve agents and shows great promise as a new generic platform for a wide range of applications. Multiple post-synthetic modification protocols have been developed using NU-1000 as the parent material, making it a potentially useful scaffold for several catalytic applications. The procedure for the preparation of NU-1000 can be scaled up reliably, and it is suitablemore » for the production of 50 g of the tetracarboxylic acid containing organic linker and 200 mg–2.5 g of NU-1000. Lastly, the entire synthesis is performed without purification by column chromatography and can be completed within 10 d.« less
Scalable synthesis and post-modification of a mesoporous metal-organic framework called NU-1000
Wang, Timothy C.; Vermeulen, Nicolaas A.; Kim, In Soo; ...
2015-12-17
The synthesis of NU-1000, a mesoporous metal-organic framework (MOF), can be conducted efficiently on a multigram scale from inexpensive starting materials. NU-1000 has been reported as an excellent candidate for gas separation and catalysis. In particular, it is ideal for the catalytic deactivation of nerve agents and shows great promise as a new generic platform for a wide range of applications. Multiple post-synthetic modification protocols have been developed using NU-1000 as the parent material, making it a potentially useful scaffold for several catalytic applications. The procedure for the preparation of NU-1000 can be scaled up reliably, and it is suitablemore » for the production of 50 g of the tetracarboxylic acid containing organic linker and 200 mg–2.5 g of NU-1000. Lastly, the entire synthesis is performed without purification by column chromatography and can be completed within 10 d.« less
High-yielding continuous-flow synthesis of antimalarial drug hydroxychloroquine
Telang, Nakul S; Kong, Caleb J; Verghese, Jenson; Gilliland III, Stanley E; Ahmad, Saeed; Dominey, Raymond N
2018-01-01
Numerous synthetic methods for the continuous preparation of fine chemicals and active pharmaceutical ingredients (API’s) have been reported in recent years resulting in a dramatic improvement in process efficiencies. Herein we report a highly efficient continuous synthesis of the antimalarial drug hydroxychloroquine (HCQ). Key improvements in the new process include the elimination of protecting groups with an overall yield improvement of 52% over the current commercial process. The continuous process employs a combination of packed bed reactors with continuous stirred tank reactors for the direct conversion of the starting materials to the product. This high-yielding, multigram-scale continuous synthesis provides an opportunity to achieve increase global access to hydroxychloroquine for treatment of malaria. PMID:29623120
Synthesis of diverse pyrazole-4-sulfonyl chlorides starting from 2-(benzylthio)malonaldehyde.
Sokolyuk, Pavlo A; Kondratov, Ivan S; Gavrylenko, Olexiy V; Tolmachov, Andrey A
2016-02-01
A series of pyrazole-4-sulfonyl chlorides was obtained by a convenient 2-step method starting from synthetically available 2-(benzylthio)malonaldehyde. The method can be applied for the effective multi-gram synthesis of diverse pyrazole-containing sulfonyl chlorides which are mostly not available by other methods.
A Simple, Scalable Synthetic Route to (+)- and (−)-Pseudoephenamine
Mellem, Kevin T.
2013-01-01
A three-step synthesis of pseudoephenamine suitable for preparing multigram amounts of both enantiomers of the auxiliary from the inexpensive starting material benzil is described. The sequence involves synthesis of the crystalline mono-methylimine derivative of benzil, reduction of that substance with lithium aluminum hydride, and resolution of pseudoephenamine with mandelic acid. PMID:24138164
SnAP reagents for the one-step synthesis of medium-ring saturated N-heterocycles from aldehydes
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Vo, Cam-Van T.; Luescher, Michael U.; Bode, Jeffrey W.
2014-04-01
Interest in saturated N-heterocycles as scaffolds for the synthesis of bioactive molecules is increasing. Reliable and predictable synthetic methods for the preparation of these compounds, especially medium-sized rings, are limited. We describe the development of SnAP (Sn amino protocol) reagents for the transformation of aldehydes into seven-, eight- and nine-membered saturated N-heterocycles. This process occurs under mild, room-temperature conditions and offers exceptional substrate scope and functional-group tolerance. Air- and moisture-stable SnAP reagents are prepared on a multigram scale from inexpensive starting materials by simple reaction sequences. These new reagents and processes allow widely available aryl, heteroaryl and aliphatic aldehydes to be converted into diverse N-heterocycles, including diazepanes, oxazepanes, diazocanes, oxazocanes and hexahydrobenzoxazonines, by a single synthetic operation.
Koch–Haaf reaction of adamantanols in an acid-tolerant hastelloy-made microreactor
Mukai, Yu
2011-01-01
Summary The Koch–Haaf reaction of adamantanols was successfully carried out in a microflow system at room temperature. By combining an acid-tolerant hastelloy-made micromixer, a PTFE tube, and a hastelloy-made microextraction unit, a packaged reaction-to-workup system was developed. By means of the present system, the multigram scale synthesis of 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid was achieved in ca. one hour operation. PMID:21977213
Just, Jeremy; Deans, Bianca J; Olivier, Wesley J; Paull, Brett; Bissember, Alex C; Smith, Jason A
2015-05-15
A new, practical, rapid, and high-yielding process for the pressurized hot water extraction (PHWE) of multigram quantities of shikimic acid from star anise (Illicium verum) using an unmodified household espresso machine has been developed. This operationally simple and inexpensive method enables the efficient and straightforward isolation of shikimic acid and the facile preparation of a range of its synthetic derivatives.
Co/NHPI-mediated aerobic oxygenation of benzylic C–H bonds in pharmaceutically relevant molecules
Hruszkewycz, Damian P.; Miles, Kelsey C.; Thiel, Oliver R.; ...
2016-10-07
A simple cobalt(II)/N-hydroxyphthalimide catalyst system has been identified for selective conversion of benzylic methylene groups in pharmaceutically relevant (hetero)arenes to the corresponding (hetero)aryl ketones. The radical reaction pathway tolerates electronically diverse benzylic C–H bonds, contrasting recent oxygenation reactions that are initiated by deprotonation of a benzylic C–H bond. The reactions proceed under practical reaction conditions (1 M substrate in BuOAc or EtOAc solvent, 12 h, 90–100 °C), and they tolerate common heterocycles, such as pyridines and imidazoles. A cobalt-free, electrochemical, NHPI-catalyzed oxygenation method overcomes challenges encountered with chelating substrates that inhibit the chemical reaction. The utility of the aerobic oxidationmore » method is showcased in the multigram synthesis of a key intermediate towards a drug candidate (AMG 579) under process-relevant reaction conditions.« less
Chamakuri, Srinivas; Jain, Prashi; Guduru, Shiva Krishna Reddy; Arney, Joseph Winston; MacKenzie, Kevin; Santini, Conrad; Young, Damian W
2018-05-11
Amino acids from the chiral pool have been used to produce a 24-member branch of 2,6-disubstituted piperazine scaffolds suitable for use in compound library production. Each scaffold was obtained as a single absolute stereoisomer in multi-gram quantities. Stereochemistry was confirmed by 2D NMR protocols and enantiomeric purity was determined by chiral HPLC. The scaffolds are intended for use as intermediates in parallel synthesis of small-molecule libraries.
Abdiaj, Irini; Alcázar, Jesús
2017-12-01
We report herein the transfer of dual photoredox and nickel catalysis for C(sp 2 )C(sp 3 ) cross coupling form batch to flow. This new procedure clearly improves the scalability of the previous batch reaction by the reactor's size and operating time reduction, and allows the preparation of interesting compounds for drug discovery in multigram amounts. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Ghosh, Arun K.; Sarkar, Anindya
2016-01-01
Enantioselective syntheses of (−)-alloyohimbane and (−)-yohimbane was accomplished in a convergent manner. The key step involved a modified mild protocol for the enantioselective enzymatic desymmetrization of meso-diacetate. The protocol provided convenient access to an optically active monoacetate in multi-gram scale in high enantiomeric purity. This monoacetate was converted to (−)-alloyohimbane. Reductive amination of the derived aldehyde causes the isomerization leading to the trans-product and allows the synthesis of (−)-yohimbane. PMID:28757804
Revés, Marc; Lledó, Agustí; Ji, Yining; Blasi, Emma; Riera, Antoni; Verdaguer, Xavier
2012-07-06
1,2,3,4-Tetramethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene (TMNBD, for tetramethylnorbornadiene) has been prepared and used successfully as an acetylene equivalent in the synthesis of substituted cyclopentenones. TMNBD is easily accessible on a multigram scale and displays excellent reactivity toward the intermolecular Pauson-Khand reaction. Conjugate additions on the resulting tricyclic compounds proceed with exquisite diastereoselectivity. The retro-Diels-Alder reaction of these TMNBD derivatives occurs under much smoother conditions than those required for its norbornadiene homologues.
Wyszogrodzka, Monika; Haag, Rainer
2008-01-01
Dendrimers are an important class of polymeric materials for a broad range of applications in which monodispersity and multivalency are of interest. Here we report on a highly efficient synthetic route towards bifunctional polyglycerol dendrons on a multigram scale. Commercially available triglycerol (1), which is highly biocompatible, was used as starting material. By applying Williamson ether synthesis followed by an ozonolysis/reduction procedure, glycerol-based dendrons up to the fourth generation were prepared. The obtained products have a reactive core, which was further functionalized to the corresponding monoazido derivatives. By applying copper(I)-catalyzed 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition, so-called "click" coupling, a library of core-shell architectures was prepared. After removal of the 1,2-diol protecting groups, water-soluble core-shell architectures 24-27 of different generations were obtained in high yields. In the structure-transport relationship with Nile red we observe a clear dependence on core size and generation of the polyglycerol dendrons.
Queffelec, Clémence; Ribière, Patrice; Montchamp, Jean-Luc
2009-01-01
P,N-Heterocycles (3-hydroxy-1,3-azaphospholane and 3-hydroxy-1,3-azaphosphorinane-3-oxide) are synthesized in moderate yield from readily available ω-amino-H-phosphinates and aldehydes or ketones via an intramolecular Kabachnik-Fields reaction. The products are conformationally restricted phosphinic analogs of α-amino acids. The multi-gram scale syntheses of the H2N(CH2)nPO2H2 phosphinic precursors (n = 1, 2, 3) and some derivatives are also described. PMID:18855477
Scalable synthesis and post-modification of a mesoporous metal-organic framework called NU-1000
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Wang, Timothy C.; Vermeulen, Nicolaas A.; Kim, In Soo
The synthesis of NU-1000, a highly robust mesoporous (containing pores >2 nm) metal-organic framework (MOF), can be conducted efficiently on a multigram scale from inexpensive starting materials. Tetrabromopyrene and (4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl)boronic acid can easily be coupled to prepare the requisite organic strut with four metal-binding sites in the form of four carboxylic acids, while zirconyl chloride octahydrate is used as a precursor for the well-defined metal oxide clusters. NU-1000 has been reported as an excellent candidate for the separation of gases, and it is a versatile scaffold for heterogeneous catalysis. In particular, it is ideal for the catalytic deactivation of nervemore » agents, and it shows great promise as a new generic platform for a wide range of applications. Multiple post-synthetic modification protocols have been developed using NU-1000 as the parent material, making it a potentially useful scaffold for several catalytic applications. The procedure for the preparation of NU-1000 can be scaled up reliably, and it is suitable for the production of 50 g of the tetracarboxylic acid containing organic linker and 200 mg–2.5 g of NU-1000. The entire synthesis is performed without purification by column chromatography and can be completed within 10 d.« less
Scalable synthesis and post-modification of a mesoporous metal-organic framework called NU-1000.
Wang, Timothy C; Vermeulen, Nicolaas A; Kim, In Soo; Martinson, Alex B F; Stoddart, J Fraser; Hupp, Joseph T; Farha, Omar K
2016-01-01
The synthesis of NU-1000, a highly robust mesoporous (containing pores >2 nm) metal-organic framework (MOF), can be conducted efficiently on a multigram scale from inexpensive starting materials. Tetrabromopyrene and (4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenyl)boronic acid can easily be coupled to prepare the requisite organic strut with four metal-binding sites in the form of four carboxylic acids, while zirconyl chloride octahydrate is used as a precursor for the well-defined metal oxide clusters. NU-1000 has been reported as an excellent candidate for the separation of gases, and it is a versatile scaffold for heterogeneous catalysis. In particular, it is ideal for the catalytic deactivation of nerve agents, and it shows great promise as a new generic platform for a wide range of applications. Multiple post-synthetic modification protocols have been developed using NU-1000 as the parent material, making it a potentially useful scaffold for several catalytic applications. The procedure for the preparation of NU-1000 can be scaled up reliably, and it is suitable for the production of 50 g of the tetracarboxylic acid containing organic linker and 200 mg-2.5 g of NU-1000. The entire synthesis is performed without purification by column chromatography and can be completed within 10 d.
Rigamonti, Marco Giulio
2015-01-01
Summary The first stereoselective synthesis of lippidulcines A, B and C has been accomplished starting from (+)-hernandulcin, which has been prepared on a multigram scale. The previously assigned absolute configurations have been confirmed. The key steps of this synthesis are based on a modified version of the Kornblum–DeLaMare rearrangement, and on a highly regioselective and stereoselective ketone reduction with the MeCBS reagent. The taste evaluations indicate that none of these sesquiterpenes are sweet, instead the lippidulcine A is a cooling agent with a mint after taste. PMID:26664632
Nieto, N; Molas, P; Benet-Buchholz, J; Vidal-Ferran, A
2005-11-25
[reaction: see text] A practical synthesis of Shi's diester 3 for catalytic asymmetric epoxidations has been developed. The catalyst has been prepared in multigram quantities from D-fructose in four steps with a 66% overall yield. Efficiency, cost, and selectivity aspects of the reagents involved for its preparation have been taken care of during its preparation. The workup procedures have been simplified to the bare minimum, rendering a very practical preparation method. The well-known high efficiency of this catalyst 3 in the epoxidation of alpha,beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds has also proved to be high in unfunctionalized alkenes.
Jeulin, Séverine; de Paule, Sébastien Duprat; Ratovelomanana-Vidal, Virginie; Genêt, Jean-Pierre; Champion, Nicolas; Dellis, Philippe
2004-01-01
Two original chiral diphosphines, SYNPHOS and DIFLUORPHOS, have been synthesized on multigram scales. Their steric and electronic profiles have been established in comparison with the commonly used 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl and 6,6′-dimethoxy-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-biphenyl ligands. A screening study of the four ligands in RuII-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation of prochiral ketones and olefins has been performed. It revealed that the stereoelectronic features of the ligand and the substrate deeply influenced the enantioselectivities obtained in asymmetric hydrogenation, SYNPHOS and DIFLUORPHOS being fully complementary in terms of enantioselectivity for this reaction. PMID:15031423
Dennehy, Olga C; Cacheux, Valérie M Y; Deadman, Benjamin J; Lynch, Denis
2016-01-01
A continuous process strategy has been developed for the preparation of α-thio-β-chloroacrylamides, a class of highly versatile synthetic intermediates. Flow platforms to generate the α-chloroamide and α-thioamide precursors were successfully adopted, progressing from the previously employed batch chemistry, and in both instances afford a readily scalable methodology. The implementation of the key α-thio-β-chloroacrylamide casade as a continuous flow reaction on a multi-gram scale is described, while the tuneable nature of the cascade, facilitated by continuous processing, is highlighted by selective generation of established intermediates and byproducts. PMID:28144320
Organ, Michael G.; Hanson, Paul R.; Rolfe, Alan; Samarakoon, Thiwanka B.; Ullah, Farman
2011-01-01
The generation of stereochemically-rich benzothiaoxazepine-1,1′-dioxides for enrichment of high-throughput screening collections is reported. Utilizing a microwave-assisted, continuous flow organic synthesis platform (MACOS), scale-out of core benzothiaoxazepine-1,1′-dioxide scaffolds has been achieved on multi-gram scale using an epoxide opening/SNAr cyclization protocol. Diversification of these sultam scaffolds was attained via a microwave-assisted intermolecular SNAr reaction with a variety of amines. Overall, a facile, 2-step protocol generated a collection of benzothiaoxazepine-1,1′-dioxides possessing stereochemical complexity in rapid fashion, where all 8 stereoisomers were accessed from commercially available starting materials. PMID:22116791
2013-01-01
The design, synthesis, and development of a new class of modular, strongly basic, and tunable bifunctional Brønsted base/H-bond-donor organocatalysts are reported. These catalysts incorporate a triaryliminophosphorane as the Brønsted basic moiety and are readily synthesized via a last step Staudinger reaction of a chiral organoazide and a triarylphosphine. Their application to the first general enantioselective organocatalytic nitro-Mannich reaction of nitromethane to unactivated ketone-derived imines allows the enantioselective construction of β-nitroamines possessing a fully substituted carbon atom. The reaction is amenable to multigram scale-up, and the products are useful for the synthesis of enantiopure 1,2-diamine and α-amino acid derivatives. PMID:24107070
Tao, Peng; Viswanath, Anand; Schadler, Linda S; Benicewicz, Brian C; Siegel, Richard W
2011-09-01
Visibly highly transparent indium tin oxide (ITO)/epoxy nanocomposites were prepared by dispersing polyglycidyl methacrylate (PGMA) grafted ITO nanoparticles into a commercial epoxy resin. The oleic acid stabilized, highly crystalline, and near monodisperse ITO nanoparticles were synthesized via a nonaqueous synthetic route with multigram batch quantities. An azido-phosphate ligand was synthesized and used to exchange with oleic acid on the ITO surface. The azide terminal group allows for the grafting of epoxy resin compatible PGMA polymer chains via Cu(I) catalyzed alkyne-azide "click" chemistry. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) observation shows that PGMA grafted ITO particles were homogeneously dispersed within the epoxy matrix. Optical properties of ITO/epoxy nanocomposites with different ITO concentrations were studied with an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared (UV-vis-NIR) spectrometer. All the ITO/epoxy nanocomposites show more than 90% optical transparency in the visible light range and absorption of UV light from 300 to 400 nm. In the near-infrared region, ITO/epoxy nanocomposites demonstrate low transmittance and the infrared (IR) transmission cutoff wavelength of the composites shifts toward the lower wavelength with increased ITO concentration. The ITO/epoxy nanocomposites were applied onto both glass and plastic substrates as visibly transparent and UV/IR opaque optical coatings.
Synthesis of Metal Nanoparticle-decorated Carbon Nanotubes under Ambient Conditions
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lin, Yi; Watson, Kent A.; Ghose, Sayata; Smith, Joseph G.; Connell, John W.
2008-01-01
This viewgraph presentation reviews the production of Metal Nanoparticle-decorated carbon Nanotubes. Multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) were efficiently decorated with metal nanoparticles (e.g. Ag, Pt, etc.) using the corresponding metal acetate in a simple mixing process without the need of chemical reagents or further processing. The conversion of acetate compounds to the corresponding metal reached over 90%, forming nanoparticles with average diameters less than 10 nm under certain conditions. The process was readily scalable allowing for the convenient preparation of multi-gram quantities of metal nanoparticle-decorated MWCNTs in a matter of a few minutes. These materials are under evaluation for a variety of electrical and catalytic applications. The preparation and characterization of these materials will be presented. The microscopic views of the processed MWCNTs are shown
Chemical Engineering of Photoactivity in Heterometallic Titanium-Organic Frameworks by Metal Doping.
Castells-Gil, Javier; Padial, Natalia M; Almora-Barrios, Neyvis; Albero, Josep; Ruiz-Salvador, A Rabdel; González-Platas, Javier; García, Hermenegildo; Martí-Gastaldo, Carlos
2018-06-06
We report a new family of titanium-organic frameworks that enlarges the limited number of crystalline, porous materials available for this metal. They are chemically robust and can be prepared as single crystals at multi-gram scale from multiple precursors. Their heterometallic structure enables engineering of their photoactivity by metal doping rather than by linker functionalization. Compared to other methodologies based on the post-synthetic metallation of MOFs, our approach is well-fitted for controlling the positioning of dopants at an atomic level to gain more precise control over the band-gap and electronic properties of the porous solid. Changes in the band-gap are also rationalized with computational modelling and experimentally confirmed by photocatalytic H 2 production. © 2018 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Development of dynamic kinetic resolution on large scale for (±)-1-phenylethylamine.
Thalén, Lisa K; Bäckvall, Jan-E
2010-09-13
Candida antarctica lipase B (CALB) and racemization catalyst 4 were combined in the dynamic kinetic resolution (DKR) of (±)-1-phenylethylamine (1). Several reaction parameters have been investigated to modify the method for application on multigram scale. A comparison of isopropyl acetate and alkyl methoxyacetates as acyl donors was carried out. It was found that lower catalyst loadings could be used to obtain (R)-2-methoxy-N-(1-phenylethyl)acetamide (3) in good yield and high ee when alkyl methoxyacetates were used as acyl donors compared to when isopropyl acetate was used as the acyl donor. The catalyst loading could be decreased to 1.25 mol % Ru-catalyst 4 and 10 mg CALB per mmol 1 when alkyl methoxyacetates were used as the acyl donor.
Di Carmine, Graziano; Ragno, Daniele; De Risi, Carmela; Bortolini, Olga; Giovannini, Pier Paolo; Fantin, Giancarlo; Massi, Alessandro
2017-10-25
A strategy for the synthesis of biologically relevant 5-hydroxy-imidazolidine-2-thione derivatives is presented. A novel class of α-sulfonylamines have been suitably prepared (46-81% yield) as precursors of formal benzylidenethiourea acceptors; these are generated in situ and intercepted by N-heterocyclic carbene (NHC)-activated aldehydes affording open-chain aza-benzoin-type adducts, which in turn undergo an intramolecular aza-acetalization reaction in a one-pot fashion. A thiazolium salt/triethylamine couple proved to be the more effective system to trigger the domino sequence giving the target heterocycles in good yields (45-97%) and diastereoselectivities (up to 99 : 1 dr). The multigram scale synthesis and elaboration of a selected 5-hydroxy-imidazolidine-2-thione compound is also described.
Ferraroni, Marta; Lucarini, Laura; Masini, Emanuela; Korsakov, Mikhail; Scozzafava, Andrea; Supuran, Claudiu T; Krasavin, Mikhail
2017-09-01
Two lead 1,3-oxazole-based carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAIs) earlier identified as selective, picomolar inhibitors of hCA II (a cytosolic target for treatment of glaucoma) have been investigated further. Firstly, they were found to be conveniently synthesized on multigram scale, which enables further development. These compounds were found to be comparable in efficacy to dorzolamide eye drops when applied in the eye drop form as well. Finally, the reasons for unusually high potency of these compounds became understood from their high-resolution X-ray crystallography structures. These data significantly expand our understanding of heterocycle-based primary sulfonamides, many of which have recently emerged from our labs - particularly, from the corneal permeability standpoint. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Preparation of Pillar[5]arene-Based [2]Rotaxanes by a Stopper-Exchange Strategy.
Nierengarten, Iwona; Meichsner, Eric; Holler, Michel; Pieper, Pauline; Deschenaux, Robert; Delavaux-Nicot, Béatrice; Nierengarten, Jean-François
2018-01-02
A pillar[5]arene-containing rotaxane building block bearing exchangeable stoppers has been prepared in multigram scale quantities with high yields from the reaction of 2,4-dinitrophenol (DNP) with the inclusion complex resulting from the association of dodecanedioyl chloride with 1,4-diethoxypillar[5]arene. Stopper exchange reactions have been achieved by treatment of the resulting DNP diester with various amines through an addition-elimination mechanism preventing the unthreading of the axle component during the reaction and thus preserving the [2]rotaxane structures. The resulting diamide [2]rotaxane derivatives have thus been obtained in good to excellent yields. Importantly, [2]rotaxanes difficult or impossible to prepare by direct introduction of the two stoppers in a single synthetic step are now easily available. © 2018 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
He, Qiwei; Veldkamp, Bernard P; Glas, Cees A W; de Vries, Theo
2017-03-01
Patients' narratives about traumatic experiences and symptoms are useful in clinical screening and diagnostic procedures. In this study, we presented an automated assessment system to screen patients for posttraumatic stress disorder via a natural language processing and text-mining approach. Four machine-learning algorithms-including decision tree, naive Bayes, support vector machine, and an alternative classification approach called the product score model-were used in combination with n-gram representation models to identify patterns between verbal features in self-narratives and psychiatric diagnoses. With our sample, the product score model with unigrams attained the highest prediction accuracy when compared with practitioners' diagnoses. The addition of multigrams contributed most to balancing the metrics of sensitivity and specificity. This article also demonstrates that text mining is a promising approach for analyzing patients' self-expression behavior, thus helping clinicians identify potential patients from an early stage.
Schute, Kai; Rose, Marcus
2015-10-26
A metal-free route for the synthesis of hyper-cross-linked polymers (HCP) based on Brønsted acids such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid as well as H2 SO4 is reported. It is an improved method compared to conventional synthesis strategies that use stoichiometric amounts of metal-based Lewis acids such as FeCl3 . The resulting high-performance adsorbents exhibit a permanent porosity with high specific surface areas up to 1842 m(2) g(-1) . Easy scalability of the HCP synthesis is proven on the multi-gram scale. All chemo-physical properties are preserved. Water-vapor adsorption shows that the resulting materials exhibit an even more pronounced hydrophobicity compared to the conventionally prepared materials. The reduced surface polarity enhances the selectivity in the liquid-phase adsorption of the biogenic platform chemical 5-hydroxymethylfurfural. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Large scale synthesis of nanostructured zirconia-based compounds from freeze-dried precursors
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Gómez, A.; Villanueva, R.; Vie, D.; Murcia-Mascaros, S.; Martínez, E.; Beltrán, A.; Sapiña, F.; Vicent, M.; Sánchez, E.
2013-01-01
Nanocrystalline zirconia powders have been obtained at the multigram scale by thermal decomposition of precursors resulting from the freeze-drying of aqueous acetic solutions. This technique has equally made possible to synthesize a variety of nanostructured yttria or scandia doped zirconia compositions. SEM images, as well as the analysis of the XRD patterns, show the nanoparticulated character of those solids obtained at low temperature, with typical particle size in the 10-15 nm range when prepared at 673 K. The presence of the monoclinic, the tetragonal or both phases depends on the temperature of the thermal treatment, the doping concentration and the nature of the dopant. In addition, Rietveld refinement of the XRD profiles of selected samples allows detecting the coexistence of the tetragonal and the cubic phases for high doping concentration and high thermal treatment temperatures. Raman experiments suggest the presence of both phases also at relatively low treatment temperatures.
Glycopeptide Analogues of PSGL-1 Inhibit P-Selectin In Vitro and In Vivo
Krishnamurthy, Venkata R; Sardar, Mohammed Y. R.; Yu, Ying; Song, Xuezheng; Haller, Carolyn; Dai, Erbin; Wang, Xiacong; Hanjaya-Putra, Donny; Sun, Lijun; Morikis, Vasilios; Simon, Scott I.; Woods, Robert; Cummings, Richard D.; Chaikof, Elliot L.
2015-01-01
Blockade of P-selectin/PSGL-1 interactions holds significant potential for treatment of disorders of innate immunity, thrombosis, and cancer. Current inhibitors remain limited due to low binding affinity or by the recognized disadvantages inherent to chronic administration of antibody therapeutics. Here we report an efficient approach for generating glycosulfopeptide mimics of N-terminal PSGL-1 through development of a stereoselective route for multi-gram scale synthesis of the C2 O-glycan building block and replacement of hydrolytically labile tyrosine sulfates with isosteric sulfonate analogs. Library screening afforded a compound of exceptional stability, GSnP-6, that binds to human P-selectin with nanomolar affinity (Kd ~ 22 nM). Molecular dynamics simulation defines the origin of this affinity in terms of a number of critical structural contributions. GSnP-6 potently blocks P-selectin/PSGL-1 interactions in vitro and in vivo and represents a promising candidate for the treatment of diseases driven by acute and chronic inflammation. PMID:25824568
From an Easily Accessible Pentacarbonylcobalt(I) Salt to Piano-Stool Cations [(arene)Co(CO)2 ].
Meier, Stefan C; Holz, Albina; Schmidt, Alexei; Kratzert, Daniel; Himmel, Daniel; Krossing, Ingo
2017-10-17
The facile synthesis of a pentacarbonyl cobalt(I) salt without the need for a superacid as solvent is presented. This salt, [Co(CO) 5 ] + [Al(OR F ) 4 ] - {R F =C(CF 3 ) 3 }, readily accessible on a multigram scale, undergoes substitution reactions with arenes yielding the hitherto unknown class of two-legged cobalt piano-stool complexes [(arene)Co(CO) 2 ] + with four different arene ligands. Such a substitution chemistry would have been impossible in superacid solution, as the arenes used would have been oxidized and/or protonated. Thus, the general approach described herein may have a wide synthetic use. Additionally, the thermochemistry of the piano-stool complexes is shown to be not easy to describe computationally and most of the established DFT methods overestimate the reaction energies. Only CCSD(T) calculations close to the basis set limit gave energies fully agreeing with the experiment. © 2017 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Rapid Vortex Fluidics: Continuous Flow Synthesis of Amides and Local Anesthetic Lidocaine.
Britton, Joshua; Chalker, Justin M; Raston, Colin L
2015-07-20
Thin film flow chemistry using a vortex fluidic device (VFD) is effective in the scalable acylation of amines under shear, with the yields of the amides dramatically enhanced relative to traditional batch techniques. The optimized monophasic flow conditions are effective in ≤80 seconds at room temperature, enabling access to structurally diverse amides, functionalized amino acids and substituted ureas on multigram scales. Amide synthesis under flow was also extended to a total synthesis of local anesthetic lidocaine, with sequential reactions carried out in two serially linked VFD units. The synthesis could also be executed in a single VFD, in which the tandem reactions involve reagent delivery at different positions along the rapidly rotating tube with in situ solvent replacement, as a molecular assembly line process. This further highlights the versatility of the VFD in organic synthesis, as does the finding of a remarkably efficient debenzylation of p-methoxybenzyl amines. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Synthetic nat- or ent-steroids in as few as five chemical steps from epichlorohydrin
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kim, Wan Shin; Du, Kang; Eastman, Alan; Hughes, Russell P.; Micalizio, Glenn C.
2018-01-01
Today, more than 100 Food and Drug Administration-approved steroidal agents are prescribed daily for indications including heart failure, inflammation, pain and cancer. While triumphs in organic chemistry have enabled the establishment and sustained growth of the steroid pharmaceutical industry, the production of highly functionalized synthetic steroids of varying substitution and stereochemistry remains challenging, despite the numerous reports of elegant strategies for their de novo synthesis. Here, we describe an advance in chemical synthesis that has established an enantiospecific means to access novel steroids with unprecedented facility and flexibility through the sequential use of two powerful ring-forming reactions: a modern metallacycle-mediated annulative cross-coupling and a new acid-catalysed vinylcyclopropane rearrangement cascade. In addition to accessing synthetic steroids of either enantiomeric series, these steroidal products have been selectively functionalized within each of the four carbocyclic rings, a synthetic ent-steroid has been prepared on a multigram scale, the enantiomer of a selective oestrogen has been synthesized, and a novel ent-steroid with growth inhibitory properties in three cancer cell lines has been discovered.
Chruma, Jason J; Cullen, Douglas J; Bowman, Lydia; Toy, Patrick H
2018-01-25
Covering up to February 2017The pericarps of several species from the Zanthoxylum genus, a.k.a. the "prickly ash", have long been used for culinary purposes throughout Asia, most notably in the Sichuan (previously Szechuan) cuisine of Southwestern China, due to the unique tingling and numbing orosensations arising from a collection of polyunsaturated fatty acid amide (alkamide) constituents. The past decade has experienced dramatically increased academic and industrial interest in these pungent Zanthoxylum-derived alkamides, with a concomitant explosion in studies aimed at elucidating the specific biochemical mechanisms behind several medically-relevant biological activities exhibited by the natural products. This rapid increase in interest is partially fueled by advances in organic synthesis reported within the past few years that finally have allowed for the production of diastereomerically-pure Zanthoxylum alkamides and related analogs in multigram quantities. Herein is a comprehensive review of the discovery, total synthesis, and biological evaluation of Zanthoxylum-derived polyunsaturated fatty acid amides and synthetic analogues. Critical insights into how chemical synthesis can further benefit future chemical biology efforts in the field are also provided.
Cys34-PEGylated Human Serum Albumin for Drug Binding and Delivery
Mehtala, Jonathan G.; Kulczar, Chris; Lavan, Monika; Knipp, Gregory; Wei, Alexander
2015-01-01
Polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivatives were conjugated onto the Cys-34 residue of human serum albumin (HSA) to determine their effects on the solubilization, permeation, and cytotoxic activity of hydrophobic drugs such as paclitaxel (PTX). PEG(C34)HSA conjugates were prepared on a multigram scale by treating native HSA (n-HSA) with 5- or 20-kDa mPEG-maleimide, resulting in up to 77% conversion of the mono-PEGylated adduct. Nanoparticle tracking analysis of PEG(C34)HSA formulations in phosphate buffer revealed an increase in nanosized aggregates relative to n-HSA, both in the absence and presence of PTX. Cell viability studies conducted with MCF-7 breast cancer cells indicated that PTX cytotoxicity was enhanced by PEG(C34)HSA when mixed at 10:1 mole ratios, up to a two-fold increase in potency relative to n-HSA. The PEG(C34)HSA conjugates were also evaluated as PTX carriers across monolayers of HUVEC and hCMEC/D3 cells, and found to have nearly identical permeation profiles as n-HSA. PMID:25918947
Hubert, Jane; Borie, Nicolas; Chollet, Sébastien; Perret, Joël; Barbet-Massin, Claire; Berger, Monique; Daydé, Jean; Renault, Jean-Hugues
2015-11-01
Aqueous extracts of Stevia rebaudiana leaves have been approved since 2008 by the Joint Expert Committee for Food Additives as sugar substitutes in many food and beverages in Western and Far East Asian countries. The compounds responsible for the natural sweetness of Stevia leaves include a diversity of diterpenoid glycosides derived from a steviol skeleton. These steviol glycosides also exhibit a low calorific value as well as promising therapeutic applications, particularly for the treatment of sugar metabolism disturbances. In this work, centrifugal partition chromatography is proposed as an efficient technical alternative to purify steviol glycosides from crude aqueous extracts of Stevia leaves on a multigram scale. Two different commercial instruments, including an ASCPC250® and a FCPE300® made of columns containing 1890 and 231 twin-cells, respectively, were evaluated and compared. All experiments were performed with a polar biphasic solvent system composed of ethyl acetate, n-butanol, and water in a gradient elution mode. When using the 1890 partition cell centrifugal partition chromatography column of 250 mL, 42 mg of stevioside, 68 mg of dulcoside A, and 172 mg of rebaudioside A, three major constituents of the initial extract were obtained from 1 g of the initial mixture at purities of 81%, 83%, and 99%, respectively. The productivity was further improved by intensifying the procedure on the 231 partition cell centrifugal partition chromatography column of 303 mL with the sample mass loading increased up to 5 g, resulting in the recovery of 1.2 g of stevioside, 100 mg of dulcoside A, and 1.1 g of rebaudioside A at purities of 79%, 62%, and 98%, respectively. The structures of the isolated compounds were validated by HPLC-UV, ESI-MS, (1)H, and (13)C NMR analyses. Altogether, the results demonstrate that the column design (i.e., the partition cell number) is an important aspect to be considered for a larger scale centrifugal partition chromatography isolation of Stevia-derived natural sweeteners. Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Calderon, Silvia N.
The discovery of the selective delta (δ) opioid agonists SNC 80 and BW373U86, which possess a diarylmethylpiperazine structure unique among opioids, represented a major advance in the field of δ-opioid ligands. Extensive research has recently been performed to uncover the structure-activity relationships (SAR) of this class of ligands, thereby providing valuable tools for the pharmacological characterization of the δ opioid receptor. This review focuses on the SAR of this unique series of ligands, and provides an overview of the various chemical routes that have been developed and optimized through the years to allow the syntheses of these ligands on a multigram scale. The search for selective δ opioid agonists and antagonists, as well as for those with mixed opioid agonist properties with potential therapeutic value, continues. Several questions regarding the interaction at the molecular level of diphenylmethylpiperazine derivatives and related analogs with opioid receptors and in particular with the δ opioid system still remain unanswered. Indeed, the development and pharmacological characterization of novel nonpeptidic δ opioid ligands remains an active area of research, as it may provide a better understanding of the role of this receptor in multiple disease states and disorders.
Jeon, Ju-Won; Sharma, Ronish; Meduri, Praveen; Arey, Bruce W; Schaef, Herbert T; Lutkenhaus, Jodie L; Lemmon, John P; Thallapally, Praveen K; Nandasiri, Manjula I; McGrail, Benard Peter; Nune, Satish K
2014-05-28
A hierarchically structured nitrogen-doped porous carbon is prepared from a nitrogen-containing isoreticular metal-organic framework (IRMOF-3) using a self-sacrificial templating method. IRMOF-3 itself provides the carbon and nitrogen content as well as the porous structure. For high carbonization temperatures (950 °C), the carbonized MOF required no further purification steps, thus eliminating the need for solvents or acid. Nitrogen content and surface area are easily controlled by the carbonization temperature. The nitrogen content decreases from 7 to 3.3 at % as carbonization temperature increases from 600 to 950 °C. There is a distinct trade-off between nitrogen content, porosity, and defects in the carbon structure. Carbonized IRMOFs are evaluated as supercapacitor electrodes. For a carbonization temperature of 950 °C, the nitrogen-doped porous carbon has an exceptionally high capacitance of 239 F g(-1). In comparison, an analogous nitrogen-free carbon bears a low capacitance of 24 F g(-1), demonstrating the importance of nitrogen dopants in the charge storage process. The route is scalable in that multi-gram quantities of nitrogen-doped porous carbons are easily produced.
Ptaszek, Marcin; Bhaumik, Jayeeta; Kim, Han-Je; Taniguchi, Masahiko; Lindsey, Jonathan S.
2008-01-01
2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-1,3,3-trimethyldipyrrin (1) is a crucial building block in the rational synthesis of chlorins and oxochlorins. The prior 5-step synthesis of 1 from pyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (2) employed relatively simple and well-known reactions yet suffered from several drawbacks, including limited scale (≥ 0.5 g of 1 per run). A streamlined preparation of 1 has been developed that entails four steps: (i) nitro-aldol condensation of 2 and nitromethane under neat conditions to give 2-(2-nitrovinyl)pyrrole (3), (ii) reduction of 3 with NaBH4 to give 2-(2-nitroethyl)pyrrole (4), (iii) Michael addition of 4 with mesityl oxide under neat conditions or at high concentration to give γ-nitrohexanonepyrrole 5, and (iv) reductive cyclization of 5 with zinc/ammonium formate to give 1. Several multistep transformations have been established, including the direct conversion of 2 → 1. The advantages of the new procedures include (1) fewer steps, (2) avoidance of several problematic reagents, (3) diminished consumption of solvents and reagents, (4) lessened reliance on chromatography, and (5) scalability. The new procedures facilitate the preparation of 1 at the multigram scale. PMID:19132135
2015-01-01
Summary Amino acids, whether natural, semisynthetic or synthetic, are among the most important and useful chiral building blocks available for organic chemical synthesis. In principle, they can function as inexpensive, chiral and densely functionalized starting materials. On the other hand, the use of amino acid starting materials routinely necessitates protective group chemistry, and in reality, large-scale preparations of even the simplest side-chain derivatives of many amino acids often become annoyingly strenuous due to the necessity of employing protecting groups, on one or more of the amino acid functionalities, during the synthetic sequence. However, in the case of hydroxyamino acids such as hydroxyproline, serine, threonine, tyrosine and 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine (DOPA), many O-acyl side-chain derivatives are directly accessible via a particularly expedient and scalable method not commonly applied until recently. Direct acylation of unprotected hydroxyamino acids with acyl halides or carboxylic anhydrides under appropriately acidic reaction conditions renders possible chemoselective O-acylation, furnishing the corresponding side-chain esters directly, on multigram-scale, in a single step, and without chromatographic purification. Assuming a certain degree of stability under acidic reaction conditions, the method is also applicable for a number of related compounds, such as various amino alcohols and the thiol-functional amino acid cysteine. While the basic methodology underlying this approach has been known for decades, it has evolved through recent developments connected to amino acid-derived chiral organocatalysts to become a more widely recognized procedure for large-scale preparation of many useful side-chain derivatives of hydroxyamino acids and related compounds. Such derivatives are useful in peptide chemistry and drug development, as amino acid amphiphiles for asymmetric catalysis, and as amino acid acrylic precursors for preparation of catalytically active macromolecular networks in the form of soluble polymers, crosslinked polymer beads or nanoparticulate systems. The objective of the present review is to increase awareness of the existence and convenience of this methodology, assess its competitiveness compared to newer and more elaborate procedures for chemoselective O-acylation reactions, spur its further development, and finally to chronicle the informative, but poorly documented history of its development. PMID:25977719
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Han, Junwon
The remarkable development of polymer synthesis techniques to make complex polymers with controlled chain architectures has inevitably demanded the advancement of polymer characterization tools to analyze the molecular dispersity in polymeric materials beyond size exclusion chromatography (SEC). In particular, man-made synthetic copolymers that consist of more than one monomer type are disperse mixtures of polymer chains that have distributions in terms of both chemical heterogeneity and chain length (molar mass). While the molecular weight distribution has been quite reliably estimated by the SEC, it is still challenging to properly characterize the chemical composition distribution in the copolymers. Here, I have developed and applied adsorption-based interaction chromatography (IC) techniques as a promising tool to characterize and fractionate polystyrene-based block, random and branched copolymers in terms of their chemical heterogeneity. The first part of this thesis is focused on the adsorption-desorption based purification of PS-b-PMMA diblock copolymers using nanoporous silica. The liquid chromatography analysis and large scale purification are discussed for the PS-b-PMMA block copolymers that have been synthesized by sequential anionic polymerization. SEC and IC are compared to critically analyze the contents of PS homopolymers in the as-synthesized block copolymers. In addition, I have developed an IC technique to provide faster and more reliable information on the chemical heterogeneity in the as-synthesized block copolymers. Finally, a large scale (multi-gram) separation technique is developed to obtain "homopolymer-free" block copolymers via a simple chromatographic filtration technique. By taking advantage of the large specific surface area of nanoporous silica (≈300m 2/g), large scale purification of neat PS-b-PMMA has successfully been achieved by controlling adsorption and desorption of the block copolymers on the silica gel surface using a gravity column. The second part of this thesis is focused on the liquid chromatography analysis and fractionation of RAFT-polymerized PS-b -PMMA diblock copolymers and AFM studies. In this study, PS- b-PMMA block copolymers were synthesized by a RAFT free radical polymerization process---the PMMA block with a phenyldithiobenzoate end group was synthesized first. The contents of unreacted PS and PMMA homopolymers in as-synthesized PS-b-PMMA block copolymers were quantitatively analyzed by solvent gradient interaction chromatography (SGIC) technique employing bare silica and C18-bonded silica columns, respectively. In addition, by 2-dimensional large-scale IC fractionation method, atomic force microscopy (AFM) study of these fractionated samples revealed various morphologies with respect to the chemical composition of each fraction. The third part of this thesis is to analyze random copolymers with tunable monomer sequence distributions using interaction chromatography. Here, IC was used for characterizing the composition and monomer sequence distribution in statistical copolymers of poly(styrene-co-4-bromostyrene) (PBrxS). The PBrS copolymers were synthesized by the bromination of monodisperse polystyrenes; the degree of bromination (x) and the sequence distribution were adjusted by varying the bromination time and the solvent quality, respectively. Both normal-phase (bare silica) and reversed-phase (C18-bonded silica) columns were used at different combinations of solvents and non-solvents to monitor the content of the 4-bromostyrene units in the copolymer and their average monomer sequence distribution. The fourth part of this thesis is to analyze and fractionate highly branched polymers such as dendronized polymers and star-shaped homo and copolymers. I have developed an interaction chromatography technique to separate polymers with nonlinear chain architecture. Specifically, the IC technique has been used to separate dendronized polymers and PS-based highly branched copolymers and to ultimately obtain well-defined dendronized or branched copolymers with a low polydispersity. The effects of excess arm-polymers on (1) the micellar self-assembly of dendronized polymers and (2) the regularity of the pore morphology in the low-k applications by the sol-gel process have been studied.
Hyperforin alleviates mood deficits of adult rats suffered from early separation.
Zhu, Minghui; Liu, Chunhua; Qin, Xuan; Yang, Zhuo
2015-11-03
In this study, we aimed to explore the effect of hyperforin (Hyp) on adult rats suffered from early separation. Wistar infant rats were randomly divided into three groups: control group (CON), early separation from parents group (ESP), and early separation from parents+treatment with 3mg/kg/day Hyp group (ESP+Hyp). Postnatal rats of ESP group and ESP+Hyp group were separated from their mothers for 6h every day on the 14th day after birth, and this separation lasted for 3 weeks, while rats of CON group had no separation. Hyperforin was intragastric administrated on the 21th day after birth, and lasted for 2 weeks in ESP+Hyp group. After separation, adult rats were evaluated by using the open field test (OFT), novelty suppressed feeding test (NSF) and forced swimming test (FST). In OFT, time spent in central grids was much shorter in ESP group compared with that of CON group. After treatment with hyperforin, time spent in central area was much longer compared with that of ESP group. In NSF, the feeding latency of ESP group was much longer than that of CON group. After treatment with hyperforin, the feeding latency was shorter compared with that of ESP group. In FST, score of ESP group was markedly higher than that of CON group. Interestingly, the score was obviously lower in ESP+Hyp group than that of ESP group. In conclusion, these results suggest that hyperforin is able to alleviate anxiety and remit depression in ESP rats. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.
Tian, Yuefeng; Wu, Aihua; Wang, Jun; Shan, Zengtian
2016-10-12
To observe the influence of different methods of moxibustion on spleen morphology in cyclophosphamide-induced immunosuppressive rabbits. A total of 50 rabbits were randomly assigned into a blank group, a model group, a herbal cake-separated moxibustion group, a moxibustion group and a sham cake-separated moxibustion group, 10 rabbits in each group. Except the blank group, the rabbits in each group were treated with intraperitoneal injection of cyclophosphamide (60 mg/kg), once a day, for 7 consecutive days to establish immunosuppressive model. After the model establishment, the rabbits in the herbal cake-separated moxibustion group were treated with herbal cake-separated moxibustion at "Shenque" (CV 8), "Guanyuan" (CV 4), "Zusanli" (ST 36), "Pishu" (BL 20) and "Shenshu" (BL 23); the moxa cone was placed on the herbal cake which was made of Liuwei Dihuang decoction, three cones for each acupoint. The rabbits in the moxibustion group were treated with moxa stick moxibustion which contained equal moxa of three moxa cones. The rabbits in the sham cake-separated moxibustion group were treated with cake which was made of flour. The acupoint selection in the above three groups was identical, and the intervention was given once every other day for totally 10 times. The rabbits in the blank group and model group were immobilized for identical time without any intervention. After treatment, the rabbits were sacrificed to collect the spleen. With routine HE staining, the morphology changes of spleen were observed under microscope. In addition, the white pulp, splenic corpuscle and the counts of lymphatic cells of lymphatic sheath around the arteries were observed. Compared with the blank group, the average size of white pulp and the radius of splenic corpuscle were reduced (both P <0.01), and the lymphatic cells of lymphatic sheath around the arteries were significantly decreased in the model group ( P <0.01), but the counts of splenic nodule were increased without significant difference ( P >0.05). Compared with the model group, the averagesize of white pulp and the radius of splenic corpuscle were significantly increased in the herbal cake-separated moxibustion group and moxibustion group (all P <0.01). The lymphatic cells of lymphatic sheath around the arteries were significantly increased in the herbal cake-separated moxibustion group and sham cake-separated moxibustion group (both P <0.01). Compared with the moxibustion group, the count of lymphatic cells of lymphatic sheath around the arteries was increased in the herbal cake-separated moxibustion ( P <0.01). Compared with the sham cake-separated moxibustion group, the radius of splenic corpuscle was significant increased in the herbal cake-separated moxibustion group ( P <0.01). The improvement of herbal cake-separated moxibustion on immunologic function is superior to moxibustion and sham cake-separated moxibustion in cyclophosphamide-induced rabbits.
An evaluation of the Parents Plus-Parenting When Separated programme.
Keating, Adele; Sharry, John; Murphy, Michelle; Rooney, Brendan; Carr, Alan
2016-04-01
This study evaluated the Parents Plus-Parenting when Separated Programme, an intervention specifically designed to address the needs of separated parents in an Irish context. In a randomized control trial, 82 separated parents with young children were assigned to the Parents Plus-Parenting when Separated Programme treatment group and 79 to a waiting-list control group. They were assessed on measures of client goals, parenting satisfaction, child and parental adjustment and interparental conflict at baseline (Time 1) and 6 weeks later (Time 2), after the treatment group completed the Parents Plus-Parenting when Separated Programme. From Time 1 to 2, significant goal attainment, increases in parenting satisfaction and decreases in child behaviour problems, parental adjustment problems and interparental conflict occurred in the Parents Plus-Parenting when Separated Programme group, but not in the control group. These results supported the effectiveness of Parents Plus-Parenting when Separated Programme, which should be made more widely available to separated parents. © The Author(s) 2015.
Tian, Hai-Yan; Hu, Jia; Wang, Lin
2013-06-01
To compare the differences of clinical efficacy for bronchial asthma between acupoint sticking combined with ginger-separated moxibustion and electroacupuncture combined with ginger-separated moxibustion. With a randomized and controlled method, one hundred cases were divided into an acupoint sticking + ginger-separated moxibustion group (group A) and an electroacupuncture + ginger-separated moxibustion group (group E), 50 cases in each one. The Dazhui (GV 14), Feishu (BL 13), Tiantu (CV 22) and so on were selected in both groups. The treatment was given on the 1st day of each dog-day period and each nine-day period after the winter solstice separately. The ginger-separated moxibustion was applied in the group A, which was followed by plaster sticking that was made with Chinese herbs (including white mustard seed, rhizoma corydalis, euphorbia kansui, asarum), glycerin and warm ginger juice. The regular acupuncture, electroacupuncture and ginger-separated moxibustion were applied in the group E. The scores of recovery cough, control asthma, respiratory frequency, stuffiness chest, wheezing and markedly and cured effective rate were compared in two groups before and after the treatment. The markedly and cured effective rate was 72.0% (36/50) in the group A, which was superior to 46.0% (23/50) in the group E (P < 0.05). All the symptom scores in two groups were obviously improved after the treatment, in which group A was superior to group E (all P < 0.05). The acupoint sticking and ginger-separated moxibustion could obviously improve clinical symptoms in patients with bronchial asthma, and reduce skin irritation of medicine to avoid the blister and relive patients' suffer, which has superior effect to electroacupuncture combined with ginger-separated moxibustion.
Macor, Joseph A.; Brown, Jessie L.; Cross, Justin Neil; ...
2015-01-01
New members of the dithiophosphinic acid family of potential actinide extractants were prepared: heterocyclic 2,2'-biphenylenedithiophosphinic acids of stoichiometry HS 2P(R 2C 12H 6) (R = H or tBu). The time- and atom-efficient syntheses afforded multigram quantities of pure HS 2P(R 2C 12H 6) in reasonable yields (~60%). These compounds differed from other diaryldithiophosphinic acid extractants in that the two aryl groups were connected to one another at the ortho positions to form a 5-membered dibenzophosphole ring. These 2,2'-biphenylenedithiophosphinic acids were readily deprotonated to form S 2P(R 2C 12H 6) 1- anions, which were crystallized as salts with tetraphenylpnictonium cations (ZPhmore » 4 1+; Z = P or As). Coordination chemistry between [S 2P( tBu 2C 12H 6)] 1- and [S 2P(C 6H 5)2] 1- with U, Np, and Pu was comparatively investigated. The results showed that dithiophosphinate complexes of UIV and NpIV were redox stable relative to those of UIII, whereas reactions involving PuIV gave intractable material. For instance, reactions involving UIV and NpIV generated An[S 2P( tBu 2C 12H 6)] 4 and An[S 2P(C 6H 5) 2] 4 whereas reactions between PuIV and [S 2P(C 6H 5) 2] 1- generated a mixture of products from which we postulated a transient PuIII species based on UV-Vis spectroscopy. However, the trivalent Pu[S 2P(C 6H 5) 2] 3(NC 5H 5) 2 compound is stable and could be isolated from reactions between [S 2P(C 6H 5) 2] 1- and the trivalent PuI 3(NC 5H 5) 4 starting material. Attempts to synthesize analogous trivalent compounds with UIII provided the tetravalent U[S 2P(C 6H 5 )2] 4 oxidation product.« less
Guo, Jing; Valdesueiro, David; Yuan, Shaojun; Liang, Bin; van Ommen, J. Ruud
2018-01-01
This work investigated the suppression of photocatalytic activity of titanium dioxide (TiO2) pigment powders by extremely thin aluminum oxide (Al2O3) films deposited via an atomic-layer-deposition-type process using trimethylaluminum (TMA) and H2O as precursors. The deposition was performed on multiple grams of TiO2 powder at room temperature and atmospheric pressure in a fluidized bed reactor, resulting in the growth of uniform and conformal Al2O3 films with thickness control at sub-nanometer level. The as-deposited Al2O3 films exhibited excellent photocatalytic suppression ability. Accordingly, an Al2O3 layer with a thickness of 1 nm could efficiently suppress the photocatalytic activities of rutile, anatase, and P25 TiO2 nanoparticles without affecting their bulk optical properties. In addition, the influence of high-temperature annealing on the properties of the Al2O3 layers was investigated, revealing the possibility of achieving porous Al2O3 layers. Our approach demonstrated a fast, efficient, and simple route to coating Al2O3 films on TiO2 pigment powders at the multigram scale, and showed great potential for large-scale production development. PMID:29364840
Metal- and additive-free photoinduced borylation of haloarenes.
Mfuh, Adelphe M; Schneider, Brett D; Cruces, Westley; Larionov, Oleg V
2017-03-01
Boronic acids and esters have critical roles in the areas of synthetic organic chemistry, molecular sensors, materials science, drug discovery, and catalysis. Many of the current applications of boronic acids and esters require materials with very low levels of transition metal contamination. Most of the current methods for the synthesis of boronic acids, however, require transition metal catalysts and ligands that must be removed via additional purification procedures. This protocol describes a simple, metal- and additive-free method of conversion of haloarenes directly to boronic acids and esters. This photoinduced borylation protocol does not require expensive and toxic metal catalysts or ligands, and it produces innocuous and easy-to-remove by-products. Furthermore, the reaction can be carried out on multigram scales in common-grade solvents without the need for reaction mixtures to be deoxygenated. The setup and purification steps are typically accomplished within 1-3 h. The reactions can be run overnight, and the protocol can be completed within 13-16 h. Two representative procedures that are described in this protocol provide details for preparation of a boronic acid (3-cyanopheylboronic acid) and a boronic ester (1,4-benzenediboronic acid bis(pinacol)ester). We also discuss additional details of the method that will be helpful in the application of the protocol to other haloarene substrates.
Farris, Hamilton E; Ryan, Michael J
2017-03-01
Perceptually, grouping sounds based on their sources is critical for communication. This is especially true in túngara frog breeding aggregations, where multiple males produce overlapping calls that consist of an FM 'whine' followed by harmonic bursts called 'chucks'. Phonotactic females use at least two cues to group whines and chucks: whine-chuck spatial separation and sequence. Spatial separation is a primitive cue, whereas sequence is schema-based, as chuck production is morphologically constrained to follow whines, meaning that males cannot produce the components simultaneously. When one cue is available, females perceptually group whines and chucks using relative comparisons: components with the smallest spatial separation or those closest to the natural sequence are more likely grouped. By simultaneously varying the temporal sequence and spatial separation of a single whine and two chucks, this study measured between-cue perceptual weighting during a specific grouping task. Results show that whine-chuck spatial separation is a stronger grouping cue than temporal sequence, as grouping is more likely for stimuli with smaller spatial separation and non-natural sequence than those with larger spatial separation and natural sequence. Compared to the schema-based whine-chuck sequence, we propose that spatial cues have less variance, potentially explaining their preferred use when grouping during directional behavioral responses.
Jiang, Wu; Jia, Li; Zhen-Ming, Xu
2009-01-15
The electrostatic separation is an effective method for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE). The efficiency of electrostatic separation processes depends on the ability of the separator. As a classical one, the roll-type corona-electrostatic separator has some advantages in recycling metals and plastics from waste printed circuit board (PCB). However, its industry application still faces some problems, such as: the further disposal of the middling products of the separation process; the balance of the production capacity and the good separation efficiency; the separation of the fine granular mixture and the stability of the separation process. A new "two-roll-type corona-electrostatic separator" was built to overcome the limitation of the classical one. The experimental data were discussed and the results showed that the outcome of the separation process was improved by using the new separator. Compared with the classical machine, the mass of conductive products increases 8.9% (groups 2 and 3) and10.2% (group 4) while the mass of the middling products decreases 45% (groups 2 and 3) and 31.7% (group 4), respectively. The production capacity of the new machine increases, and the stability of the separation process is enhanced.
Influence of rotational speed, torque and operator's proficiency on ProFile failures.
Yared, G M; Bou Dagher, F E; Machtou, P
2001-01-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of rotational speed, torque, and operator experience with a specific Ni-Ti rotary instrumentation technique on the incidence of locking, deformation and separation of instruments. ProFile Ni-Ti rotary instruments (PRI) sizes 40-15 with a 6% taper were used in a crown-down technique. In one group of canals (n = 300) speeds of 150, 250 and 350 rpm (subgroups 1, 2 and 3) were used. Each one of the subgroups included 100 canals. In a second group (n = 300) torque was set at 20, 30 and 55 Ncm (subgroups 4, 5 and 6). In the third group (n = 300) three operators with varying experience (subgroups 7, 8 and 9) were also compared. Each subgroup included the use of 10 sets of PRI and 100 canals of extracted human molars. Each set of PRI was used in up to 10 canals and then sterilized before each case. NaOCl 2.5% was used as an irrigant. The number of locked, deformed, and separated instruments for the different groups, and within each part of the study was analysed statistically for significance with chi-squared tests. In group 1 only one instrument was deformed in the 150-rpm group and no instruments separated or locked. In the 250-rpm group instrument separation did not occur, however, a high incidence of locking, deformation and separation was noted in the 350-rpm group. In general, instrument sizes 30-15 locked, deformed and separated. Chi-squared statistics showed a significant difference between the 150 and 350 rpm groups but no difference between the 150 and 250 rpm groups with regard to instrument separation. Overall, there was a trend toward a higher incidence of instrument deformation and separation in smaller instruments. Locking and separation occurred during the final passage of the instruments, in the last (tenth) canal in each subgroup. In the second group, neither separation nor deformation and locking occurred during the use of the ProFile instruments, at 150 rpm, and at the different torque values. In the third group, chi-squared analysis demonstrated that significantly more instruments separated with the least experienced operator. Instrument locking, deformation, and separation did not occur with the most experienced operator. Preclinical training in the use of the PRI technique with crown-down at 150 rpm were crucial in avoiding instrument separation and reducing the incidence of instrument locking and deformation.
Evaluation of Inorganic/Organic Separators
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Donnel, C. P., III
1976-01-01
Thirty-six (36) experimental 40AH sealed silver-zinc cells were constructed during phase I of this two (2) phase program. These cells were divided into six (6) groups of six (6) cells each. Each group of six (6) cells was evenly divided into two batches of three (3) cells each. Groups 1 through 4 each featured a different inorganic filler material in the slurry used to coat the separator substrate. Groups 5 and 6 featured an alternate method of separator bag construction. With the exception of the various separator materials, the parts and processes used to produce these thirty-six (36) cells were the same as those used to make the HR40-7 cell. The two (2) batches of cells in each cell group differed only in the lots of solutions and other separator slurry components used. Each cell was given two formation charge/discharge cycles prior to being shipped to NASA Lewis Research Center. Phase II of the program consisted of constructing another thirty-six (36) 40AH experimental cells in six (6) groups of six (6) cells each. Each group was distinguished by the type of precoated separator material used to fabricate separator bags. A new method of separator bag construction was used in this phase of the program. These cells were given two (2) formation cycles and shipped to NASA Lewis Research Center.
Goodpaster, Aaron M.; Kennedy, Michael A.
2015-01-01
Currently, no standard metrics are used to quantify cluster separation in PCA or PLS-DA scores plots for metabonomics studies or to determine if cluster separation is statistically significant. Lack of such measures makes it virtually impossible to compare independent or inter-laboratory studies and can lead to confusion in the metabonomics literature when authors putatively identify metabolites distinguishing classes of samples based on visual and qualitative inspection of scores plots that exhibit marginal separation. While previous papers have addressed quantification of cluster separation in PCA scores plots, none have advocated routine use of a quantitative measure of separation that is supported by a standard and rigorous assessment of whether or not the cluster separation is statistically significant. Here quantification and statistical significance of separation of group centroids in PCA and PLS-DA scores plots are considered. The Mahalanobis distance is used to quantify the distance between group centroids, and the two-sample Hotelling's T2 test is computed for the data, related to an F-statistic, and then an F-test is applied to determine if the cluster separation is statistically significant. We demonstrate the value of this approach using four datasets containing various degrees of separation, ranging from groups that had no apparent visual cluster separation to groups that had no visual cluster overlap. Widespread adoption of such concrete metrics to quantify and evaluate the statistical significance of PCA and PLS-DA cluster separation would help standardize reporting of metabonomics data. PMID:26246647
[Aconite cake-separated moxibustion for knee osteoarthritis with kidney-marrow deficiency].
Chen, Meiren; Hu, Rong; Lin, Jian; Huang, Yuhui; Mao, Wanping; Wen, Yuanying; Dai, Gaole
2018-01-12
To observe the effects among aconite cake-separated moxibustion, moxibustion and acupuncture for knee osteoarthritis (KOA) with kidney-marrow deficiency and to explore the feasibility of cake-separated moxibustion as a home remedy solution. Ninety patients were randomized into an aconite cake-separated moxibustion group, a moxibustion group and an acupuncture group, 30 cases in each one. The acupoints in the three groups were Neixiyan (EX-LE 4), Dubi (ST 35) in the affected side, and bilateral Xuehai (SP 10), Liangqiu (ST 34), Heding (EX-LE 2), Shenshu (BL 23) and Zusanli (ST 36). All the treatment was given for 3 sessions, 10 days as a session with 2 to 3 days between 2 sessions, and once a day. The first 2 courses of aconite cake-separated moxibustion was applied in the hospital and the other 1 session was used at home guided by officer physician. Symptoms and physical signs classification score and life quality scores were recorded before and after treatment and 6 months after treatment, including walking pain, knee pain in stoop and squat, knee discomfort in stair activity and daily discomfort. The effects were evaluated. The symptoms and physical signs classification scores in the three groups after treatment and at follow-up were lower than those before treatment ( P <0.01, P <0.05), and the scores in the aconite cake-separated moxibustion group were better than those in the moxibustion group and acupuncture group (all P <0.01). The scores of walking pain, knee pain in stoop and squat, knee discomfort in stair activity and daily discomfort were lower in the three groups after treatment and 6 months after treatment ( P <0.01, P <0.05), and the scores of walking pain and daily discomfort in the aconite cake-separated moxibustion group were lower than those in the moxibustion group and acupuncture group ( P <0.01, P <0.05). After treatments, the cured and markedly effective rate in the aconite cake-separated moxibustion group was 63.3% (19/30); that in the moxibustion group was 50.0% (15/30) and one in the acupuncture group was 43.3% (13/30). The cured and markedly effective rate of aconite cake-separated moxibustion group was more promising than those in the other two groups (both P <0.05). At follow-up, the cured and markedly effective rate in the aconite cake-separated moxibustion group was 56.7% (17/30), which was better than 36.7% (11/30) in the moxibustion group and 40.0% (12/30) in the acupuncture group (both P <0.05). Aconite cake-separated moxibustion can be used for KOA patients with kidney-marrow deficiency, which can improve patients' life quality and is better than moxibustion and acupuncture. The method is feasible as a home remedy solution.
Hosseinzadeh Nik, Tahereh; Shahsavari, Negin; Ghadirian, Hannaneh; Ostad, Seyed Nasser
2016-07-01
The aim of this randomized clinical study was to investigate the effectiveness of acetaminophen 650 mg or liquefied ibuprofen 400 mg in pain control of orthodontic patients during separation with an elastic separator. A total of 101 patients with specific inclusion criteria were divided randomly into three groups (acetaminophen, liquefied ibuprofen, and placebo). They were instructed to take their drugs one hour before separator placement and every six hours afterward (five doses in total). They recorded their discomfort on visual analog scales immediately after separator placement, 2 hours later, 6 hours later, at bedtime, and 24 hours after separator placement. Repeated measure analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to compare the mean pain scores between the three groups. Data were collected from 89 patients. The pain increased with time in all groups. Pain scores were statistically lower in the analgesic groups compared with the placebo group (P.value<0.001), but no statistically significant difference was found in mean pain scores between the two drug groups (acetaminophen and liquefied ibuprofen) (P.value=1). Acetaminophen and liquefied ibuprofen have similar potential in pain reduction during separation.
Chiang, C-C; Lin, J-M; Chen, W-L; Chiu, Y-T; Tsai, Y-Y
2009-02-01
In an in vitro study, fixed-combination fortified vancomycin and amikacin ophthalmic solutions (VA solution) had the same potency and stable physical properties as the separate components. In this retrospective clinical study, we evaluated the efficacy of the topical VA solution in the treatment of bacterial corneal ulcer and comparison with separate topical fortified vancomycin and amikacin. Separate topical fortified eye drops was used prior to January 2004 and switched to the VA solution afterwards in the treatment of bacterial corneal ulcer. The medical records of 223 patients diagnosed with bacterial corneal ulcers between January 2002 and December 2005 were reviewed retrospectively. There were 122 patients in the VA group and 101 in the separate group. Cure was defined as complete healing of the ulcer accompanied by a nonprogressive stromal infiltrate on two consecutive visits. No significant difference was found between the VA and separate therapy group. The mean treatment duration was 15.4 days in the VA group and 16.1 days in the separate therapy group. The average hospital stay was 5.4 days (VA) and 7.2 days (separate antibiotics). Stromal infiltration regressed significantly without further expansion in both groups. All corneal ulcers completely re-epithelialized without complications related to drugs. VA solution provided similar efficacy to the conventional separate therapy in the treatment of bacterial corneal ulcers; however, it is more convenient and tolerable, promotes patient's compliance, avoids the washout effect, and reduces nurse utilization. Hence, VA solution is a good alternative to separate therapy.
PCA as a practical indicator of OPLS-DA model reliability.
Worley, Bradley; Powers, Robert
Principal Component Analysis (PCA) and Orthogonal Projections to Latent Structures Discriminant Analysis (OPLS-DA) are powerful statistical modeling tools that provide insights into separations between experimental groups based on high-dimensional spectral measurements from NMR, MS or other analytical instrumentation. However, when used without validation, these tools may lead investigators to statistically unreliable conclusions. This danger is especially real for Partial Least Squares (PLS) and OPLS, which aggressively force separations between experimental groups. As a result, OPLS-DA is often used as an alternative method when PCA fails to expose group separation, but this practice is highly dangerous. Without rigorous validation, OPLS-DA can easily yield statistically unreliable group separation. A Monte Carlo analysis of PCA group separations and OPLS-DA cross-validation metrics was performed on NMR datasets with statistically significant separations in scores-space. A linearly increasing amount of Gaussian noise was added to each data matrix followed by the construction and validation of PCA and OPLS-DA models. With increasing added noise, the PCA scores-space distance between groups rapidly decreased and the OPLS-DA cross-validation statistics simultaneously deteriorated. A decrease in correlation between the estimated loadings (added noise) and the true (original) loadings was also observed. While the validity of the OPLS-DA model diminished with increasing added noise, the group separation in scores-space remained basically unaffected. Supported by the results of Monte Carlo analyses of PCA group separations and OPLS-DA cross-validation metrics, we provide practical guidelines and cross-validatory recommendations for reliable inference from PCA and OPLS-DA models.
Wendt, D; Schmidt, D; Wasserfuhr, D; Osswald, B; Thielmann, M; Tossios, P; Kühl, H; Jakob, H; Massoudy, P
2010-09-01
The superiority of left internal thoracic artery (LITA) grafting to the left anterior descending artery (LAD) is well established. Patency rates of 80%-90% have been reported at 10-year follow-up. However, the superiority of sequential LITA grafting has not been proven. Our aim was to compare patency rates after sequential LITA grafting to a diagonal branch and the LAD with patency rates of LITA grafting to the LAD and separate vein grafting to a diagonal branch. A total of 58 coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) patients, operated on between 01/2000 and 12/2002, underwent multi-slice computed tomography (MSCT) between 2006 and 2008. Of these patients, 29 had undergone sequential LITA grafting to a diagonal branch and to the LAD ("Sequential" Group), while in 29 the LAD and a diagonal branch were separately grafted with LITA and vein ("Separate" Group). Patencies of all anastomoses were investigated. Mean follow-up was 1958±208 days. The patency rate of the LAD anastomosis was 100% in the Sequential Group and 93% in the Separate Group (p=0.04). The patency rate of the diagonal branch anastomosis was 100% in the Sequential Group and 89% in the Separate Group (p=0.04). Mean intraoperative flow on LITA graft was not different between groups (69±8ml/min in the Sequential Group and 68±9ml/min in the Separate Group, p=n.s.). Patency rates of both the LAD and the diagonal branch anastomoses were higher after sequential arterial grafting compared with separate arterial and venous grafting at 5-year follow-up. This indicates that, with regard to the antero-lateral wall of the left ventricle, there is an advantage to sequential arterial grafting compared with separate arterial and venous grafting.
A Generalizable Multigram Synthesis and Mechanistic Investigation of YMnO 3 Nanoplates
McBean, Coray L.; Lewis, Crystal S.; Tiano, Amanda L.; ...
2017-05-05
We present that the reproducible gram-scale synthesis of crystalline nanoscale multiferroics is critical for the development of the next generation of commercially relevant electronic devices. Of the subset of multiferroic materials, yttrium manganese oxide (YMnO 3) is highly attractive, because of its large magneto-electric coupling constants and the recent observation of giant polarization under pressure in these types of rare earth manganites. Utilizing a unique synthetic methodology that combines metal–oleate thermal degradation with the use of a molten salt protocol, we were able to reproducibly generate monodisperse distributions of morphologically distinctive yttrium manganese oxides. Specifically, using a molten NaCl flux,more » we were able to synthesize phase-pure, single-crystalline hexagonal YMnO 3 nanoplates, measuring 441 ± 241 nm in diameter and 46 ± 6 nm in height. Moreover, these nanoplates gave rise to multiferroic behavior, which was confirmed by the observation of a ferroelectric phase from a combination of high-resolution TEM (HRTEM) and selected-area electron diffraction (SAED) analysis. Magnetic measurements are consistent with the onset of a spin glass state below 5 K. To highlight the generalizability of the synthetic method we have developed herein, as a demonstration of principle, we have also successfully used the same protocol to produce nanocubes of lanthanum aluminum oxide (LaAlO 3).« less
High-Capacitance Hybrid Supercapacitor Based on Multi-Colored Fluorescent Carbon-Dots.
Genc, Rukan; Alas, Melis Ozge; Harputlu, Ersan; Repp, Sergej; Kremer, Nora; Castellano, Mike; Colak, Suleyman Gokhan; Ocakoglu, Kasim; Erdem, Emre
2017-09-11
Multi-colored, water soluble fluorescent carbon nanodots (C-Dots) with quantum yield changing from 4.6 to 18.3% were synthesized in multi-gram using dated cola beverage through a simple thermal synthesis method and implemented as conductive and ion donating supercapacitor component. Various properties of C-Dots, including size, crystal structure, morphology and surface properties along with their Raman and electron paramagnetic resonance spectra were analyzed and compared by means of their fluorescence and electronic properties. α-Manganese Oxide-Polypyrrole (PPy) nanorods decorated with C-Dots were further conducted as anode materials in a supercapacitor. Reduced graphene oxide was used as cathode along with the dicationic bis-imidazolium based ionic liquid in order to enhance the charge transfer and wetting capacity of electrode surfaces. For this purpose, we used octyl-bis(3-methylimidazolium)diiodide (C8H16BImI) synthesized by N-alkylation reaction as liquid ionic membrane electrolyte. Paramagnetic resonance and impedance spectroscopy have been undertaken in order to understand the origin of the performance of hybrid capacitor in more depth. In particular, we obtained high capacitance value (C = 17.3 μF/cm 2 ) which is exceptionally related not only the quality of synthesis but also the choice of electrode and electrolyte materials. Moreover, each component used in the construction of the hybrid supercapacitor is also played a key role to achieve high capacitance value.
Photoinduced energy transfer in transition metal complex oligomers
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
NONE
1997-04-01
The work we have done over the past three years has been directed toward the preparation, characterization and photophysical examination of mono- and bimetallic diimine complexes. The work is part of a broader project directed toward the development of stable, efficient, light harvesting arrays of transition metal complex chromophores. One focus has been the synthesis of rigid bis-bidentate and bis-tridentate bridging ligands. We have managed to make the ligand bphb in multigram quantities from inexpensive starting materials. The synthetic approach used has allowed us prepare a variety of other ligands which may have unique applications (vide infra). We have prepared,more » characterized and examined the photophysical behavior of Ru(II) and Re(I) complexes of the ligands. Energy donor/acceptor complexes of bphb have been prepared which exhibit nearly activationless energy transfer. Complexes of Ru(II) and Re(I) have also been prepared with other polyunsaturated ligands in which two different long lived ( > 50 ns) excited states exist; results of luminescence and transient absorbance measurements suggest the two states are metal-to-ligand charge transfer and ligand localized {pi}{r_arrow}{pi}* triplets. Finally, we have developed methods to prepare polymetallic complexes which are covalently bound to various surfaces. The long term objective of this work is to make light harvesting arrays for the sensitization of large band gap semiconductors. Details of this work are provided in the body of the report.« less
O'Keefe, Barry R.; Vojdani, Fakhrieh; Buffa, Viviana; Shattock, Robin J.; Montefiori, David C.; Bakke, James; Mirsalis, Jon; d'Andrea, Anna-Lisa; Hume, Steven D.; Bratcher, Barry; Saucedo, Carrie J.; McMahon, James B.; Pogue, Gregory P.; Palmer, Kenneth E.
2009-01-01
To prevent sexually transmitted HIV, the most desirable active ingredients of microbicides are antiretrovirals (ARVs) that directly target viral entry and avert infection at mucosal surfaces. However, most promising ARV entry inhibitors are biologicals, which are costly to manufacture and deliver to resource-poor areas where effective microbicides are urgently needed. Here, we report a manufacturing breakthrough for griffithsin (GRFT), one of the most potent HIV entry inhibitors. This red algal protein was produced in multigram quantities after extraction from Nicotiana benthamiana plants transduced with a tobacco mosaic virus vector expressing GRFT. Plant-produced GRFT (GRFT-P) was shown as active against HIV at picomolar concentrations, directly virucidal via binding to HIV envelope glycoproteins, and capable of blocking cell-to-cell HIV transmission. GRFT-P has broad-spectrum activity against HIV clades A, B, and C, with utility as a microbicide component for HIV prevention in established epidemics in sub-Saharan Africa, South Asia, China, and the industrialized West. Cognizant of the imperative that microbicides not induce epithelial damage or inflammatory responses, we also show that GRFT-P is nonirritating and noninflammatory in human cervical explants and in vivo in the rabbit vaginal irritation model. Moreover, GRFT-P is potently active in preventing infection of cervical explants by HIV-1 and has no mitogenic activity on cultured human lymphocytes. PMID:19332801
Nagy, Adrienn; Csordás, Barbara; Zsoldos-Mády, Virág; Pintér, István; Farkas, Viktor; Perczel, András
2017-02-01
To obtain key sugar derivatives for making homooligomeric foldamers or α/β-chimera peptides, economic and multigram scale synthetic methods were to be developed. Though described in the literature, the cost-effective making of both 3-amino-3-deoxy-ribofuranuronic acid (H-t X-OH) and its C-3 epimeric stereoisomer, the 3-amino-3-deoxy-xylofuranuronic acid (H-c X-OH) from D-glucose is described here. The present synthetic route elaborated is (1) appropriate for large-scale synthesis; (2) reagent costs reduced (e.g. by a factor of 400); (3) yields optimized are ~80% or higher for all six consecutive steps concluding -t X- or -c X- and (4) reaction times shortened. Thus, a new synthetic route step-by-step optimized for yield, cost, time and purification is given both for D-xylo and D-ribo-amino-furanuronic acids using sustainable chemistry (e.g. less chromatography with organic solvents; using continuous-flow reactor). Our study encompasses necessary building blocks (e.g. -X-OMe, -X-O i Pr, -X-NHMe, Fmoc-X-OH) and key coupling reactions making -Aaa-t X-Aaa- or -Aaa-t X-t X-Aaa- type "inserts". Completed for both stereoisomers of X, including the newly synthesized Fmoc-c X-OH, producing longer oligomers for drug design and discovery is more of a reality than a wish.
Influence of torque control motors and the operator's proficiency on ProTaper failures.
Yared, Ghassan; Bou Dagher, Fadia; Kulkarni, Kiran
2003-08-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of 2 electric torque control motors and operator experience with a specific nickel-titanium rotary instrumentation technique on the incidence of deformation and separation of instruments. ProTaper (PT) nickel-titanium rotary instruments were used at 300 rpm. In the first part of the study, electric high torque control (group 1) and low torque control (group 2) motors were compared. In the second part of the study, 3 operators with varying experience (groups 3, 4, and 5) were also compared. Twenty sets of PT instruments and 100 canals of extracted human molars were used in each group. Each set of PT instruments was used in up to 5 canals and sterilized before each case. For irrigation, 2.5% NaOCl was used. The number of deformed and separated instruments among the groups (within each part of the study) was statistically analyzed for significance with pair-wise comparisons by using the Fisher exact test (alpha =.05). In part 1, instrument deformation and separation did not occur in groups 1 and 2. In part 2, 25 and 12 instruments were deformed and separated, respectively, with the least experienced operator. Instrument deformation and separation did not occur with the most experienced operator. The Fisher exact test revealed a significant difference between groups 3 and 4 with respect to instrument deformation (P =.0296). In addition, the Fisher exact test revealed that the incidence of instrument deformation was statistically different between groups 3 and 5 (P <.0001) and groups 4 and 5 (P =.0018). The incidence of instrument separation was significantly higher in group 5 than in groups 3 and 4 (P =.001). Preclinical training in the use of the PT technique at 300 rpm is crucial to prevent instrument separation and reduce the incidence of instrument deformation. The use of an electric high torque control motor is safe with the experienced operator.
Bizman, Aharon; Yinon, Yoel
2004-04-01
The authors examined the relations between (a) the perceptions of dual identity and separate groups and (b) intergroup conflict management strategies, in two contexts: the conflict between the secular and religious sectors in Israel and the allocation of resources among organizational subunits. In both contexts, contention (i.e., forcing one's will on the other party) was associated with the perception of separate groups. Only in the organizational context, avoidance (i.e., doing nothing or discontinuing participation in the conflict) was associated with the perception of dual identity. Problem solving (i.e., finding a solution that is acceptable to both parties) was related to the perception of dual identity in the secular-religious context. In the organizational context, this relation appeared only under a low perception of separate groups. Yielding (i.e., satisfying the other party's needs at the expense of one's own) was related to the perception of dual identity in the organizational context. In the secular-religious context, this relation appeared only under a high perception of separate groups. The authors discussed the varying pattern of the associations between (a) the perceptions of dual identity and separate groups and (b) the conflict management strategies in the two contexts in terms of the Dual Concern Model and the perceived feasibility of the strategies.
Seth, Punit P; Yu, Jinghua; Jazayeri, Ali; Pallan, Pradeep S; Allerson, Charles R; Østergaard, Michael E; Liu, Fengwu; Herdewijn, Piet; Egli, Martin; Swayze, Eric E
2012-06-01
We report the design and synthesis of 2'-fluoro cyclohexenyl nucleic acid (F-CeNA) pyrimidine phosphoramidites and the synthesis and biophysical, structural, and biological evaluation of modified oligonucleotides. The synthesis of the nucleoside phosphoramidites was accomplished in multigram quantities starting from commercially available methyl-D-mannose pyranoside. Installation of the fluorine atom was accomplished using nonafluorobutanesulfonyl fluoride, and the cyclohexenyl ring system was assembled by means of a palladium-catalyzed Ferrier rearrangement. Installation of the nucleobase was carried out under Mitsunobu conditions followed by standard protecting group manipulations to provide the desired pyrimidine phosphoramidites. Biophysical evaluation indicated that F-CeNA shows behavior similar to that of a 2'-modified nucleotide, and duplexes with RNA showed slightly lower duplex thermostability as compared to that of the more rigid 3'-fluoro hexitol nucleic acid (FHNA). However, F-CeNA modified oligonucleotides were significantly more stable against digestion by snake venom phosphodiesterases (SVPD) as compared to unmodified DNA, 2'-fluoro RNA (FRNA), 2'-methoxyethyl RNA (MOE), and FHNA modified oligonucleotides. Examination of crystal structures of a modified DNA heptamer duplex d(GCG)-T*-d(GCG):d(CGCACGC) by X-ray crystallography indicated that the cyclohexenyl ring system exhibits both the (3)H(2) and (2)H(3) conformations, similar to the C3'-endo/C2'-endo conformation equilibrium seen in natural furanose nucleosides. In the (2)H(3) conformation, the equatorial fluorine engages in a relatively close contact with C8 (2.94 Å) of the 3'-adjacent dG nucleotide that may represent a pseudo hydrogen bond. In contrast, the cyclohexenyl ring of F-CeNA was found to exist exclusively in the (3)H(2) (C3'-endo like) conformation in the crystal structure of the modified A-form DNA decamer duplex [d(GCGTA)-T*-d(ACGC)](2.) In an animal experiment, a 16-mer F-CeNA gapmer ASO showed similar RNA affinity but significantly improved activity compared to that of a sequence matched MOE ASO, thus establishing F-CeNA as a useful modification for antisense applications.
Aghamohammadi, Azar; Zafari, Mandana; Moslemi, Leila
2012-06-01
Comparing the effect of topical human milk application and dry cord care on cord separation time. This research was a randomized clinical trial study on 130 singleton and mature newborns. Newborns were placed randomly in groups of topical application of human milk and dry cord care. The umbilical separation time was compared in the two groups. Data was analyzed by SPSS software. Independent Samples t-Test, χ(2), Fisher were used in this study. Median time of cord separation in human milk application group (150.95±28.68 hours) was significantly shorter than dry cord care group (180.93±37.42 hours) (P<0.001). Topical application of human milk on the remaining part of the cord reduces the cord separation time and it can be used as an easy, cheap and non invasive way for cord care.
Umbilical hernia management during liver transplantation.
de Goede, B; van Kempen, B J H; Polak, W G; de Knegt, R J; Schouten, J N L; Lange, J F; Tilanus, H W; Metselaar, H J; Kazemier, G
2013-08-01
Patients with liver cirrhosis scheduled for liver transplantation often present with a concurrent umbilical hernia. Optimal management of these patients is not clear. The objective of this study was to compare the outcomes of patients who underwent umbilical hernia correction during liver transplantation through a separate infra-umbilical incision with those who underwent correction through the same incision used to perform the liver transplantation. In the period between 1990 and 2011, all 27 patients with umbilical hernia and liver cirrhosis who underwent hernia correction during liver transplantation were identified in our hospital database. In 17 cases, umbilical hernia repair was performed through a separate infra-umbilical incision (separate incision group) and 10 were corrected from within the abdominal cavity without a separate incision (same incision group). Six patients died during follow-up; no deaths were attributable to intraoperative umbilical hernia repair. All 21 patients who were alive visited the outpatient clinic to detect recurrent umbilical hernia. One recurrent umbilical hernia was diagnosed in the separate incision group (6 %) and four (40 %) in the same incision group (p = 0.047). Two patients in the same incision group required repair of the recurrent umbilical hernia; one of whom underwent emergency surgery for bowel incarceration. The one recurrent hernia in the separate incision group was corrected electively. In the event of liver transplantation, umbilical hernia repair through a separate infra-umbilical incision is preferred over correction through the same incision used to perform the transplantation.
Lymph node pick up by separate stations: Option or necessity.
Morgagni, Paolo; Nanni, Oriana; Carretta, Elisa; Altini, Mattia; Saragoni, Luca; Falcini, Fabio; Garcea, Domenico
2015-05-27
To evaluate whether lymph node pick up by separate stations could be an indicator of patients submitted to appropriate surgical treatment. One thousand two hundred and three consecutive gastric cancer patients submitted to radical resection in 7 general hospitals and for whom no information was available on the extension of lymphatic dissection were included in this retrospective study. Patients were divided into 2 groups: group A, where the stomach specimen was directly formalin-fixed and sent to the pathologist, and group B, where lymph nodes were picked up after surgery and fixed for separate stations. Sixty-two point three percent of group A patients showed < 16 retrieved lymph nodes compared to 19.4% of group B (P < 0.0001). Group B (separate stations) patients had significantly higher survival rates than those in group A [46.1 mo (95%CI: 36.5-56.0) vs 27.7 mo (95%CI: 21.3-31.9); P = 0.0001], independently of T or N stage. In multivariate analysis, group A also showed a higher risk of death than group B (HR = 1.24; 95%CI: 1.05-1.46). Separate lymphatic station dissection increases the number of retrieved nodes, leads to better tumor staging, and permits verification of the surgical dissection. The number of dissected stations could potentially be used as an index to evaluate the quality of treatment received.
Photoinduced energy transfer in transition metal complex oligomers
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
NONE
1997-06-01
The work done over the past three years has been directed toward the preparation, characterization and photophysical examination of mono- and bimetallic diimine complexes. The work is part of a broader project directed toward the development of stable, efficient, light harvesting arrays of transition metal complex chromophores. One focus has been the synthesis of rigid bis-bidentate and bis-tridentate bridging ligands. The authors have managed to make the ligand bphb in multigram quantities from inexpensive starting materials. The synthetic approach used has allowed them to prepare a variety of other ligands which may have unique applications (vide infra). They have prepared,more » characterized and examined the photophysical behavior of Ru(II) and Re(I) complexes of the ligands. Energy donor/acceptor complexes of bphb have been prepared which exhibit nearly activationless energy transfer. Complexes of Ru(II) and Re(I) have also been prepared with other polyunsaturated ligands in which two different long lived (> 50 ns) excited states exist; results of luminescence and transient absorbance measurements suggest the two states are metal-to-ligand charge transfer and ligand localized {pi}{r_arrow}{pi}* triplets. Finally, the authors have developed methods to prepare polymetallic complexes which are covalently bound to various surfaces. The long term objective of this work is to make light harvesting arrays for the sensitization of large band gap semiconductors. Details of this work are provided in the body of the report.« less
Perceptual grouping and attention in visual search for features and for objects.
Treisman, A
1982-04-01
This article explores the effects of perceptual grouping on search for targets defined by separate features or by conjunction of features. Treisman and Gelade proposed a feature-integration theory of attention, which claims that in the absence of prior knowledge, the separable features of objects are correctly combined only when focused attention is directed to each item in turn. If items are preattentively grouped, however, attention may be directed to groups rather than to single items whenever no recombination of features within a group could generate an illusory target. This prediction is confirmed: In search for conjunctions, subjects appear to scan serially between groups rather than items. The scanning rate shows little effect of the spatial density of distractors, suggesting that it reflects serial fixations of attention rather than eye movements. Search for features, on the other hand, appears to independent of perceptual grouping, suggesting that features are detected preattentively. A conjunction target can be camouflaged at the preattentive level by placing it at the boundary between two adjacent groups, each of which shares one of its features. This suggests that preattentive grouping creates separate feature maps within each separable dimension rather than one global configuration.
Jaafar, Sharifah Halimah; Ho, Jacqueline J; Lee, Kim Seng
2016-08-26
Mother-infant proximity and interactions after birth and during the early postpartum period are important for breast-milk production and breastfeeding success. Rooming-in and separate care are both traditional practices. Rooming-in involves keeping the mother and the baby together in the same room after birth for the duration of hospitalisation, whereas separate care is keeping the baby in the hospital nursery and the baby is either brought to the mother for breastfeeding or she walks to the nursery. To assess the effect of mother-infant rooming-in versus separation on the duration of breastfeeding (exclusive and total duration of breastfeeding). We searched the Cochrane Pregnancy and Childbirth Group's Trials Register (30 May 2016) and reference lists of retrieved studies. Randomised or quasi-randomised controlled trials (RCTs) investigating the effect of mother-infant rooming-in versus separate care after hospital birth or at home on the duration of breastfeeding, proportion of breastfeeding at six months and adverse neonatal and maternal outcomes. Two review authors independently assessed the studies for inclusion and assessed trial quality. Two review authors extracted data. Data were checked for accuracy. We assessed the quality of the evidence using the GRADE approach. We included one trial (involving 176 women) in this review. This trial included four groups with a factorial design. The factorial design took into account two factors, i.e. infant location in relation to the mother and the type of infant apparel. We combined three of the groups as the intervention (rooming-in) group and the fourth group acted as the control (separate care) and we analysed the results as a single pair-wise comparison. Primary outcomesThe primary outcome, duration of any breastfeeding, was reported by authors as median values because the distribution was found to be skewed. They reported the overall median duration of any breastfeeding to be four months, with no difference found between groups. Duration of exclusive breastfeeding and the proportion of infants being exclusively breastfed at six months of age was not reported in the trial. There was no difference found between the two groups in the proportion of infants receiving any breastfeeding at six months of age (risk ratio (RR) 0.84, 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.51 to 1.39; one trial; 137 women; low-quality evidence). Secondary outcomesThe mean frequency of breastfeeds per day on day four postpartum for the rooming-in group was 8.3 (standard deviation (SD) 2.2), slightly higher than the separate care group, i.e. seven times per day. However, between-group comparison of this outcome was not appropriate since every infant in the separate care group was breastfed at a fixed schedule of seven times per day (SD = 0) resulting in no estimable comparison. The rate of exclusive breastfeeding on day four postpartum before discharge from hospital was significantly higher in the rooming-in group 86% (99 of 115) compared with separate care group, 45% (17 of 38), (RR 1.92; 95% CI 1.34 to 2.76; one trial, 153 women; low-quality evidence). None of our other pre-specified secondary outcomes were reported. We found little evidence to support or refute the practice of rooming-in versus mother-infant separation. Further well-designed RCTs to investigate full mother-infant rooming-in versus partial rooming-in or separate care including all important outcomes are needed.
Passi, Monica; Inamdar, Sumant; Hersch, David; Dowling, Oonagh; Sejpal, Divyesh V; Trindade, Arvind J
2018-03-01
Separate-session endoscopic retrograde cholangiography (ERCP) and laparoscopic cholecystectomy (LC) is the usual method for management of inpatient choledocholithiasis. Our goal was to compare single operative-session LC and ERCP to a multi-session approach for both the same hospitalization and within 30 days after; there is limited data comparing the three groups. A retrospective review on inpatients with choledocholithiasis that underwent ERCP and LC was performed. Single operative-session ERCP + LC (SOS group) and separate hospitalization ERCP + LC (DH group) were compared against the control cohort: separate-session ERCP + LC performed during the same hospitalization (SH group). Among the 214 cases, 37 (17%) had LC + ERCP performed under a single operative session (SOS), 130 (60.7%) cases had LC + ERCP performed in separate operative sessions during the same hospitalization (SH), and 47 (22%) cases had LC + ERCP performed in different hospitalizations, within 30 days (DH). There was no statistically significant difference in efficacy or adverse events. The SOS group had a statistically significant mean shorter length of hospital stay as compared to the SH and DH groups (5.46 vs 7.15 vs 9.38; p = 0.05 and 0.02). There was a statistically significant reduction in the total cost of care in the SOS group versus the SH group ($59,221 vs $75, 808; p = 0.007). The SOS approach is safe, efficacious, and cost-efficient when compared to separate operative sessions. This approach can be considered in situations where it is preferable for the patient to undergo a single session of anesthesia, without compromising technical success and safety.
TYRKA, AUDREY R.; WIER, LAUREN; PRICE, LAWRENCE H.; ROSS, NICOLE S.; CARPENTER, LINDA L.
2013-01-01
The purpose of this study was to determine whether childhood parental death and childhood parental separation are linked to lifetime depressive and anxiety disorders after controlling for related risk factors. Participants were 105 individuals from the community, including a group with separation/desertion from a parent, a group with childhood parental death, and a matched control group whose parents remained married and living together. Participants completed interviews and questionnaires assessing symptoms of anxiety and depression, family psychiatric history, childhood maltreatment, and childhood parental relationships. Participants with separation/desertion and those with parental death were significantly more likely than the control subjects to report the subsequent onset of symptoms of a depressive or anxiety disorder. These effects were not fully explained by parental relationships or childhood maltreatment. However, in the group with parental separation only, family history of depressive and anxiety disorders accounted for the apparent effect of parental separation. These findings indicate that parental death may be a specific risk factor for depressive and anxiety disorders. For parental separation/desertion, our results highlight the overriding influence of risk factors that commonly co-occur with this form of parental loss. PMID:19069576
Early and Later Life Stress Alter Brain Activity and Sleep in Rats
Mrdalj, Jelena; Pallesen, Ståle; Milde, Anne Marita; Jellestad, Finn Konow; Murison, Robert; Ursin, Reidun; Bjorvatn, Bjørn; Grønli, Janne
2013-01-01
Exposure to early life stress may profoundly influence the developing brain in lasting ways. Neuropsychiatric disorders associated with early life adversity may involve neural changes reflected in EEG power as a measure of brain activity and disturbed sleep. The main aim of the present study was for the first time to characterize possible changes in adult EEG power after postnatal maternal separation in rats. Furthermore, in the same animals, we investigated how EEG power and sleep architecture were affected after exposure to a chronic mild stress protocol. During postnatal day 2–14 male rats were exposed to either long maternal separation (180 min) or brief maternal separation (10 min). Long maternally separated offspring showed a sleep-wake nonspecific reduction in adult EEG power at the frontal EEG derivation compared to the brief maternally separated group. The quality of slow wave sleep differed as the long maternally separated group showed lower delta power in the frontal-frontal EEG and a slower reduction of the sleep pressure. Exposure to chronic mild stress led to a lower EEG power in both groups. Chronic exposure to mild stressors affected sleep differently in the two groups of maternal separation. Long maternally separated offspring showed more total sleep time, more episodes of rapid eye movement sleep and higher percentage of non-rapid eye movement episodes ending in rapid eye movement sleep compared to brief maternal separation. Chronic stress affected similarly other sleep parameters and flattened the sleep homeostasis curves in all offspring. The results confirm that early environmental conditions modulate the brain functioning in a long-lasting way. PMID:23922857
Rampersad, Kavi; Chen, Deryk; Hariharan, Seetharaman
2016-01-01
This study aimed to determine whether a separate written consent form improved the efficacy of the informed consent process for anesthesia in adult patients undergoing elective surgery at a tertiary care teaching hospital. We randomized patients into two groups prospectively. The first group (Group A) signed the hospital's standard Consent for Operation form only while the second group (Group B) signed a separate Consent for Anesthesia form additionally. Patients were interviewed postoperatively with an eight-item questionnaire with responses in a 5-point Likert scale. A composite adequacy of consent index was generated from the responses and analyzed. Two hundred patients (100 in each group) were studied. All patients indicated that the anesthesiologist(s) had their permission to proceed with their anesthesia care. The mean adequacy of consent index score in Group B was higher than that of Group A (30.6 ± 4.6 [standard deviation (SD)] vs. 27.9 ± 5.2 [SD]) (P < 0.001). The separate written consent had a positive impact on the patients' understanding of the nature and purpose of the intended anesthesia procedures (P = 0.04), satisfaction with the adequacy of information provided about common side effects (P < 0.001) and rare but serious complications (P = 0.008). A separate written consent for anesthesia improved the efficacy of the informed consent process with respect to better information about the nature and purpose of anesthesia, common side effects, and rare but serious complications.
2015-08-26
A large group of sunspots that rotated across the Sun over six days (Aug. 21-26, 2015) started out as a single cluster, but gradually separated into distinct groups. This region produced several M-class (medium-sized) flares. These were the only significant spots on the Sun during this period. The still image shows the separated group as it appeared on Aug. 26., 2015. http://photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/PIA19876
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Harkness, J. D.
1975-01-01
Several groups of nickel cadmium cells were tested for the durability of their separator materials. The cells were rated at 6.0 ampere-hours, and contained double ceramic seals. Two cells in each group were fitted with pressure gauge assemblies. Results are presented for various brands of separator materials.
Sorimachi, Kenji; Okayasu, Teiji
2015-01-01
The complete vertebrate mitochondrial genome consists of 13 coding genes. We used this genome to investigate the existence of natural selection in vertebrate evolution. From the complete mitochondrial genomes, we predicted nucleotide contents and then separated these values into coding and non-coding regions. When nucleotide contents of a coding or non-coding region were plotted against the nucleotide content of the complete mitochondrial genomes, we obtained linear regression lines only between homonucleotides and their analogs. On every plot using G or A content purine, G content in aquatic vertebrates was higher than that in terrestrial vertebrates, while A content in aquatic vertebrates was lower than that in terrestrial vertebrates. Based on these relationships, vertebrates were separated into two groups, terrestrial and aquatic. However, using C or T content pyrimidine, clear separation between these two groups was not obtained. The hagfish (Eptatretus burgeri) was further separated from both terrestrial and aquatic vertebrates. Based on these results, nucleotide content relationships predicted from the complete vertebrate mitochondrial genomes reveal the existence of natural selection based on evolutionary separation between terrestrial and aquatic vertebrate groups. In addition, we propose that separation of the two groups might be linked to ammonia detoxification based on high G and low A contents, which encode Glu rich and Lys poor proteins.
Phosphazene membranes for gas separations
Stewart, Frederick F.; Harrup, Mason K.; Orme, Christopher J.; Luther, Thomas A.
2006-07-11
A polyphosphazene having a glass transition temperature ("T.sub.g") of approximately -20.degree. C. or less. The polyphosphazene has at least one pendant group attached to a backbone of the polyphosphazene, wherein the pendant group has no halogen atoms. In addition, no aromatic groups are attached to an oxygen atom that is bound to a phosphorus atom of the backbone. The polyphosphazene may have a T.sub.g ranging from approximately -100.degree. C. to approximately -20.degree. C. The polyphosphazene may be selected from the group consisting of poly[bis-3-phenyl-1-propoxy)phosphazene], poly[bis-(2-phenyl-1-ethoxy)phosphazene], poly[bis-(dodecanoxypolyethoxy)-phosphazene], and poly[bis-(2-(2-(2-.omega.-undecylenyloxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)phosphazene]- . The polyphosphazene may be used in a separation membrane to selectively separate individual gases from a gas mixture, such as to separate polar gases from nonpolar gases in the gas mixture.
Shin, Yoon-Joo; Shin, Nam-Shik
2016-06-30
Separation anxiety (SA) is a serious behavioral problem in dogs. In this study, salivary cortisol was studied to determine if the owner's odor or voice could reduce SA in dogs. Twenty-eight dogs with SA were divided into three groups: group 1 (control), group 2 (with owner's clothes during the separation period; SP) and group 3 (a recording of the owner's voice was played during SP). The dog's saliva was collected after the owner and their dog were in the experimental room for 5 min (PRE). The dog was then separated from the owner for 20 min and saliva collected four times at intervals of 5 min (SP1-4). Finally, the owner was allowed back into the room to calm the dog for 5 min, after which saliva was collected (POST). Evaluation of salivary cortisol concentrations by ELISA revealed that the ratios of SP1 concentration to PRE or POST concentrations were significantly higher in group 1 than in group 2 or 3. Additionally, the concentrations of SP1-PRE and SP1-POST among groups differed significantly. These findings indicate that the owner's odor or voice may be helpful to managing stress in dogs with SA.
Xiaorong, Chang; Jie, Yan; Zenghui, Yue; Jing, Shen; Yaping, Lin; Shouxiang, Yi; Xiangping, Cao
2005-06-01
Hyperlipemia rabbit models established with high cholesterol and fat diet were treated with direct moxibustion and medicinal cake-separated moxibustion. The post-treatment plasma 6-keto-prostaglandin F1alpha (6-keto-PGF1alpha) and thromboxane B2 (TXB2) contents were determined by radioimmunoassay. Results indicated that the plasma 6-keto-PGF1alpha content significantly increased, the TXB2 level decreased (P < 0.05) and the TXB2 /6-keto-PGF1alpha ratio also decreased (P < 0.01) in the medicinal cake-separated moxibustion group as compared with those in the model group respectively, but there was no significant difference between the medicinal cake-separated moxibustion group and the direct moxibustion group (P > 0.05), suggesting that both the medicinal cake-separated moxibustion and direct moxibustion can regulate the plasma 6-keto-PGF1alpha and TXB2 contents, and the TXB2/6-keto-PGF1alpha ratio with similar actions, and have a certain protective action on endothelial cells of the aorta in the rabbit of hyperlipemia.
Tully, Lucy A; Moffitt, Terrie E; Caspi, Avshalom; Taylor, Alan; Kiernan, Helena; Andreou, Penny
2004-04-01
We investigated the effects of classroom separation on twins' behavior, progress at school, and reading abilities. This investigation was part of a longitudinal study of a nationally-representative sample of twins (the E-risk Study) who were assessed at the start of school (age 5) and followed up (age 7). We examined three groups of twins: pairs who were in the same class at both ages; pairs who were in separate classes at both ages; and pairs who were in the same class at age 5, but separated by age 7. When compared to those not separated, those separated early had significantly more teacher-rated internalizing problems and those separated later showed more internalizing problems and lower reading scores. Monozygotic (MZ) twins showed more problems as a result of separation than dizygotic (DZ) twins. No group differences emerged for externalizing problems, ADHD or prosocial behaviors. The implications of the findings for parents and teachers of twins, and for school practices about separating twins, are discussed.
Pozzi, Gino; Bruschi, Angelo; De Angelis, Andrea; Pascucci, Marco; Hatzigiakoumis, Daniele Stavros; Grandinetti, Paolo; Di Nicola, Marco; Pini, Stefano; Janiri, Luigi
2014-01-01
Nowadays, adult separation anxiety disorder (ASAD) is an established diagnostic category but is little investigated in subjects with addictive behaviours. To assess the presence of ASAD among patients with addictive disorders in comparison with anxiety patients and measure the personality correlates in all these groups. 103 outpatients, meeting DSM-IV-TR criteria for anxiety disorders (38 patients), alcohol dependence (30 patients), or pathological gambling (35 patients), were assessed by the Structured Clinical Interview for Separation Anxiety Symptoms (SCI-SAS) and the Adult Separation Anxiety Checklist (ASA-27) for separation anxiety and by the Temperament and Character Inventory-Revised (TCI-R) for personality characteristics. ASAD is detected in 34.2% of anxiety patients, 13.3% of alcoholics, and 11.4% of gamblers. Separation anxiety scores correlate positively with harm avoidance and negatively with self-directedness in all groups; further correlations are seen among addictive patients only, that is, self-transcendence for gamblers and cooperativeness for both alcoholics and gamblers. The prevalence of ASAD is lower among addictive patients than in those with anxiety disorders; correlations are found between separation anxiety and specific TCI-R dimensions, with some matching across the three diagnostic groups.
Selective Separation of Metal Ions via Monolayer Nanoporous Graphene with Carboxyl Groups.
Li, Zhan; Liu, Yanqi; Zhao, Yang; Zhang, Xin; Qian, Lijuan; Tian, Longlong; Bai, Jing; Qi, Wei; Yao, Huijun; Gao, Bin; Liu, Jie; Wu, Wangsuo; Qiu, Hongdeng
2016-10-18
Graphene-coated plastic substrates, such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), are regularly used in flexible electronic devices. Here we demonstrate a new application of the graphene-coated nanoporous PET membrane for the selective separation of metal ions in an ion exchange manner. Irradiation with swift heavy ions is used to perforate graphene and PET substrate. This process could create graphene nanopores with carboxyl groups, thus forming conical holes in the PET after chemical etching to support graphene nanopores. Therefore, a monolayer nanoporous graphene membrane with a PET substrate is constructed successfully to investigate its ionic selective separation. We find that the permeation ratio of ions strongly depends on the temperature and H + concentration in the driving solution. An electric field can increase the permeation ratio of ions through the graphene nanopores, but it inhibits the ion selective separation. Moreover, the structure of the graphene nanopore with carboxyl groups is resolved at the density functional theory level. The results show the asymmetric structure of the nanopore with carboxyl groups, and the analysis indicates that the ionic permeation can be attributed to the ion exchange between metal ions and protons on the two sides of graphene nanopores. These results would be beneficial to the design of membrane separation materials made from graphene with efficient online and offline bulk separation.
Substituted polyacetylene separation membrane
Pinnau, Ingo; Morisato, Atsushi
1998-01-13
A separation membrane useful for gas separation, particularly separation of C.sub.2+ hydrocarbons from natural gas. The invention encompasses the membrane itself, methods of making it and processes for using it. The membrane comprises a polymer having repeating units of a hydrocarbon-based, disubstituted polyacetylene, having the general formula: ##STR1## wherein R.sub.1 is chosen from the group consisting of C.sub.1 -C.sub.4 alkyl and phenyl, and wherein R.sub.2 is chosen from the group consisting of hydrogen and phenyl. In the most preferred embodiment, the membrane comprises poly(4-methyl-2-pentyne) ›PMP!. The membrane exhibits good chemical resistance and has super-glassy properties with regard to separating certain large, condensable permeant species from smaller, less-condensable permeant species. The membranes may also be useful in other fluid separations.
Amiri, Ehsan Mohamadian; Balouch, Fariba; Atri, Faezeh
2017-05-01
Bonding of fiber posts to intracanal dentin is challenging in the clinical setting. This study aimed to compare the effect of self-adhesive and separate etch adhesive dual cure resin cements on the bond strength of fiber post to dentin at different parts of the root. This in-vitro experimental study was conducted on 20 single-rooted premolars. The teeth were decoronated at 1mm coronal to the cementoenamel junction (CEJ), and the roots underwent root canal treatment. Post space was prepared in the roots. Afterwards, the samples were randomly divided into two groups. In group 1, the fiber posts were cemented using Rely X Unicem cement, while in group 2, the fiber posts were cemented using Duo-Link cement, according to the manufacturer's instructions. The intracanal post in each root was sectioned into three segments of coronal, middle, and apical, and each cross-section was subjected to push-out bond strength test at a crosshead speed of 1mm/minute until failure. Push-out bond strength data were analyzed using independent t-test and repeated measures ANOVA. The bond strength at the middle and coronal segments in separate etch adhesive cement group was higher than that in self-adhesive cement group. However, the bond strength at the apical segment was higher in self-adhesive cement group compared to that in the other group. Overall, the bond strength in separate etch adhesive cement group was significantly higher than that in self-adhesive cement group (P<0.001). Bond strength of fiber post to intracanal dentin is higher after the use of separate etch adhesive cement compared to self-adhesive cement.
Wu, Benwen; Ding, Zhenqi; Huang, Guofeng; Liu, Guojun; Cai, Zhemin; Ding, Luobin; Li, Xiang
2016-09-08
To evaluate the difference between using and not using syndesmotic screw to treat pronation external rotation (PER) ankle fracture combined with separation of distal tibiofibular syndesmosis. Between April 2011 and October 2014, 46 cases of PER ankle fracture combined with separation of distal tibiofibular syndesmosis were treated, and syndesmotic screw was used in 24 cases (fixation group) and syndesmotic screw was not used in 22 cases (non-fixation group). There was no significant difference in gender, age, weight, cause of injury, side, injury to operation time, and fracture type between 2 groups ( P >0.05). The time for full weight-bearing, fracture healing time, and complications were recorded after operation. Anteroposterior and lateral X-ray films were taken to measure the tibiofibular overlap (TBOL) and tibiofibular clear space (TBCS). Baird-Jackson score was used to evaluate functional recovery of the ankle. All incision healed by first intention without complications. The cases were followed up 13-18 months (mean, 15.2 months) in 2 groups. The time for full weight-bearing was 8-12 weeks (median, 11 weeks) in fixation group, which was significantly later than that in non-fixation group (range, 6-10 weeks; median, 8 weeks) ( Z =-5.049, P =0.000). X-ray examination showed reduction of separation of distal tibiofibular syndesmosis. All fractures healed. The fracture healing time was (13.83±1.37) weeks in fixation group, and was (13.91±1.31) weeks in non-fixation group, showing no significant difference ( t =-0.191, P =0.945). No separation of distal tibiofibular syndesmosis, delayed union, nonunion, loosening, or breakage of fixation devices was observed in 2 groups. There was no significant difference in TBOL, TBCS, Baird-Jackson score and the excellent and good rate between 2 groups ( P >0.05). If the medial, lateral, and posterior structures of the ankle could be repaired according to injury, no significant influence on functional outcome of ankle or radiologic findings could be detected whether syndesmotic fixation is given or not in treating PER ankle fracture (exclude Maisonneuve fracture) combined with separation of distal tibiofibular syndesmosis.
Perceived Average Orientation Reflects Effective Gist of the Surface.
Cha, Oakyoon; Chong, Sang Chul
2018-03-01
The human ability to represent ensemble visual information, such as average orientation and size, has been suggested as the foundation of gist perception. To effectively summarize different groups of objects into the gist of a scene, observers should form ensembles separately for different groups, even when objects have similar visual features across groups. We hypothesized that the visual system utilizes perceptual groups characterized by spatial configuration and represents separate ensembles for different groups. Therefore, participants could not integrate ensembles of different perceptual groups on a task basis. We asked participants to determine the average orientation of visual elements comprising a surface with a contour situated inside. Although participants were asked to estimate the average orientation of all the elements, they ignored orientation signals embedded in the contour. This constraint may help the visual system to keep the visual features of occluding objects separate from those of the occluded objects.
Qualitative Analysis: The Current Status.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Cole, G. Mattney, Jr.; Waggoner, William H.
1983-01-01
To assist in designing/implementing qualitative analysis courses, examines reliability/accuracy of several published separation schemes, notes methods where particular difficulties arise (focusing on Groups II/III), and presents alternative schemes for the separation of these groups. Only cation analyses are reviewed. Figures are presented in…
El Batawi, Hisham Yehia
2015-01-01
To investigate the possible effects of preoperative oral Midazolam on parental separation anxiety, emergence delirium, and post-anesthesia care unit time on children undergoing dental rehabilitation under general anesthesia. Randomized, prospective, double-blind study. Seventy-eight American Society of Anesthesiology (ASA) I children were divided into two groups of 39 each. Children of the first group were premedicated with oral Midazolam 0.5 mg/kg, while children of the control group were premedicated with a placebo. Scores for parental separation, mask acceptance, postoperative emergence delirium, and time spent in the post-anesthesia care unit were compared statistically. The test group showed significantly lower parental separation scores and high acceptance rate for anesthetic mask. There was no significant difference between the two groups regarding emergence delirium and time spent in post-anesthesia care unit. Preoperative oral Midazolam could be a useful adjunct in anxiety management for children suffering dental anxiety. The drug may not reduce the incidence of postoperative emergence delirium. The suggested dose does not seem to affect the post-anesthesia care unit time.
Birth order effects on the separation process in young adults: an evolutionary and dynamic approach.
Ziv, Ido; Hermel, Orly
2011-01-01
The present study analyzes the differential contribution of a familial or social focus in imaginative ideation (the personal fable and imagined audience mental constructs) to the separation-individuation process of firstborn, middleborn, and lastborn children. A total of 160 young adults were divided into 3 groups by birth order. Participants' separation-individuation process was evaluated by the Psychological Separation Inventory, and results were cross-validated by the Pathology of Separation-Individuation Inventory. The Imaginative Ideation Inventory tested the relative dominance of the familial and social environments in participants' mental constructs. The findings showed that middleborn children had attained more advanced separation and were lower in family-focused ideation and higher in nonfamilial social ideation. However, the familial and not the social ideation explained the variance in the separation process in all the groups. The findings offer new insights into the effects of birth order on separation and individuation in adolescents and young adults.
Kim, Yang-Soo; Lee, Hyo-Jin; Jin, Hong-Ki; Kim, Sung-Eun; Lee, Jin-Woo
2016-05-01
The rotator cuff tendon is known to exert a shear force between the superficial and deep layers. Owing to this characteristic, separate repair of delaminated rotator cuff tears has been introduced for the restoration of the physiological biomechanics of the rotator cuff. However, whether conventional en masse repair or separate repair is superior is controversial in terms of outcomes. To compare clinical outcomes between conventional en masse repair and separate double-layer double-row repair for the treatment of delaminated rotator cuff tears. Randomized controlled study; Level of evidence, 2. Between August 2007 and March 2014, a total of 82 patients who underwent arthroscopic rotator cuff repair of a delaminated tear were enrolled and randomized into 2 groups. In group 1 (n = 48), arthroscopic conventional en masse repair was performed. In group 2 (n = 34), separate double-layer double-row repair was performed. The American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons score, Constant score, Simple Shoulder Test score, and visual analog scale (VAS) score for pain and range of motion (ROM) were assessed before surgery; at 3, 6, and 12 months after surgery; and at the last follow-up visit. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) was performed at 12 months postoperatively to examine the retear rate and pattern. There was no significant difference between groups in the preoperative demographic data, including patient age, sex, symptom duration, tear size, and functional scores (P > .05). The mean follow-up period was 25.9 ± 1.2 months. Significant improvements in functional and pain scores were observed in both groups at the last follow-up visit. However, no significant differences in functional scores and ROM were found between the 2 groups at each time point, except that group 2 had significantly lower VAS pain scores (P < .05) at 3, 6, and 12 months postoperatively. Eight (17%) of 48 patients in group 1 and 6 (18%) of 34 patients in group 2 showed retears on MRI at 12-month follow-up (P > .05). Both conventional en masse repair and separate double-layer double-row repair were effective in improving clinical outcomes in the treatment of delaminated rotator cuff tears. Lower pain scores were seen in patients who underwent separate double-layer double-row repair. © 2016 The Author(s).
Substituted polyacetylene separation membrane
Pinnau, I.; Morisato, Atsushi
1998-01-13
A separation membrane is described which is useful for gas separation, particularly separation of C{sub 2+} hydrocarbons from natural gas. The invention encompasses the membrane itself, methods of making it and processes for using it. The membrane comprises a polymer having repeating units of a hydrocarbon-based, disubstituted polyacetylene, having the general formula shown in the accompanying diagram, wherein R{sub 1} is chosen from the group consisting of C{sub 1}-C{sub 4} alkyl and phenyl, and wherein R{sub 2} is chosen from the group consisting of hydrogen and phenyl. In the most preferred embodiment, the membrane comprises poly(4-methyl-2-pentyne) [PMP]. The membrane exhibits good chemical resistance and has super-glassy properties with regard to separating certain large, condensable permeant species from smaller, less-condensable permeant species. The membranes may also be useful in other fluid separations. 4 figs.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Stack, J.G.; Doney, J.J.; Bergman, R.G.
1990-02-01
The (2-oxoalkyl)rhenium complexes (rhenium enolates) (CO){sub 5}ReCH{sub 2}COR{sup 1} (R{sup 1} = OEt, Me, Ph, 1-3) can be prepared on a multigram scale by alkylation of (CO){sub 5}ReNa with ClCH{sub 2}COR{sup 1}. The secondary enolate (CO){sub 5}ReCH(Me)CO{sub 2}Et (4) can also be prepared in a similar fashion with use of MsOCH(Me)CO{sub 2}Et (Ms = CH{sub 3}SO{sub 2}{sup {minus}}). The mono(phosphine) enolates cis-(Ph{sub 3}P)(CO){sub 4}ReCH{sub 2}R{sup 2}(R{sup 2} = CO{sub 2}Et, CO{sub 2}Bu{sup t}, CONEt{sub 2}, COMe, COPh, CN, 8-13) are prepared in high yield via alkylation of (Ph{sub 3}P)(CO){sub 4}ReNa with ClCH{sub 2}R{sup 2}. Synthesis of the secondary enolate cis-(Ph{submore » 3}P)(CO){sub 4}ReCH(Me)CO{sub 2}Et (14) is accomplished in 75% yield by alkylation with TfOCH(Me)CO{sub 2}Et (Tf = CF{sub 3}SO{sub 2}{sup {minus}}). The chelating phosphine complex is substitutionally inert under forcing thermal and photochemical conditions. Kinetic studies of the nitrile insertion reaction revealed a weak linear dependence of the rate constant of the reaction on the concentration of added CH{sub 3}CN in benzene; we believe this to be a medium effect.« less
Liu, Hui; Li, Jianyu; Wang, Fengmei; Gao, Yingtang; Luo, Ying; Wang, Peng; Li, Chenglong; Zhu, Zhengyan
2015-04-01
Cytokine-induced killer (CIK) cell immunotherapy exhibits significant advantages in the clinical treatment of tumors. This study was designed to compare the biological characteristics of autologous CIK cells from patients with hepatocarcinoma following different procedures for the separation of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). Forty-four hepatocarcinoma patients were enrolled and distributed into two groups. PBMCs were isolated either using a blood cell separator (apheresis method) or Ficoll lymphocyte separation medium (Ficoll method). The total amount, collection efficacy, and cell status of PBMCs in the two groups were determined. According to the number and status of collected PBMCs, different cultivation procedures were used for their amplification and activation and the proliferation ability, phenotype, and killing activity of CIK cells in the two groups were evaluated. Our results indicated that the number of collected PBMCs in the apheresis group was far more than that in the Ficoll group. However, the isolation rate was lower, and more cellular debris was observed in the apheresis group, which may be the cause of some untoward effects. Following in vitro culture, the enrichment time of CIK cells was longer in the Ficoll group, and the percentages of CD3(+)CD4(+) (Th) and CD4(+)CD25(+) (Treg) cells were higher. In the apheresis group, the percentages of CD3(-)CD56(+) (NK) and CD3(+)CD56(+) (NKT) cells were higher, and the CIK cells exhibited a higher cytolytic activity against HepG2 hepatoma cells. In conclusion, different procedures for PBMCs separation can influence the biological activities of CIK cells, and the apheresis method is more effective at enhancing the antitumor efficacy of CIK cells. However, significant attention should be paid to the possibility of adverse reactions in apheresis donors.
Psychological Separation, Ethnic Identity and Adjustment in Chicano/Latinos.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Rodriguez, Ester R.; Bernstein, Bianca L.
This study examined the relationship between psychological separation and college adjustment in a Chicano/Latino sample, a group which has traditionally not valued psychological separation (N=137). Ethnic identity as a moderator variable was also explored. The Psychological Separation Inventory, Student Adjustment to College Questionnaire, and the…
Aral, Tarık; Aral, Hayriye; Ziyadanoğulları, Berrin; Ziyadanoğulları, Recep
2015-01-01
A novel mixed-mode stationary phase was synthesised starting from N-Boc-glutamine, aniline and spherical silica gel (4 µm, 60 Å). The prepared stationary phase was characterized by IR and elemental analysis. The new stationary phase bears an embedded amide group into phenyl ring, highly polar a terminal amide group and non-polar groups (phenyl and alkyl groups). At first, this new mixed-mode stationary phase was used for HILIC separation of four nucleotides and five nucleosides. The effects of different separation conditions, such as pH value, mobile phase and temperature, on the separation process were investigated. The optimum separation for nucleotides was achieved using HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature. Under these conditions, the four nucleotides could be separated and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Five nucleosides were separated under HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=3.25 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Chromatographic parameters as retention factor, selectivity, theoretical plate number and peak asymmetry factor were calculated for the effect of temperature and water content in mobile phase on the separation process. The new column was also tested for nucleotides and nucleosides mixture and six analytes were separated in 10min. The chromatographic behaviours of these polar analytes on the new mixed-model stationary phase were compared with those of HILIC columns under similar conditions. Further, phytohormones and phenolic compounds were separated in order to see influence of the new stationary phase in reverse phase conditions. Eleven plant phytohormones were separated within 13 min using RP-HPLC gradient elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=2.5 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 230 or 278 nm. The best separation conditions for seven phenolic compounds was also achieved using reversed-phase HPLC gradient elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=2.5 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and seven phenolic compounds could be separated and detected at 230 nm within 16 min. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Xia, Yong; Xia, Ming-Zhe; Li, Yi; Liu, Shi-Min; Ju, Zi-Yong; He, Jin-Sen
2012-02-01
To explore the effects on thyroid function in patients of Hashimoto's thyroiditis treated with aconite cake-separated moxibustion and option the better therapeutic program. Eighty-five cases were randomly divided into a moxibustion group (42 cases) and a western medication group (43 cases). The moxibustion group was treated by aconite cake-separated moxibustion therapy with acupoints of two groups [(1) Danzhong (CV 17), Zhongwan (CV 12), Guanyuan (CV 4); (2) Dazhui (GV 14), Shenshu (BL 23), Mingmen (GV 4)] alternatively and oral administration of 25 microg Euthyrox everyday. The western medication group was oral administration of 25 microg Euthyrox everyday. Indices of thyroid function before and after treatment and clinical effect were compared between two groups. The clinical total effective rate and effective rate of thyroid function were 25.0% (10/40), 87.5% (35/40) in moxibustion group respectively, 7.53% (3/40) and 57.5% (23/40) in western medication group, with significant differences between two groups (both P < 0.05). Content of serum free thyroxine index (FT4) increased significantly in the moxibustion group after treatment (P < 0.01); content of serum supersensitive thyrotropin (S-TSH) in the moxibustion group was lower than that of western medication group, and contents of serum FT4 and free triiodothyronine (FT3) were higher than those of western medication group, but with no significant differences (all P > 0.05). Aconite cake-separated moxibustion at Guanyuan (CV 4) and Mingmen (GV 4) combined with oral administration of Euthyrox can improve clinical symptoms and thyroid function in patients of Hashimoto's thyroiditis, which is better than simple oral administration of Euthyrox.
Koch, V.R.; Nanjundiah, C.; Carlin, R.T.
1998-10-27
Ionic liquids having improved properties for application in non-aqueous batteries, electrochemical capacitors, electroplating, catalysis and chemical separations are disclosed. Exemplary compounds have one of the following formulas shown in a diagram wherein R{sub 1}, R{sub 2}, R{sub 3}, R{sub 4}, R{sub 5}, and R{sub 6} are either H; F; separate alkyl groups of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, or joined together to constitute a unitary alkylene radical of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms forming a ring structure converging on N; or separate phenyl groups; and wherein the alkyl groups, alkylene radicals or phenyl groups may be substituted with electron withdrawing groups, preferably F-, Cl-, CF{sub 3}-, SF{sub 5}-, CF{sub 3}S-, (CF{sub 3}){sub 2}CHS- or (CF{sub 3}){sub 3}CS-; and X{sup {minus}} is a non-Lewis acid-containing polyatomic anion having a van der Waals volume exceeding 100 {angstrom}{sup 3}. 4 figs.
Koch, Victor R.; Nanjundiah, Chenniah; Carlin, Richard T.
1998-01-01
Ionic liquids having improved properties for application in non-aqueous batteries, electrochemical capacitors, electroplating, catalysis and chemical separations are disclosed. Exemplary compounds have one of the following formulas: ##STR1## wherein R.sub.1, R.sub.2, R.sub.3, R.sub.4, R.sub.5, and R.sub.6 are either H; F; separate alkyl groups of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, or joined together to constitute a unitary alkylene radical of from 2 to 4 carbon atoms forming a ring structure converging on N; or separate phenyl groups; and wherein the alkyl groups, alkylene radicals or phenyl groups may be substituted with electron withdrawing groups, preferably F--, Cl--, CF.sub.3 --, SF.sub.5 --, CF.sub.3 S--, (CF.sub.3).sub.2 CHS-- or (CF.sub.3).sub.3 CS--; and X.sup.- is a non-Lewis acid-containing polyatomic anion having a van der Waals volume exceeding 100 .ANG..sup.3.
Method and means for separating and classifying superconductive particles
Park, Jin Y.; Kearney, Robert J.
1991-01-01
The specification and drawings describe a series of devices and methods for classifying and separating superconductive particles. The superconductive particles may be separated from non-superconductive particles, and the superconductive particles may be separated by degrees of susceptibility to the Meissner effect force. The particles may also be simultaneously separated by size or volume and mass to obtain substantially homogeneous groups of particles. The separation techniques include levitation, preferential sedimentation and preferential concentration. Multiple separation vector forces are disclosed.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hedegård, Erik Donovan, E-mail: erik.hedegard@phys.chem.ethz.ch; Knecht, Stefan; Reiher, Markus, E-mail: markus.reiher@phys.chem.ethz.ch
2015-06-14
We present a new hybrid multiconfigurational method based on the concept of range-separation that combines the density matrix renormalization group approach with density functional theory. This new method is designed for the simultaneous description of dynamical and static electron-correlation effects in multiconfigurational electronic structure problems.
Farris, Hamilton E; Rand, A Stanley; Ryan, Michael J
2002-01-01
Numerous animals across disparate taxa must identify and locate complex acoustic signals imbedded in multiple overlapping signals and ambient noise. A requirement of this task is the ability to group sounds into auditory streams in which sounds are perceived as emanating from the same source. Although numerous studies over the past 50 years have examined aspects of auditory grouping in humans, surprisingly few assays have demonstrated auditory stream formation or the assignment of multicomponent signals to a single source in non-human animals. In our study, we present evidence for auditory grouping in female túngara frogs. In contrast to humans, in which auditory grouping may be facilitated by the cues produced when sounds arrive from the same location, we show that spatial cues play a limited role in grouping, as females group discrete components of the species' complex call over wide angular separations. Furthermore, we show that once grouped the separate call components are weighted differently in recognizing and locating the call, so called 'what' and 'where' decisions, respectively. Copyright 2002 S. Karger AG, Basel
Maternal Daily Diary Report in the Assessment of Childhood Separation Anxiety
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Allen, Jennifer L.; Blatter-Meunier, Judith; Ursprung, Antonia; Schneider, Silvia
2010-01-01
The current study evaluated the feasibility and validity of a parent-report measure of separation anxiety, the Separation Anxiety Daily Diary (SADD). Mother and child participants consisted of three groups: 96 children (aged 4-15 years) with separation anxiety disorder, 49 children with "other" anxiety disorders, and 43 healthy controls. The SADD…
El Batawi, Hisham Yehia
2015-01-01
Aim: To investigate the possible effects of preoperative oral Midazolam on parental separation anxiety, emergence delirium, and post-anesthesia care unit time on children undergoing dental rehabilitation under general anesthesia. Methods: Randomized, prospective, double-blind study. Seventy-eight American Society of Anesthesiology (ASA) I children were divided into two groups of 39 each. Children of the first group were premedicated with oral Midazolam 0.5 mg/kg, while children of the control group were premedicated with a placebo. Scores for parental separation, mask acceptance, postoperative emergence delirium, and time spent in the post-anesthesia care unit were compared statistically. Results: The test group showed significantly lower parental separation scores and high acceptance rate for anesthetic mask. There was no significant difference between the two groups regarding emergence delirium and time spent in post-anesthesia care unit. Conclusions: Preoperative oral Midazolam could be a useful adjunct in anxiety management for children suffering dental anxiety. The drug may not reduce the incidence of postoperative emergence delirium. The suggested dose does not seem to affect the post-anesthesia care unit time. PMID:25992332
Yue, Yan; Tao, Lijun; Fang, Jianqiao; Xie, Qi; He, Shaofeng; Huang, Chunxia; Yang, Xueming
2014-10-01
To assess the clinical curative effect of fuzi-cake-separated moxibustion at Zhongji (CV 3) and Guanyuan (CV 4) for preventing dysuria after internal fixation of lower limb fractures. Sixty patients conforming to the inclusion standards were randomly divided into a treatment group (n = 30) and a control group (n = 30). Fuzi-cake-separated moxibustion was performed at Guanyuan (CV 4) and Zhongji (CV 3), 20 min at a time, twice a day, for 3 days before operation in the treatment group. No fuzi-cake-separated moxibustion was performed in the control group. After treatment, the score for symptoms of first urination, urinary time, urinary volume, 24 h remaining urinary volume, incidence of uroschesis, and rate of controlling dysuria were compared to evaluate the curative effect of preventing post-operative dysuria. The score for symptoms of first urination, 24 h remaining urinary volume (maximum 120 mL vs 250 ml, and less than 10 ml in 24 cases vs 15 cases), and the rate of controlling dysuria (83.34% vs 30%) were significantly better (P < 0.05, P < 0.05, and P < 0.001, respectively) in the treatment compared with the control group. There was no statistical difference (P > 0.05) between the two groups in first post-operative urinary time, urinary volume, or incidence of 24 h uroschesis. Fuzi-cake-separated moxibustion at Zhongji (CV 3) and Guanyuan (CV 4) can better prevent post-operative dysuria, effectively promote the functional restoration of the urinary bladder, and control the incidence of post-operative dysuria.
Design of polymeric immunomicrospheres for cell labelling and cell separation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Rembaum, A.; Margel, S.
1978-01-01
Synthesis of several classes of hydrophylic microspheres applied to cell labeling and cell separation is described. Five classes of cross-linked microspheres with functional groups such as carboxyl, hydroxyl, amide and/or pyridine groups were synthesized. These functional groups were used to bind covalently antibodies and other proteins to the surface of the microspheres. To optimize the derivatisation technique, polyglutaraldehyde immunomicrospheres were prepared and utilized. Specific populations of human and murine lymphocytes were labelled with microspheres synthesized by the emulsion of the ionizing radiation technique. The labelling of the cells by means of microspheres containing an iron core produced successful separation of B from T lymphocytes by means of a magnetic field.
Opto-mechanical design of the MTG FCI spectral separation assembly
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Riguet, François; Brousse, Emmanuel; Carel, Jean-Louis; Cottenye, Justine; Harmann, David; Joncour, Marc; Makhlouf, Houssine; Mouricaud, Daniel; Oussalah, Meihdi; Rodolfo, Jacques
2015-09-01
The Spectral Separation Assembly is a key component of the Flexible Combined Imager, an instrument that will be on-board Meteosat Third Generation. It splits the input beam coming from the telescope into five spectral groups, for a total of 16 channels, from 0.4 to 13.3 μm. It comprises a set of four dichroics separators followed by four collimating optics for the infrared spectral groups, which feed the cold imaging optics. The visible spectral group is directly imaged on a detector. This paper presents the optical design of the assembly, the mechanical mounting of the optical components, and the coatings developed for the dichroics, mirrors and lenses.
Jiang, Duosheng; Zhang, Yingchun; Wu, Xiaolan; Wang, Yanming; Fan, Qiangfang; Wu, Song
2017-10-12
To compare the efficacy differences between ginger-separated moxibustion at Baliao points combined with Bushen Huoxue formula and Bushen Huoxue formula alone on patients with decreased ovarian reserve function. Fifty patients of decreased ovarian reserve function were randomly divided into an observation group and a control group, 25 cases in each one. The patients in the observation group were treated with ginger-separated moxibustion at Baliao points combined with Bushen Huoxue formula; the moxibustion was given for 1.5 h, once every seven days, and no treatment was given during menstrual period. The patients in the control group were treated with Bushen Huoxue formula. One-month treatment was taken as one treatment course, and totally three courses were given. The change of follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), estradiol (E 2 ), anti-mullerian hormone (AMH), antral follicle count (AFC), peak systolic velocity (PSV), resistance index (RI) were observed before and after treatment in the two groups. After treatment, the FSH, FSH/LH and RI were significantly lowered, but the E 2 , AFC, PSV were significantly increased in the two groups (all P <0.05); the FSH, FSH/LH and E 2 in the observation group were lower and AFC was higher than those in the control group (all P <0.05). The ginger-separated moxibustion at Baliao points combined with Bushen Huoxue formula are superior to Bushen Huoxue formula alone in improving ovarian reserve function.
Group Hexavalent Actinide Separations: A New Approach to Used Nuclear Fuel Recycling
Burns, Jonathan D.; Moyer, Bruce A.
2016-08-17
Hexavalent Np, Pu, and Am individually, and as a group, have all been cocrystallized with UO 2(NO 3) 2∙ 6H 2O, constituting the first demonstration of an An(VI) group cocrystalliza- tion. The hexavalent dioxo cations of Np, Pu, and Am cocrystallize with UO 2(NO 3) 2∙ 6H 2O in near proportion with a simple reduction in temperature, while the lower valence states, An(III) and An(IV), are only slightly removed from solution. A separation of An(VI) species from An(III) ions by crystallization has been demonstrated, with an observed separation factor of 14. Separation of An(VI) species from key fission products, 95Zr,more » 95Nb, 137Cs, and 144Ce, has also been demonstrated by crystallization, with separation factors ranging from 6.5 to 71 in the absence of Am(VI), while in the presence of Am(VI), the separation factors were reduced to 0.99 7.7. One interesting observation is that Am(VI) shows increased stability in the cocrystallized form, with no reduction observed after 13 days, as opposed to in solution, in which >50% is reduced after only 10 days. The ability to cocrystallize and stabilize hexavalent actinides from solution, especially Am(VI), introduces a new separations approach that can be applied to closing the nuclear fuel cycle.« less
Group Hexavalent Actinide Separations: A New Approach to Used Nuclear Fuel Recycling
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Burns, Jonathan D.; Moyer, Bruce A.
Hexavalent Np, Pu, and Am individually, and as a group, have all been cocrystallized with UO 2(NO 3) 2∙ 6H 2O, constituting the first demonstration of an An(VI) group cocrystalliza- tion. The hexavalent dioxo cations of Np, Pu, and Am cocrystallize with UO 2(NO 3) 2∙ 6H 2O in near proportion with a simple reduction in temperature, while the lower valence states, An(III) and An(IV), are only slightly removed from solution. A separation of An(VI) species from An(III) ions by crystallization has been demonstrated, with an observed separation factor of 14. Separation of An(VI) species from key fission products, 95Zr,more » 95Nb, 137Cs, and 144Ce, has also been demonstrated by crystallization, with separation factors ranging from 6.5 to 71 in the absence of Am(VI), while in the presence of Am(VI), the separation factors were reduced to 0.99 7.7. One interesting observation is that Am(VI) shows increased stability in the cocrystallized form, with no reduction observed after 13 days, as opposed to in solution, in which >50% is reduced after only 10 days. The ability to cocrystallize and stabilize hexavalent actinides from solution, especially Am(VI), introduces a new separations approach that can be applied to closing the nuclear fuel cycle.« less
40 CFR 63.137 - Process wastewater provisions-oil-water separators.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
.... (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance with the requirements... treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, the owner or... air pollutants vapors vented from the oil-water separator to a control device. The fixed roof, closed...
Eskandarian, T; Arabzade Moghadam, S; Reza Ghaemi, S; Bayani, M
2015-06-01
For many children medical and dental procedures, unfamiliar dental staff and treatment places are disturbing and stressful. Stress in children often makes them uncooperative. General anaesthesia is indicated for anxious uncooperative children or those who are disabled, immature or too young to undergo dental treatment by other means. Moreover parents' separation while entering the operative room is a traumatic experience for children. Thus premedication such as midazolam is recommended to decrease child's stress. In these situations the increased recovery time was considered as one of the midazolam side effects. There is no study that evaluated the effect of midazolam both in parents-child separation and recovery time in long dental procedure. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of nasal midazolam premedication with placebo on parents-child separation and recovery times in uncooperative paediatric patients undergoing long-lasting general anaesthesia for dental procedures. This randomised, double-blind study was done on 60 uncooperative patients (ASA physical status I or II) aged 2-4 years who were scheduled for general anaesthesia for dental treatment. Group A received 0.2 mg/kg intranasal midazolam as premedication, and group B received the same volume of intranasal placebo 20 minutes before entering the operating room for general anaesthesia. General anaesthesia was done with the same method for all patients, then parent-child separation and recovery times were compared between the two groups. Statical significance was set at P≤0.05. Statically analysis was performed using SPSS version17.Chi-squared and student t-tests were applied to analyse the data. We found significant differences in parents- child separation assessment between two groups. Nasal midazolam premedication had a positive effect on parents-child separation; but there was no significant difference between the two groups in terms of recovery time. Premedication of nasal midazolam before induction of general anaesthesia did not prolong recovery time but made the separation of children from their parents easier by showing a better behaviour.
Schechter, Daniel S; Moser, Dominik A; Wang, Zhishun; Marsh, Rachel; Hao, XueJun; Duan, Yunsuo; Yu, Shan; Gunter, Benjamin; Murphy, David; McCaw, Jaime; Kangarlu, Alayar; Willheim, Erica; Myers, Michael M; Hofer, Myron A; Peterson, Bradley S
2012-11-01
This study tested whether mothers with interpersonal violence-related posttraumatic stress disorder (IPV-PTSD) vs healthy controls (HC) would show greater limbic and less frontocortical activity when viewing young children during separation compared to quiet play. Mothers of 20 children (12-42 months) participated: 11 IPV-PTSD mothers and 9 HC with no PTSD. During fMRI, mothers watched epochs of play and separation from their own and unfamiliar children. The study focused on comparison of PTSD mothers vs HC viewing children in separation vs play, and viewing own vs unfamiliar children in separation. Both groups showed distinct patterns of brain activation in response to viewing children in separation vs play. PTSD mothers showed greater limbic and less frontocortical activity (BA10) than HC. PTSD mothers also reported feeling more stressed than HC when watching own and unfamiliar children during separation. Their self-reported stress was associated with greater limbic and less frontocortical activity. Both groups also showed distinct patterns of brain activation in response to viewing their own vs unfamiliar children during separation. PTSD mothers' may not have access to frontocortical regulation of limbic response upon seeing own and unfamiliar children in separation. This converges with previously reported associations of maternal IPV-PTSD and atypical caregiving behavior following separation.
Come Together, Right Now: Dynamic Overwriting of an Object’s History through Common Fate
Luria, Roy; Vogel, Edward K.
2015-01-01
The objects around us constantly move and interact, and the perceptual system needs to monitor on-line these interactions and to update the object’s status accordingly. Gestalt grouping principles, such as proximity and common fate, play a fundamental role in how we perceive and group these objects. Here, we investigated situations in which the initial object representation as a separate item was updated by a subsequent Gestalt grouping cue (i.e., proximity or common fate). We used a version of the color change detection paradigm, in which the objects started to move separately, then met and stayed stationary, or moved separately, met, and then continued to move together. We monitored the object representations on-line using the contralateral delay activity (CDA; an ERP component indicative of the number of maintained objects), during their movement, and after the objects disappeared and became working memory representations. The results demonstrated that the objects’ representations (as indicated by the CDA amplitude) persisted as being separate, even after a Gestalt proximity cue (when the objects “met” and remained stationary on the same position). Only a strong common fate Gestalt cue (when the objects not just met but also moved together) was able to override the objects’ initial separate status, creating an integrated representation. These results challenge the view that Gestalt principles cause reflexive grouping. Instead, the object initial representation plays an important role that can override even powerful grouping cues. PMID:24564468
Khanna, Rajesh; Handa, Aashish; Virk, Rupam Kaur; Ghai, Deepika; Handa, Rajni Sharma; Goel, Asim
2017-01-01
The process of cleaning and shaping the canal is not an easy goal to obtain, as canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. The present in vivo study was conducted to evaluate procedural errors during the preparation of curved root canals using hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF instruments. Procedural errors such as ledge formation, instrument separation, and perforation (apical, furcal, strip) were determined in sixty patients, divided into two groups. In Group I, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using hand Nitiflex system, and in Group II, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using K3XF rotary system. The evaluation was done clinically as well as radiographically. The results recorded from both groups were compiled and put to statistical analysis. Chi-square test was used to compare the procedural errors (instrument separation, ledge formation, and perforation). In the present study, both hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF showed ledge formation and instrument separation. Although ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system was less as compared to hand Nitiflex. No perforation was seen in both the instrument groups. Canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Procedural errors such as ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system were less as compared to hand Nitiflex.
Come together, right now: dynamic overwriting of an object's history through common fate.
Luria, Roy; Vogel, Edward K
2014-08-01
The objects around us constantly move and interact, and the perceptual system needs to monitor on-line these interactions and to update the object's status accordingly. Gestalt grouping principles, such as proximity and common fate, play a fundamental role in how we perceive and group these objects. Here, we investigated situations in which the initial object representation as a separate item was updated by a subsequent Gestalt grouping cue (i.e., proximity or common fate). We used a version of the color change detection paradigm, in which the objects started to move separately, then met and stayed stationary, or moved separately, met, and then continued to move together. We monitored the object representations on-line using the contralateral delay activity (CDA; an ERP component indicative of the number of maintained objects), during their movement, and after the objects disappeared and became working memory representations. The results demonstrated that the objects' representations (as indicated by the CDA amplitude) persisted as being separate, even after a Gestalt proximity cue (when the objects "met" and remained stationary on the same position). Only a strong common fate Gestalt cue (when the objects not just met but also moved together) was able to override the objects' initial separate status, creating an integrated representation. These results challenge the view that Gestalt principles cause reflexive grouping. Instead, the object initial representation plays an important role that can override even powerful grouping cues.
Khanna, Rajesh; Handa, Aashish; Virk, Rupam Kaur; Ghai, Deepika; Handa, Rajni Sharma; Goel, Asim
2017-01-01
Background: The process of cleaning and shaping the canal is not an easy goal to obtain, as canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Aim: The present in vivo study was conducted to evaluate procedural errors during the preparation of curved root canals using hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF instruments. Materials and Methods: Procedural errors such as ledge formation, instrument separation, and perforation (apical, furcal, strip) were determined in sixty patients, divided into two groups. In Group I, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using hand Nitiflex system, and in Group II, thirty teeth in thirty patients were prepared using K3XF rotary system. The evaluation was done clinically as well as radiographically. The results recorded from both groups were compiled and put to statistical analysis. Statistical Analysis: Chi-square test was used to compare the procedural errors (instrument separation, ledge formation, and perforation). Results: In the present study, both hand Nitiflex and rotary K3XF showed ledge formation and instrument separation. Although ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system was less as compared to hand Nitiflex. No perforation was seen in both the instrument groups. Conclusion: Canal curvature played a significant role during the instrumentation of the curved canals. Procedural errors such as ledge formation and instrument separation by rotary K3XF file system were less as compared to hand Nitiflex. PMID:29042727
Behaviour Patterns in Daily Mother-Child Separations: Possible Opportunities for Stress Reduction
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Klein, Pnina S.; Kraft, Ravit R.; Shohet, Cilly
2010-01-01
Despite the abundance of research on attachment and on the effects of separation, very little research examines the actual processes of separation occurring daily when mothers leave their children (age 6-18 months) in out-of-home group care. In the current study, this everyday process of separation was observed for three months…
Zehnder, Pascal; Moltzahn, Felix; Mitra, Anirban P; Cai, Jie; Miranda, Gus; Skinner, Eila C; Gill, Inderbir S; Daneshmand, Siamak
2016-02-01
To update our previous analysis of the clinical and pathological impact of the change in the submission of lymphadenectomy specimens from en bloc to 13 separate anatomically defined packets, which took place at the University of Southern California in May 2002, and to determine whether lymph node (LN) packeting resulted in any change in oncological outcomes. A total of 846 patients who underwent radical cystectomy (RC) with super-extended LN dissection for cTxN0M0 bladder cancer between January 1996 and December 2007 were identified. Specimens of 376 patients were sent en bloc (group 1), and specimens of 470 patients were sent in 13 separate anatomical packets (group 2). The pathological tumour stage distribution and the proportion of LN-positive patients (group 1: 82 patients [22%] versus group 2: 99 patients [21%]; P = 0.80) were similar between the two groups: the median [range] number of total LNs identified increased significantly (group 1: 32 [10-97] versus group 2: 65 [10-179]; P < 0.001). LN density decreased (group 1, 11% versus group 2, 4%; P = 0.005). The median [range] number of positive LNs removed was similar (group 1: 0 [0-30] versus group 2: 0 [0-97]; P = 0.87). No nodal stage shift was observed. The 5-year overall survival (group 1: 58% versus group 2: 59%; P = 0.65) and recurrence-free survival rates (group 1: 68% versus group 2: 70%; P = 0.57) were similar. The incidence of patients with positive LNs remained unchanged, regardless of how the LN specimen was submitted. Submitting 13 separate nodal packets significantly increased the total LN yield, but did not result in a significant increase in the number of positive LNs or a consecutive nodal stage shift and did not affect oncological outcomes. Based on these results LN density is not an accurate prognosticator. © 2014 The Authors BJU International © 2014 BJU International Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Huang, Guang; Ou, Junjie; Wang, Hongwei; Ji, Yongsheng; Wan, Hao; Zhang, Zhang; Peng, Xiaojun; Zou, Hanfa
2016-04-01
A novel silica-based stationary phase with branched octadecyl groups was prepared by the sequential employment of the Michael addition reaction and photoinduced thiol-yne click chemistry with 3-aminopropyl-functionalized silica microspheres as the initial material. The resulting stationary phase denoted as SiO2 -N(C18)4 was characterized by elemental analysis, FTIR spectroscopy and Raman spectroscopy, demonstrating the existence of branched octadecyl groups in silica microspheres. The separations of benzene homologous compounds, acid compounds and amine analogues were conducted, demonstrating mixed-mode separation mechanism on SiO2 -N(C18)4 . Baseline separation of basic drugs mixture was acquired with the mobile phase of acetonitrile/H2 O (5%, v/v). SiO2 -N(C18)4 was further applied to separate Corydalis yanhusuo Wang water extracts, and more baseline separation peaks were obtained for SiO2 -N(C18)4 than those on Atlantis dC18 column. It can be expected that this new silica-based stationary phase will exhibit great potential in the analysis of basic compounds. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Sukhchuluun, Gansukh; Zhang, Xue-Ying; Chi, Qing-Sheng; Wang, De-Hua
2018-01-01
Huddling as social thermoregulatory behavior is commonly used by small mammals to reduce heat loss and energy expenditure in the cold. Our study aimed to determine the effect of huddling behavior on energy conservation, thermogenesis, core body temperature (Tb) regulation and body composition in Brandt's voles (Lasiopodomys brandtii). Adult captive-bred female Brandt's voles (n = 124) (~50 g) in 31 cages with 4 individuals each were exposed to cool (23 ± 1°C) and cold (4 ± 1°C) ambient temperatures (Ta) and were allowed to huddle or were physically separated. The cold huddling (Cold-H) groups significantly reduced food intake by 29% and saved digestible energy 156.99 kJ/day compared with cold separated groups (Cold-S); in cool huddling groups (Cool-H) the reduction in food intake was 26% and digestible energy was saved by 105.19 kJ/day in comparison to the separated groups (Cool-S). Resting metabolic rate (RMR) of huddling groups was 35.7 and 37.2% lower than in separated groups at cold and cool Tas, respectively. Maximum non-shivering thermogenesis (NSTmax) of huddling voles was not affected by Ta, but in Cold-S voles it was significantly increased in comparison to Cool-S. Huddling groups decreased wet thermal conductance by 39% compared with separated groups in the cold, but not in the cool Ta. Unexpectedly, huddling voles significantly decreased Tb by 0.25 – 0.50°C at each Ta. Nevertheless, activity of Cold-H voles was higher than in Cold-S voles. Thus, huddling is energetically highly effective because of reduced metabolic rate, thermogenic capacity and relaxed Tb regulation despite the increase of activity. Therefore, Brandt's voles can remain active and maintain their body condition without increased energetic costs during cold exposure. This study highlights the ecological significance of huddling behavior for maintenance of individual fitness at low costs, and thus survival of population during severe winter in small mammals. PMID:29867585
Keles, Sultan; Kocaturk, Ozlem
2017-01-01
The aim of this study was to detect the effect of 1 μ g/kg of oral dexmedetomidine (DEX) as premedication among children undergoing dental procedures. The study involved 100 children between 2 and 6 years of age, ASA I, who underwent full-mouth dental rehabilitation. The DEX group ( n = 50) received 1 μ g/kg DEX in apple juice, and the control group ( n = 50) received only apple juice. The patients' scores on the Ramsay Sedation Scale (RSS), parental separation anxiety scale, mask acceptance scale, and pediatric anesthesia emergence delirium scale (PAEDS) and hemodynamic parameters were recorded. The data were analyzed using chi-square test, Fisher's exact test, Student's t -test, and analysis of variance in SPSS. RSS scores were significantly higher in the DEX group than group C at 15, 30, and 45 min ( p < 0.05). More children (68% easy separation, 74% satisfactory mask acceptance) in the DEX group showed satisfactory ease of parental separation and mask acceptance behavior ( p < 0.05). There was no significant difference in the PAEDS scores and mean hemodynamic parameters of both groups. Oral DEX administered at 1 μ g/kg provided satisfactory sedation levels, ease of parental separation, and mask acceptance in children but was not effective in preventing emergence delirium. The trial was registered (Protocol Registration Receipt NCT03174678) at clinicaltrials.gov.
Arslan, Osman; Aytac, Zeynep; Uyar, Tamer
2016-08-03
Electrospun cellulose acetate nanofibers (CA-NF) have been modified with perfluoro alkoxysilanes (FS/CA-NF) for tailoring their chemical and physical features aiming oil-water separation purposes. Strikingly, hybrid FS/CA-NF showed that perfluoro groups are rigidly positioned on the outer surface of the nanofibers providing superhydrophobic characteristic with a water contact angle of ∼155°. Detailed analysis showed that hydrolysis/condensation reactions led to the modification of the acetylated β(1 → 4) linked d-glucose chains of CA transforming it into a superhydrophobic nanofibrous mat. Analytical data have revealed that CA-NF surfaces can be selectively controlled for fabricating the durable, robust and water resistant hybrid electrospun nanofibrous mat. The -OH groups available on the CA structure allowed the basic sol-gel reactions started by the reactive FS hybrid precursor system which can be monitored by spectroscopic analysis. Since alkoxysilane groups on the perfluoro silane compound are capable of reacting for condensation together with the CA, superhydrophobic nanofibrous mat is obtained via electrospinning. This structural modification led to the facile fabrication of the novel oil/water nanofibrous separator which functions effectively demonstrated by hexane/oil and water separation experiments. Perfluoro groups consequently modified the hydrophilic CA nanofibers into superhydrophobic character and therefore FS/CA-NF could be quite practical for future applications like water/oil separators, as well as self-cleaning or water resistant nanofibrous structures.
Determination of fat- and water-soluble vitamins by supercritical fluid chromatography: A review.
Tyśkiewicz, Katarzyna; Dębczak, Agnieszka; Gieysztor, Roman; Szymczak, Tomasz; Rój, Edward
2018-01-01
Vitamins are compounds that take part in all basic functions of an organism but also are subject of number of studies performed by different researchers. Two groups of vitamins are distinguished taking into consideration their solubility. Chromatography with supercritical CO 2 has found application in the determination, separation, and quantitative analyses of both fat- and water-soluble vitamins. The methods of vitamins separation have developed and improved throughout the years. Both groups of compounds were separated using supercritical fluid chromatography with different detection on different stationary phases. The main aim of this review is to provide an overview of the studies of vitamins separation that have been determined so far. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
SEPARATION OF OCTYLPHENOL POLYETHER ALCOHOLS SURFACTANTS BY CAPILLARY COLUMN AND HPLC
Separation of nonionic octylphenol polyether alcohols (OPA) by supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and HPLC is described. sing a density programming and a 50-pm i.d. capillary column, a total of 18 group oligomers was separated. he effects of the operating parameters, such a...
Lee, Jaechul; Chuah, Chong Yang; Kim, Jaheon; Kim, Youngsuk; Ko, Nakeun; Seo, Younggyu; Kim, Kimoon; Bae, Tae Hyun; Lee, Eunsung
2018-04-24
Separation of acetylene from carbon dioxide and ethylene is challenging in view of their similar sizes and physical properties. Metal-organic frameworks (MOFs) in general are strong candidates for these separations owing to the presence of functional pore surfaces that can selectively capture a specific target molecule. Here, we report a novel 3D microporous cationic framework named JCM-1. This structure possesses imidazolium functional groups on the pore surfaces and pyrazolate as a metal binding group, which is well known to form strong metal-to-ligand bonds. The selective sorption of acetylene over carbon dioxide and ethylene in JCM-1 was successfully demonstrated by equilibrium gas adsorption analysis as well as dynamic breakthrough measurement. Furthermore, its excellent hydrolytic stability makes the separation processes highly recyclable without a substantial loss in acetylene uptake capacity. © 2018 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Moser, Dominik A.; Wang, Zhishun; Marsh, Rachel; Hao, XueJun; Duan, Yunsuo; Yu, Shan; Gunter, Benjamin; Murphy, David; McCaw, Jaime; Kangarlu, Alayar; Willheim, Erica; Myers, Michael M.; Hofer, Myron A.; Peterson, Bradley S.
2012-01-01
This study tested whether mothers with interpersonal violence-related posttraumatic stress disorder (IPV-PTSD) vs healthy controls (HC) would show greater limbic and less frontocortical activity when viewing young children during separation compared to quiet play. Mothers of 20 children (12–42 months) participated: 11 IPV-PTSD mothers and 9 HC with no PTSD. During fMRI, mothers watched epochs of play and separation from their own and unfamiliar children. The study focused on comparison of PTSD mothers vs HC viewing children in separation vs play, and viewing own vs unfamiliar children in separation. Both groups showed distinct patterns of brain activation in response to viewing children in separation vs play. PTSD mothers showed greater limbic and less frontocortical activity (BA10) than HC. PTSD mothers also reported feeling more stressed than HC when watching own and unfamiliar children during separation. Their self-reported stress was associated with greater limbic and less frontocortical activity. Both groups also showed distinct patterns of brain activation in response to viewing their own vs unfamiliar children during separation. PTSD mothers’ may not have access to frontocortical regulation of limbic response upon seeing own and unfamiliar children in separation. This converges with previously reported associations of maternal IPV-PTSD and atypical caregiving behavior following separation. PMID:22021653
Yang, Shuo; Yang, Xiao-fang; Jiang, Yu; Xiang, Kai-wei; Li, Hai-yu
2014-12-01
To observe the effect of medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion combined with acupuncture on back-leg activities and plasma substance P (SP) levels in patients with lumbar disc herniation, so as to reveal its mechanism underlying pain relief. A total of 114 patients with lumbar disc herniation were randomly divided into control group (n=56) and treatment group (n=58) according to a random digits table. Patients of the control group were treated by manual acupuncture stimulation of main acupoints Jiaji (EX-B 2), Huantiao (GB 30, affected side), Chengshan (BL 57, affected side), Kunlun (BL 60, affected side), and supplemented acupoints Yanglingquan (GB 34), Weizhong (BL 40) and Zusanli (ST 36) in combination with wheat-flour-cake separated moxibustion at the main acupoints, and patients of the treatment group were treated by medicinal-cake [Chuanwu (Radix Aconiti), Caowu (Radix Aconiti Kusnezoffii), Ruxiang (Olibanum), etc. ]-separated moxibustion in combination with manual acupuncture stimulation of the same acupoints mentioned above. Acupuncture treatment was conducted for 30 min, followed by moxibustion for 15 min. The treatment was given once daily for 10 days. The patients' back-leg functional activity ability was assessed using straight-leg raising test, and the pain state assessed using visual analogue scale (VAS) and Japanese Orthopaedic Association (JOA) scores, respectively. The therapeutic effect was evaluated by using "Crite- ria for Diagnosis and Outcome Evaluation of Clinical Disorders or Syndromes of Chinese Medicine" issued in 1994 and plasma SP content was detected by radioimmunoassay. After the therapy, the back-leg activity score and JOA score of both groups were significantly higher than those of pre-treatment in the same one group (P<0. 05, P<0. 01), and those of the treatment group were significantly higher than those of the control group (P<0.05). The VAS score of the treatment group was re- markably lower than that of the control group (P<0. 01). After the treatment, the plasma SP content was markedly lower in the treatment group than in the control group (.P<0O. 05 ) . Medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion therapy can ame- liorate pain severity and functional activity of the back-leg pain patients with lumbar disc hernia, which may be related to its effect in reducing blood SP level.
The Training of Morphological Decomposition in Word Processing and Its Effects on Literacy Skills.
Bar-Kochva, Irit; Hasselhorn, Marcus
2017-01-01
This study set out to examine the effects of a morpheme-based training on reading and spelling in fifth and sixth graders ( N = 47), who present poor literacy skills and speak German as a second language. A computerized training, consisting of a visual lexical decision task (comprising 2,880 items, presented in 12 sessions), was designed to encourage fast morphological analysis in word processing. The children were divided between two groups: the one underwent a morpheme-based training, in which word-stems of inflections and derivations were presented for a limited duration, while their pre- and suffixes remained on screen until response. Another group received a control training consisting of the same task, except that the duration of presentation of a non-morphological unit was restricted. In a Word Disruption Task, participants read words under three conditions: morphological separation (with symbols separating between the words' morphemes), non-morphological separation (with symbols separating between non-morphological units of words), and no-separation (with symbols presented at the beginning and end of each word). The group receiving the morpheme-based program improved more than the control group in terms of word reading fluency in the morphological condition. The former group also presented similar word reading fluency after training in the morphological condition and in the no-separation condition, thereby suggesting that the morpheme-based training contributed to the integration of morphological decomposition into the process of word recognition. At the same time, both groups similarly improved in other measures of word reading fluency. With regard to spelling, the morpheme-based training group showed a larger improvement than the control group in spelling of trained items, and a unique improvement in spelling of untrained items (untrained word-stems integrated into trained pre- and suffixes). The results further suggest some contribution of the morpheme-based training to performance in a standardized spelling task. The morpheme-based training did not, however, show any unique effect on comprehension. These results suggest that the morpheme-based training is effective in enhancing some basic literacy skill in the population examined, i.e., morphological analysis in word processing and the access to orthographic representations in spelling, with no specific effects on reading fluency and comprehension.
The Training of Morphological Decomposition in Word Processing and Its Effects on Literacy Skills
Bar-Kochva, Irit; Hasselhorn, Marcus
2017-01-01
This study set out to examine the effects of a morpheme-based training on reading and spelling in fifth and sixth graders (N = 47), who present poor literacy skills and speak German as a second language. A computerized training, consisting of a visual lexical decision task (comprising 2,880 items, presented in 12 sessions), was designed to encourage fast morphological analysis in word processing. The children were divided between two groups: the one underwent a morpheme-based training, in which word-stems of inflections and derivations were presented for a limited duration, while their pre- and suffixes remained on screen until response. Another group received a control training consisting of the same task, except that the duration of presentation of a non-morphological unit was restricted. In a Word Disruption Task, participants read words under three conditions: morphological separation (with symbols separating between the words’ morphemes), non-morphological separation (with symbols separating between non-morphological units of words), and no-separation (with symbols presented at the beginning and end of each word). The group receiving the morpheme-based program improved more than the control group in terms of word reading fluency in the morphological condition. The former group also presented similar word reading fluency after training in the morphological condition and in the no-separation condition, thereby suggesting that the morpheme-based training contributed to the integration of morphological decomposition into the process of word recognition. At the same time, both groups similarly improved in other measures of word reading fluency. With regard to spelling, the morpheme-based training group showed a larger improvement than the control group in spelling of trained items, and a unique improvement in spelling of untrained items (untrained word-stems integrated into trained pre- and suffixes). The results further suggest some contribution of the morpheme-based training to performance in a standardized spelling task. The morpheme-based training did not, however, show any unique effect on comprehension. These results suggest that the morpheme-based training is effective in enhancing some basic literacy skill in the population examined, i.e., morphological analysis in word processing and the access to orthographic representations in spelling, with no specific effects on reading fluency and comprehension. PMID:29163245
Mishra, Manoj K; Beaty, Claude A; Lesniak, Wojciech G; Kambhampati, Siva P; Zhang, Fan; Wilson, Mary A; Blue, Mary E; Troncoso, Juan C; Kannan, Sujatha; Johnston, Michael V; Baumgartner, William A; Kannan, Rangaramanujam M
2014-03-25
Treatment of brain injury following circulatory arrest is a challenging health issue with no viable therapeutic options. Based on studies in a clinically relevant large animal (canine) model of hypothermic circulatory arrest (HCA)-induced brain injury, neuroinflammation and excitotoxicity have been identified as key players in mediating the brain injury after HCA. Therapy with large doses of valproic acid (VPA) showed some neuroprotection but was associated with adverse side effects. For the first time in a large animal model, we explored whether systemically administered polyamidoamine (PAMAM) dendrimers could be effective in reaching target cells in the brain and deliver therapeutics. We showed that, upon systemic administration, hydroxyl-terminated PAMAM dendrimers are taken up in the brain of injured animals and selectively localize in the injured neurons and microglia in the brain. The biodistribution in other major organs was similar to that seen in small animal models. We studied systemic dendrimer-drug combination therapy with two clinically approved drugs, N-acetyl cysteine (NAC) (attenuating neuroinflammation) and valproic acid (attenuating excitotoxicity), building on positive outcomes in a rabbit model of perinatal brain injury. We prepared and characterized dendrimer-NAC (D-NAC) and dendrimer-VPA (D-VPA) conjugates in multigram quantities. A glutathione-sensitive linker to enable for fast intracellular release. In preliminary efficacy studies, combination therapy with D-NAC and D-VPA showed promise in this large animal model, producing 24 h neurological deficit score improvements comparable to high dose combination therapy with VPA and NAC, or free VPA, but at one-tenth the dose, while significantly reducing the adverse side effects. Since adverse side effects of drugs are exaggerated in HCA, the reduced side effects with dendrimer conjugates and suggestions of neuroprotection offer promise for these nanoscale drug delivery systems.
Optimized syntheses of Fmoc azido amino acids for the preparation of azidopeptides
Pícha, Jan; Buděšínský, Miloš; Macháčková, Kateřina; Collinsová, Michaela
2017-01-01
The rise of CuI‐catalyzed click chemistry has initiated an increased demand for azido and alkyne derivatives of amino acid as precursors for the synthesis of clicked peptides. However, the use of azido and alkyne amino acids in peptide chemistry is complicated by their high cost. For this reason, we investigated the possibility of the in‐house preparation of a set of five Fmoc azido amino acids: β‐azido l‐alanine and d‐alanine, γ‐azido l‐homoalanine, δ‐azido l‐ornithine and ω‐azido l‐lysine. We investigated several reaction pathways described in the literature, suggested several improvements and proposed several alternative routes for the synthesis of these compounds in high purity. Here, we demonstrate that multigram quantities of these Fmoc azido amino acids can be prepared within a week or two and at user‐friendly costs. We also incorporated these azido amino acids into several model tripeptides, and we observed the formation of a new elimination product of the azido moiety upon conditions of prolonged couplings with 2‐(1H‐benzotriazol‐1‐yl)‐1,1,3,3‐tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate/DIPEA. We hope that our detailed synthetic protocols will inspire some peptide chemists to prepare these Fmoc azido acids in their laboratories and will assist them in avoiding the too extensive costs of azidopeptide syntheses. Experimental procedures and/or analytical data for compounds 3–5, 20, 25, 26, 30 and 43–47 are provided in the supporting information. © 2017 The Authors Journal of Peptide Science published by European Peptide Society and John Wiley & Sons Ltd. PMID:28120383
2015-01-01
Treatment of brain injury following circulatory arrest is a challenging health issue with no viable therapeutic options. Based on studies in a clinically relevant large animal (canine) model of hypothermic circulatory arrest (HCA)-induced brain injury, neuroinflammation and excitotoxicity have been identified as key players in mediating the brain injury after HCA. Therapy with large doses of valproic acid (VPA) showed some neuroprotection but was associated with adverse side effects. For the first time in a large animal model, we explored whether systemically administered polyamidoamine (PAMAM) dendrimers could be effective in reaching target cells in the brain and deliver therapeutics. We showed that, upon systemic administration, hydroxyl-terminated PAMAM dendrimers are taken up in the brain of injured animals and selectively localize in the injured neurons and microglia in the brain. The biodistribution in other major organs was similar to that seen in small animal models. We studied systemic dendrimer–drug combination therapy with two clinically approved drugs, N-acetyl cysteine (NAC) (attenuating neuroinflammation) and valproic acid (attenuating excitotoxicity), building on positive outcomes in a rabbit model of perinatal brain injury. We prepared and characterized dendrimer-NAC (D-NAC) and dendrimer-VPA (D-VPA) conjugates in multigram quantities. A glutathione-sensitive linker to enable for fast intracellular release. In preliminary efficacy studies, combination therapy with D-NAC and D-VPA showed promise in this large animal model, producing 24 h neurological deficit score improvements comparable to high dose combination therapy with VPA and NAC, or free VPA, but at one-tenth the dose, while significantly reducing the adverse side effects. Since adverse side effects of drugs are exaggerated in HCA, the reduced side effects with dendrimer conjugates and suggestions of neuroprotection offer promise for these nanoscale drug delivery systems. PMID:24499315
Identification of natural metabolites in mixture: a pattern recognition strategy based on (13)C NMR.
Hubert, Jane; Nuzillard, Jean-Marc; Purson, Sylvain; Hamzaoui, Mahmoud; Borie, Nicolas; Reynaud, Romain; Renault, Jean-Hugues
2014-03-18
Because of their highly complex metabolite profile, the chemical characterization of bioactive natural extracts usually requires time-consuming multistep purification procedures to achieve the structural elucidation of pure individual metabolites. The aim of the present work was to develop a dereplication strategy for the identification of natural metabolites directly within mixtures. Exploiting the polarity range of metabolites, the principle was to rapidly fractionate a multigram quantity of a crude extract by centrifugal partition extraction (CPE). The obtained fractions of simplified chemical composition were subsequently analyzed by (13)C NMR. After automatic collection and alignment of (13)C signals across spectra, hierarchical clustering analysis (HCA) was performed for pattern recognition. As a result, strong correlations between (13)C signals of a single structure within the mixtures of the fraction series were visualized as chemical shift clusters. Each cluster was finally assigned to a molecular structure with the help of a locally built (13)C NMR chemical shift database. The proof of principle of this strategy was achieved on a simple model mixture of commercially available plant secondary metabolites and then applied to a bark extract of the African tree Anogeissus leiocarpus Guill. & Perr. (Combretaceae). Starting from 5 g of this genuine extract, the fraction series was generated by CPE in only 95 min. (13)C NMR analyses of all fractions followed by pattern recognition of (13)C chemical shifts resulted in the unambiguous identification of seven major compounds, namely, sericoside, trachelosperogenin E, ellagic acid, an epimer mixture of (+)-gallocatechin and (-)-epigallocatechin, 3,3'-di-O-methylellagic acid 4'-O-xylopyranoside, and 3,4,3'-tri-O-methylflavellagic acid 4'-O-glucopyranoside.
Kang, Jiesheng; Cheng, Hsien; Ji, Junzhi; Incardona, Josephine; Rampe, David
2010-08-01
Epigallocatechin-3-gallate (EGCG) is the major catechin found in green tea. EGCG is also available for consumption in the form of concentrated over-the-counter nutritional supplements. This compound is currently undergoing clinical trials for the treatment of a number of diseases including multiple sclerosis, and a variety of cancers. To date, few data exist regarding the effects of EGCG on the electrophysiology of the heart. Therefore, we examined the effects of EGCG on the electrocardiogram recorded from Langendorff-perfused guinea pig hearts and on cardiac ion channels using patch-clamp electrophysiology. EGCG had no significant effects on the electrocardiogram at concentrations of 3 and 10 microM. At 30 microM, EGCG prolonged PR and QRS intervals, slightly shortened the QT interval, and altered the shape of the ST-T-wave segment. The ST segment merged with the upstroke of the T wave, and we noted a prolongation in the time from the peak of the T wave until the end. Patch-clamp studies identified the KvLQT1/minK K(+) channel as a target for EGCG (IC(50) = 30.1 microM). In addition, EGCG inhibited the cloned human cardiac Na(+) channel Na(v)1.5 in a voltage-dependent fashion. The L-type Ca(2+) channel was inhibited by 20.8% at 30 microM, whereas the human ether-a-go-go-related gene and Kv4.3 cardiac K(+) channels were less sensitive to inhibition by EGCG. ECGC has a number of electrophysiological effects in the heart, and these effects may have clinical significance when multigram doses of this compound are used in human clinical trials or through self-ingestion of large amounts of over-the-counter products enriched in EGCG.
Lee, Jaeryeong; Kim, Youngjin; Lee, Jae-chun
2012-11-30
Although printed circuit boards (PCBs) contain various elements, only the major elements (i.e., those with content levels in wt% or over grade) of and precious metals (e.g., Ag, Au, and platinum groups) contained within PCBs can be recycled. To recover other elements from PCBs, the PCBs should be properly disassembled as the first step of the recycling process. The recovery of these other elements would be beneficial for efforts to conserve scarce resources, reuse electric/electronic components (EECs), and eliminate environmental problems. This paper examines the disassembly of EECs from wasted PCBs (WPCBs) and the physical separation of these EECs using a self-designed disassembling apparatus and a 3-step separation process of sieving, magnetic separation, and dense medium separation. The disassembling efficiencies were evaluated by using the ratio of grinding area (E(area)) and the weight ratio of the detached EECs (E(weight)). In the disassembly treatment, these efficiencies were improved with an increase of grinder speed and grinder height. 97.7% (E(area)) and 98% (E(weight)) could be accomplished ultimately by 3 repetitive treatments at a grinder speed of 5500 rpm and a grinder height of 1.5mm. Through a series of physical separations, most groups of the EECs (except for the diode, transistor, and IC chip groups) could be sorted at a relatively high separation efficiency of about 75% or more. To evaluate the separation efficiency with regard to the elemental composition, the distribution ratio (R(dis)) and the concentration ratio (R(conc)) were used. 15 elements could be separated with the highest R(dis) and R(conc) in the same separated division. This result implies that the recyclability of the elements is highly feasible, even though the initial content in EECs is lower than several tens of mg/kg. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Chen, Bo; Xu, Junyan; Fu, Qing; Dong, Xuefang; Guo, Zhimou; Jin, Yu; Liang, Xinmiao
2015-07-07
Peptides from scorpion venom represent one of the most promising drug sources for drug discovery for some specific diseases. Current challenges in their separation include high complexity, high homologies and the huge range of peptides. In this paper, a modified strong cation exchange material, named MEX, was utilised for the two-dimensional separation of peptides from complex scorpion venom. The silica-based MEX column was bonded with two functional groups; benzenesulfonic acid and cyanopropyl. To better understand its separation mechanisms, seven standard peptides with different properties were employed in an evaluation study, the results of which showed that two interactions were involved in the MEX column: electrostatic interactions based on benzenesulfonic acid groups dominated the separation of peptides; weak hydrophobic interactions introduced by cyanopropyl groups increased the column's selectivity for peptides with the same charge. This characteristic allowed the MEX column to overcome some of the drawbacks of traditional strong cation exchange (SCX) columns. Furthermore, the study showed the great effects of the acetonitrile (ACN) content, the sodium perchlorate (NaClO4) concentration and the buffer pH in the mobile phase on the peptides' retention and separation selectivity on the MEX column. Subsequently, the MEX column was combined with a C18 column to establish an off-line 2D-MEX × C18 system to separate peptides from scorpion Buthus martensi Karsch (BmK) venom. Due to complementary separation mechanisms in each dimension, a high orthogonality of 47.62% was achieved. Moreover, a good loading capacity, excellent stability and repeatability were exhibited by the MEX column, which are beneficial for its use in future preparation experiments. Therefore, the MEX column could be an alternative to the traditional SCX columns for the separation of peptides from scorpion venom.
SEPARATION OF OCTYLPHENOL POLYETHER ALCOHOLS SURFACTANTS BY CAPILLARY COLUMN SFC AND HPLC
Separation of nonionic octylphenol polyether alcohols (OPA) by supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and HPLC is described. Using a density programming and a 50-μm i.d. capillary column, a total of 18 group oligomers was separated. The effects of the operating parameters, such...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lopatnikova, Anna; Nihat Berker, A.
1997-02-01
Superfluidity and phase separation in 3-4He mixtures immersed in a jungle-gym (nonrandom) aerogel are studied by renormalization-group theory. Phase diagrams are calculated for a variety of aerogel concentrations. Superfluidity at very low 4He concentrations and a depressed tricritical temperature are found at the onset of superfluidity. A superfluid-superfluid phase separation, terminating at an isolated critical point, is found entirely within the superfluid phase. These phenomena and trends with respect to aerogel concentration are explained by the connectivity and tenuousness of a jungle-gym aerogel.
Influence of rotational speed, torque and operator proficiency on failure of Greater Taper files.
Yared, G M; Dagher, F E Bou; Machtou, P; Kulkarni, G K
2002-01-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of rotational speed. torque, and operator experience on the incidence of locking, deformation, and separation of instruments when using a specific Ni-Ti rotary instrumentation technique in extracted human teeth. Greater Taper Ni-Ti rotary instruments (GT) were used in a crown-down technique. In one group (rotational speed evaluation) of canals (n = 300) speeds of 150, 2 50 and 350 r.p.m. (subgroups 1, 2 and 3) were used. Each one of the subgroups included 100 canals. In a second group (evaluation of torque) (n = 300) torque was set at 20, 30 and 55 Ncm (subgroups 4, 5 and 6). In the third group (evaluation of operator proficiency) (n = 300 three operators with varying experience (subgroups 7, 8 and 9) were also compared. Each subgroup included the use of 10 sets of GT rotary instruments and 100 canals of extracted human molars. Each set of instruments was used in up to 10 canals and sterilized before each case. NaOCl 2.5% was used as an irrigant. The number of locked, deformed, and separated instruments was recorded for each group. Statistical analysis was carried out with pairwise comparisons using Fisher's exact tests for each of the failure type. When the influence of rotational speed was evaluated, instrument deformation and separation did not occur in subgroups 1 (150) r.p.m.), 2 (250 r.p.m.), and 3 (350) r.p.m.). Instrument locking occurred in subgroup 3 only. Statistical analysis demonstrated a significant difference between the 150 and 350 r.p.m. groups and between the 250 and 350 r.p.m. groups with respect to instrument locking. In torque evaluation, neither separation, deformation nor locking occurred during the use of the instruments, at 150 r.p.m., and at the different torque values. When the operators were compared, although two instruments were separated in canals prepared by the least experienced operator. Fisher's exact tests did not demonstrate a significant difference between the three subgroups. Instrument locking, deformation, and separation did not occur with the most experienced operator. None of the instruments separated with the trained operator. Preclinical training in the use of the GT rotary instruments when used with a crown-down technique at 150 r.p.m. was crucial in avoiding instrument separation and reducing the incidence of instrument locking and deformation.
Separations of actinides, lanthanides and other metals
Smith, Barbara F.; Jarvinen, Gordon D.; Ensor, Dale D.
1995-01-01
An organic extracting solution comprised of a bis(acylpyrazolone or a substituted bis(acylpyrazolone) and an extraction method useful for separating certain elements of the actinide series of the periodic table having a valence of four from one other, and also from one or more of the substances in a group consisting of hexavalent actinides, trivalent actinides, trivalent lanthanides, trivalent iron, trivalent aluminum, divalent metals, and monovalent metals and also from one or more of the substances in a group consisting of hexavalent actinides, trivalent actinides, trivalent lanthanides, trivalent iron, trivalent aluminum, divalent metals, and monovalent metals and also useful for separating hexavalent actinides from one or more of the substances in a group consisting of trivalent actinides, trivalent lanthanides, trivalent iron, trivalent aluminum, divalent metals, and monovalent metals.
Epidemiology of Weaning Outcome according to a New Definition. The WIND Study.
Béduneau, Gaëtan; Pham, Tài; Schortgen, Frédérique; Piquilloud, Lise; Zogheib, Elie; Jonas, Maud; Grelon, Fabien; Runge, Isabelle; Nicolas Terzi; Grangé, Steven; Barberet, Guillaume; Guitard, Pierre-Gildas; Frat, Jean-Pierre; Constan, Adrien; Chretien, Jean-Marie; Mancebo, Jordi; Mercat, Alain; Richard, Jean-Christophe M; Brochard, Laurent
2017-03-15
The weaning process concerns all patients receiving mechanical ventilation. A previous classification into simple, prolonged, and difficult weaning ignored weaning failure and presupposed the use of spontaneous breathing trials. To describe the weaning process, defined as starting with any attempt at separation from mechanical ventilation and its prognosis, according to a new operational classification working for all patients under ventilation. This was a multinational prospective multicenter observational study over 3 months of all patients receiving mechanical ventilation in 36 intensive care units, with daily collection of ventilation and weaning modalities. Pragmatic definitions of separation attempt and weaning success allowed us to allocate patients in four groups. A total of 2,729 patients were enrolled. Although half of them could not be classified using the previous definition, 99% entered the groups on the basis of our new definition as follows: 24% never started a weaning process, 57% had a weaning process of less than 24 hours (group 1), 10% had a difficult weaning of more than 1 day and less than 1 week (group 2), and 9% had a prolonged weaning duration of 1 week or more (group 3). Duration of ventilation, intensive care unit stay, and mortality (6, 17, and 29% for the three groups, respectively) all significantly increased from one group to the next. The unadjusted risk of dying was 19% after the first separation attempt and increased to 37% after 10 days. A new classification allows us to categorize all weaning situations. Every additional day without a weaning success after the first separation attempt increases the risk of dying.
Properties of sunspot cycles and hemispheric wings since the 19th century
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Leussu, Raisa; Usoskin, Ilya G.; Arlt, Rainer; Mursula, Kalevi
2016-08-01
Aims: The latitudinal evolution of sunspot emergence over the course of the solar cycle, the so-called butterfly diagram, is a fundamental property of the solar dynamo. Here we present a study of the butterfly diagram of sunspot group occurrence for cycles 7-10 and 11-23 using data from a recently digitized sunspot drawings by Samuel Heinrich Schwabe in 1825-1867, and from RGO/USAF/NOAA(SOON) compilation of sunspot groups in 1874-2015. Methods: We developed a new, robust method of hemispheric wing separation based on an analysis of long gaps in sunspot group occurrence in different latitude bands. The method makes it possible to ascribe each sunspot group to a certain wing (solar cycle and hemisphere), and separate the old and new cycle during their overlap. This allows for an improved study of solar cycles compared to the common way of separating the cycles. Results: We separated each hemispheric wing of the butterfly diagram and analysed them with respect to the number of groups appearing in each wing, their lengths, hemispheric differences, and overlaps. Conclusions: The overlaps of successive wings were found to be systematically longer in the northern hemisphere for cycles 7-10, but in the southern hemisphere for cycles 16-22. The occurrence of sunspot groups depicts a systematic long-term variation between the two hemispheres. During Schwabe time, the hemispheric asymmetry was north-dominated during cycle 9 and south-dominated during cycle 10.
Shpynov, S; Pozdnichenko, N; Gumenuk, A
2015-01-01
Genome sequences of 36 Rickettsia and Orientia were analyzed using Formal Order Analysis (FOA). This approach takes into account arrangement of nucleotides in each sequence. A numerical characteristic, the average distance (remoteness) - "g" was used to compare of genomes. Our results corroborated previous separation of three groups within the genus Rickettsia, including typhus group, classic spotted fever group, and the ancestral group and Orientia as a separate genus. Rickettsia felis URRWXCal2 and R. akari Hartford were not in the same group based on FOA, therefore designation of a so-called transitional Rickettsia group could not be confirmed with this approach. Copyright © 2015 Institut Pasteur. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Ren, Jiangtao; Xu, Cong; Liu, Xianglin; Wang, Jiansong; Li, Zhihuai; Lü, Yongming
2017-10-01
To explore the effectiveness of the arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique in treatment of the delaminated rotator cuff tear. Between May 2013 and May 2015, 54 patients with the delaminated rotator cuff tears were recruited in the study. They were randomly allocated into 2 groups to receive repair either using arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique (trial group, n =28) or using arthroscopic whole-layer suture bridge technique (control group, n =26). There was no significant difference in gender, age, injured side, tear type, and preoperative visual analogue scale (VAS) score, Constants score, American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons (ASES) score, University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) score, and the range of motion of shoulder joint between 2 groups ( P >0.05). Postoperative functional scores, range of motion, and recurrence rate of tear in 2 groups were observed and compared. The operation time was significant longer in trial group than in control group ( t =8.383, P =0.000). All incisions healed at stage Ⅰ without postoperative complication. All the patients were followed up 12 months. At 12 months postoperatively, the UCLA score, ASES score, VAS score, Constant score, and the range of motion were significantly improved when compared with the preoperative values in 2 groups ( P <0.05). However there was no significant difference in above indexes between 2 groups ( P >0.05). Four cases (14.3%) of rotator cuff tear recurred in trial group while 5 cases (19.2%) in control group, showing no significant difference ( χ 2 =0.237, P =0.626). Compared with the arthroscopic whole-layer suture bridge technique, arthroscopic separate double-layer suture bridge technique presents no significant difference in the shoulder function score, the range of motion, and recurrence of rotator cuff tear, while having a longer operation time.
Sampling effort affects multivariate comparisons of stream assemblages
Cao, Y.; Larsen, D.P.; Hughes, R.M.; Angermeier, P.L.; Patton, T.M.
2002-01-01
Multivariate analyses are used widely for determining patterns of assemblage structure, inferring species-environment relationships and assessing human impacts on ecosystems. The estimation of ecological patterns often depends on sampling effort, so the degree to which sampling effort affects the outcome of multivariate analyses is a concern. We examined the effect of sampling effort on site and group separation, which was measured using a mean similarity method. Two similarity measures, the Jaccard Coefficient and Bray-Curtis Index were investigated with 1 benthic macroinvertebrate and 2 fish data sets. Site separation was significantly improved with increased sampling effort because the similarity between replicate samples of a site increased more rapidly than between sites. Similarly, the faster increase in similarity between sites of the same group than between sites of different groups caused clearer separation between groups. The strength of site and group separation completely stabilized only when the mean similarity between replicates reached 1. These results are applicable to commonly used multivariate techniques such as cluster analysis and ordination because these multivariate techniques start with a similarity matrix. Completely stable outcomes of multivariate analyses are not feasible. Instead, we suggest 2 criteria for estimating the stability of multivariate analyses of assemblage data: 1) mean within-site similarity across all sites compared, indicating sample representativeness, and 2) the SD of within-site similarity across sites, measuring sample comparability.
Ethnic Variations in the Connection between Work-Induced Family Separation and Turnover Intent
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Behnke, Andrew O.; MacDermid, Shelley M.; Anderson, James C.; Weiss, Howard M.
2010-01-01
Using conservation of resources theory, this study examines the role of resources in the relationship between work-induced family separation and workers' intentions to leave their employment and how these relationships vary across ethnic groups. Analyses of a large representative sample of military members reveal that family separation is…
[Separation anxiety disorder in a sample of children of divorce].
Orgilés Amorós, Mireia; Espada Sánchez, José Pedro; Méndez Carrillo, Xavier
2008-08-01
Anxiety in children through separation from parents is one of the most frequent psychological problems in the infantile population. Children of divorce are more vulnerable to suffer this disorder due to the abrupt separation from one of the parents after the break-up, which they may experience as a traumatic event that predisposes them to react anxiously in daily separations. The purpose of this study is to examine the presence of symptoms of separation anxiety and general anxiety in a Spanish sample of 95 students of ages between 8 and 12 years. They were compared to a group of children of similar ages and sex whose parents are not divorced. The results show that children of divorce present higher levels of separation anxiety than the children whose parents remain together. Moreover, they show significant levels of generalized anxiety, but similar to that of the other group of children (undivorced parents). The clinical implications of these findings are discussed, emphasizing the importance of cooperation and frequent contact of the children with both parents to promote their security and autonomy.
Raust, Jacques-Antoine; Bruell, Adele; Sinha, Pritish; Hiller, Wolf; Pasch, Harald
2010-09-01
A comprehensive two-dimensional liquid chromatography system was developed to precisely describe the molecular heterogeneity of fatty alcohol ethoxylates. The end-group functionality was analyzed by gradient HPLC while ethylene oxide oligomer distributions were characterized by liquid adsorption chromatography. A baseline separation of all functionality fractions irrespective of the ethylene oxide oligomer chain length was achieved on nonpolar X-Terra(®) C(18) with a methanol-water gradient, whereas an isocratic flow of isopropanol-water on a polar Chromolith(®) Si column gave a separation according to the oligomer chain length without interference of the end-group distribution. The combination of these two methods to conduct online two-dimensional liquid chromatography experiments resulted in a comprehensive two-dimensional picture on the molecular heterogeneity of the sample.
Article separation apparatus and method for unit operations
Pardini, Allan F.; Gervais, Kevin L.; Mathews, Royce A.; Hockey, Ronald L.
2010-06-22
An apparatus and method are disclosed for separating articles from a group of articles. The apparatus includes a container for containing one or more articles coupled to a suitable fluidizer for suspending articles within the container and transporting articles to an induction tube. A portal in the induction tube introduces articles singly into the induction tube. A vacuum pulls articles through the induction tube separating the articles from the group of articles in the container. The apparatus and method can be combined with one or more unit operations or modules, e.g., for inspecting articles, assessing quality of articles, or ascertaining material properties and/or parameters of articles, including layers thereof.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lopatnikova, Anna; Berker, A. Nihat
1997-03-01
Superfluidity and phase separation in ^3He-^4He mixtures immersed in jungle-gym (non-random) aerogel are studied by renormalization-group theory.(Phys. Rev. B, in press (1996)) Phase diagrams are calculated for a variety of aerogel concentrations. Superfluidity at very low ^4He concentrations and a depressed tricritical temperature are found at the onset of superfluidity. A superfluid-superfluid phase separation, terminating at an isolated critical point, is found entirely within the superfluid phase. These phenomena, and trends with respect to aerogel concentration, are explained by the connectivity and tenuousness of jungle-gym aerogel.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Lopatnikova, A.; Berker, A.N.
1997-02-01
Superfluidity and phase separation in {sup 3}He-{sup 4}He mixtures immersed in a jungle-gym (nonrandom) aerogel are studied by renormalization-group theory. Phase diagrams are calculated for a variety of aerogel concentrations. Superfluidity at very low {sup 4}He concentrations and a depressed tricritical temperature are found at the onset of superfluidity. A superfluid-superfluid phase separation, terminating at an isolated critical point, is found entirely within the superfluid phase. These phenomena and trends with respect to aerogel concentration are explained by the connectivity and tenuousness of a jungle-gym aerogel. {copyright} {ital 1997} {ital The American Physical Society}
ADSORPTION METHOD FOR SEPARATING METAL CATIONS
Khym, J.X.
1959-03-10
The chromatographic separation of fission product cations is discussed. By use of this method a mixture of metal cations containing Zr, Cb, Ce, Y, Ba, and Sr may be separated from one another. Mentioned as preferred exchange adsorbents are resins containing free sulfonic acid groups. Various eluants, such as tartaric acid, HCl, and citric acid, used at various acidities, are employed to effect the selective elution and separation of the various fission product cations.
Group type analysis of asphalt by column liquid chromatography
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Zhang, C.; Yang, J.; Xue, Y.
2008-07-01
An improved analysis method for characterization of asphalt was established. The method is based on column chromatography technique. The asphalts were separated into four groups: saturates, aromatics, resins, and asphaltenes, quantitatively. About 0.1 g of sample was required in each analysis. About 20 mL of n-heptanes was used to separate out saturates first. Then about 35 mL of n-heptanes/dichloromethane (.5, v/v) mixture was used to separate out aromatics. About 30 mL of dichloromethane/tetrahydrofuran (1/3, v/v) mixture was used to separate out resin. The quality of the separation was confirmed by infrared spectra (IR) and {sup 1}H NMR analysis. The modelmore » compounds, tetracosan for saturates, dibenz(o)anthracen for aromatics, and acetanilide for resins were used for verification. The IR and {sup 1}H NMR analysis of the prepared fractions from the column liquid chromatography were in good agreement that of pure reagents.« less
[Clinical study of medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion for senile osteoporosis].
Zeng, Yuqing; Bi, Dingyan; Yi, Zhan; Lu, Jianwei; Zhong, Fuhua; Jiang, Binfeng
2017-05-12
To explore the clinical efficacy and partial mechanism of medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion for senile osteoporosis. Sixty cases of senile osteoporosis were randomly divided into an observation group and a control group according to the random digits table, 30 cases in each one. The two groups were both treated with basic treatment of western medicine. The acupoints included four groups:① Dazhui (GV 14), Dazhu (BL 11) and Ganshu (BL 18); ② Zhongwan (CV 12), Danzhong (CV 17) and Zusanli (ST 36); ③ Pishu (BL 20), Shenshu (BL 23) and Mingmen (GV 4); ④ Shenque (CV 8) and Guanyuan (CV 4). Each group of acupoints was selected for one treatment. The observation group was treated with medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion, and the medicinal cake was consisted of fructus psoraleae (30 g), prepared rehmannia root (30 g), atractylodes (30 g), codonopsis pilosula (30 g), epimedium herb (20 g), rhizoma curculiginis (20 g), syzygium aromaticum (5 g) and cinnamon (5 g). The control group was treated with wheat-flour-cake moxibustion. Each acupoint was treated with 5 moxa cones in the two groups. The treatment was given once every other day for six months. The symptom score, lumbar and hip bone mineral density (BMD), serum type Ⅰ procollagen amino-terminal propeptide (PINP) and serum β-type Ⅰ collagen carboxy-terminal peptide (β-CTX) were observed before and after treatment. After treatment, the symptom score and serum β-CTX were significantly lowered (all P <0.05), while the lumbar and hip BMD and serum PINP were significantly increased (all P <0.05) of the two groups. After treatment, the symptom score and serum β-CTX in the observation group were significantly lower than those in the control group (both P <0.05), while the lumbar and hip BMD and serum PINP in the observation group were significantly higher than those in the control group (all P <0.05). The medicinal-cake-separated moxibustion has significant efficacy for senile osteoporosis, which is superior to wheat-cake-se-parated moxibustion.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Arriaga, Patrícia; Pacheco, Catarina
2016-01-01
This study investigated the effects of hospital Clown Doctors intervention on child and caregiver preoperative anxiety at the entrance to the surgery care unit and separation from caregivers. A total of 88 children (aged 4-12 years) were assigned to one of the following two groups: Clown Doctors intervention or control group (standard care).…
Conveyor Performance based on Motor DC 12 Volt Eg-530ad-2f using K-Means Clustering
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arifin, Zaenal; Artini, Sri DP; Much Ibnu Subroto, Imam
2017-04-01
To produce goods in industry, a controlled tool to improve production is required. Separation process has become a part of production process. Separation process is carried out based on certain criteria to get optimum result. By knowing the characteristics performance of a controlled tools in separation process the optimum results is also possible to be obtained. Clustering analysis is popular method for clustering data into smaller segments. Clustering analysis is useful to divide a group of object into a k-group in which the member value of the group is homogeny or similar. Similarity in the group is set based on certain criteria. The work in this paper based on K-Means method to conduct clustering of loading in the performance of a conveyor driven by a dc motor 12 volt eg-530-2f. This technique gives a complete clustering data for a prototype of conveyor driven by dc motor to separate goods in term of height. The parameters involved are voltage, current, time of travelling. These parameters give two clusters namely optimal cluster with center of cluster 10.50 volt, 0.3 Ampere, 10.58 second, and unoptimal cluster with center of cluster 10.88 volt, 0.28 Ampere and 40.43 second.
Cytokinin nucleotides contents in sexual buds of Douglas-fir
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Imbault, N.; Doumas, P.; Bonnet-Masimbert, N.
1989-04-01
Cytokinin nucleotides were extracted from male and female buds of Pseudotsuga menxiesii by 10 % perchloric acid. They were prepurified on cation exchanger columns (CBA, Amersham) and then separated by two HPLC systems. The first one (Partisil 10 SAX, 10{mu}m, Wathman) separates the mono-, di- and tri-phosphates groups which were collected. The second one (Ultraspher, 5 {mu}m, Beckman) separates the cytokinin nucleotides inside each group. After separation, cytokinin nucleotides were assayed by radioimmunoassay with anti ribosyl zeatin (RZ) and anti isopentenyladenosine (iPA) antibodies. The analysis showed in the monophosphate (mono-P) group one immunoreactant peak in RZ fraction which co-chromatographied withmore » RZ-5{prime}-mono-P and two peaks in the iPA fraction. One of them co-chromatographied with iPA-5{prime}-mono-P. In the diphosphate group, there were three peaks which reacted with anti RZ antibodies and one with anti iPA antibodies. The nucleotides obtained after the first HPLC system, were hydrolysed by a 5{prime}-nucleotidase showed compounds co-chromatographing with RZ and iPA. We did not observe any qualitative differences between the male and female buds. This is the first evidence of cytokinin nucleotides in tissue from woody plants.« less
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hu, Yuanfang; Wang, Bingxi; Li, Xiao; Chen, Dongyang; Zhang, Weiying
2018-05-01
To develop high performance anion exchange membranes (AEMs), a novel bisphenol monomer bearing eight benzylmethyl groups at the outer edge of the molecule was synthesized, which after condensation polymerization with various amounts of 4,4‧-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone and 4,4‧-difluorobenzophenone yielded novel poly(arylene ether)s with densely located benzylmethyl groups. These benzylmethyl groups were then converted to quaternary ammonium groups by radical-initiated bromination and quaternization in tandem, leading to the emergence of densely quaternized poly(arylene ether sulfone)s (QA-PAEs) with controlled ion exchange capacities (IECs) ranging from 1.61 to 2.32 mmol g-1. Both small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) studies revealed distinct phase separation in the QA-PAEs. The QA-PAE-40 with an IEC of 2.32 mmol g-1 exhibited a Br- conductivity of 9.2 mS cm-1 and a SO42- conductivity of 14.0 mS cm-1 at room temperature, much higher than those of a control membrane with a similar IEC but without obvious phase separation. Therefore, phase separation of AEMs was validated to be advantageous for the efficient conducting of anions. The experimental results also showed that the QA-PAEs were promising AEM materials, especially for non-alkaline applications.
A Flight Deck Perspective of Self-Separation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Lozito, Sandra; Rosekind, Mark (Technical Monitor)
1997-01-01
I will be participating on a Free Flight Human Factors Panel at the Ninth International Symposium on Aviation Psychology in Columbus, Ohio. My representation is related to the work that our group has conducted on flight deck issues associate with free flight. Our group completed a full-mission simulation study investigating procedural issues associated with airborne self-separation. Ten crews flew eight scenarios each in the B747-400 simulator at Ames. Each scenario had a representation of different conflict geometries with intruder aircraft. New alerting logic was created and integrated into the simulator to enable self-separation. In addition, new display features were created to help provide for enhanced information to the flight crew about relevant aircraft, The participants were asked to coordinate maneuvers for self-separation with the intruder aircraft. Data analyses for the many of the crew procedures have been completed.
Two-dimensional numerical modeling for separation of deformable cells using dielectrophoresis.
Ye, Ting; Li, Hua; Lam, K Y
2015-02-01
In this paper, we numerically explore the possibility of separating two groups of deformable cells, by a very small dielectrophoretic (DEP) microchip with the characteristic length of several cell diameters. A 2D two-fluid model is developed to describe the separation process, where three types of forces are considered, the aggregation force for cell-cell interaction, the deformation force for cell deformation, and the DEP force for cell dielectrophoresis. As a model validation, we calculate the levitation height of a cell subject to DEP force, and compare it with the experimental data. After that, we simulate the separation of two groups of cells with different dielectric properties at high and low frequencies, respectively. The simulation results show that the deformable cells can be separated successfully by a very small DEP microchip, according to not only their different permittivities at the high frequency, but also their different conductivities at the low frequency. In addition, both two groups of cells have a shape deformation from an original shape to a lopsided slipper shape during the separation process. It is found that the cell motion is mainly determined by the DEP force arising from the electric field, causing the cells to deviate from the centerline of microchannel. However, the cell deformation is mainly determined by the deformation force arising from the fluid flow, causing the deviated cells to undergo an asymmetric motion with the deformation of slipper shape. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Jiang, Liuwei; Marcus, R Kenneth
2016-02-01
Capillary-channeled polymer (C-CP) fiber stationary phases are finding utility in the realms of protein analytics as well as downstream processing. We have recently described the modification of poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET) C-CP fibers to affect amine-rich phases for the weak anion-exchange (WAX) separation of proteins. Polyethylenimine (PEI) is covalently coupled to the PET surface, with subsequent cross-linking imparted by treatment with 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (BUDGE). These modifications yield vastly improved dynamic binding capacities over the unmodified fibers. We have also previously employed native (unmodified) nylon 6 C-CP fibers as weak anion/cation-exchange (mixed-mode) and hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) phases for protein separations. Polyamide, nylon 6, consists of amide groups along the polymer backbone, with primary amines and carboxylic acid end groups. The analytical separation characteristics of these three amine-based C-CP fiber phases are compared here. Each of the C-CP fiber columns in this study was shown to be able to separate a bovine serum albumin/hemoglobin/lysozyme mixture at high mobile phase linear velocity (∼70 mm s(-1)) but with different elution characteristics. These differences reflect the types of protein-surface interactions that are occurring, based on the active group composition of the fiber surfaces. This study provides important fundamental understanding for the development of surface-modified C-CP fiber columns for protein separation.
Joyner, Katherine; Wang, Weizhen; Yu, Yihua Bruce
2011-01-01
The effect of column and eluent fluorination on the retention and separation of non-fluorinated amino acids and proteins in HPLC is investigated. A side-by-side comparison of fluorocarbon column and eluents (F-column and F-eluents) with their hydrocarbon counterparts (H-column and H-eluents) in the separation of a group of 33 analytes, including 30 amino acids and 3 proteins, is conducted. The H-column and the F-column contain the n-C8H17 group and n-C8F17 group, respectively, in their stationary phases. The H-eluents include ethanol (EtOH) and isopropanol (ISP) while the F-eluents include trifluoroethanol (TFE) and hexafluorosopropanol (HFIP). The 2 columns and 4 eluents generated 8 (column, eluent) pairs that produce 264 retention time data points for the 33 analytes. A statistical analysis of the retention time data reveals that although the H-column is better than the F-column in analyte separation and H-eluents are better than F-eluents in analyte retention, the more critical factor is the proper pairing of column with eluent. Among the conditions explored in this project, optimal retention and separation is achieved when the fluorocarbon column is paired with ethanol, even though TFE is the most polar one among the 4 eluents. This result shows fluorocarbon columns have much potential in chromatographic analysis and separation of non-fluorinated amino acids and proteins. PMID:21318121
Separating Judicial from Legislative Reasoning in Moral Dilemma Interviews.
Langford, Peter E
1997-12-01
Unlike previous studies of the development of reasoning about moral dilemmas, the 2 studies reported separated judicial reasoning (the application of rules) from legislative reasoning (the justification of rules), as well as attending to other aspects of context, using a modification of the weakly interpretive scoring method of Langford and D'Cruz. This assigns justifications to relatively simple conceptually defined categories. Findings were in accord with substantially modified versions of the views of Piaget and Kohlberg, according to which legislative reasoning can be divided into 3 main types of stages in the period 7-21 years: heteronomy (Piaget) or egocentrism (Kohlberg); local groups (attention to group interests, harmony, and reciprocity in local groups), wider groups (attention to these thing in wider groups). Findings contradicted Gibbs's theory.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Ziffer, Judith M.; Crawford, Eileen; Penney-Wietor, Joy
2007-01-01
Because the community lacked counseling services for whole families experiencing separation and divorce, The Boomerang Bunch was conceived, designed and implemented by six school counselors to identify and therapeutically address changes impacting the participant families as they attempted to "bounce back" from separation and divorce.…
26 CFR 54.4980B-6 - Electing COBRA continuation coverage.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... a divorce or legal separation of a covered employee. The group health plan is not required to offer... divorce or legal separation of a covered employee, a timely notice of the divorce or legal separation that... qualifying event. An election on behalf of a minor child can be made by the child's parent or legal guardian...
Eslamian, Ladan; Borzabadi-Farahani, Ali; Edini, Hosniye Zia; Badiee, Mohammad R; Lynch, Edward; Mortazavi, Alireza
2013-09-01
To study the effect of benzocaine mucoadhesive patches (20%) on orthodontic pain caused by elastomeric separators. A split-mouth design was used in 30 patients (12 female, 18 male, aged 23 ± 3.75 years). They were instructed to apply benzocaine and placebo patches randomly for right or left first permanent molars of maxillary/mandibular arches for 20 min and repeat this procedure every 6 h with a similar type patch. A 10 cm Visual Analogue Scale (VAS) was used for pain perception assessment in patients who were given benzocaine (benzocaine group) or placebo (placebo group) patches. Pain perception (VAS) was recorded immediately after separator placement and after 2, 6, 12, 18, 24, 48 and 72 h. The mean VAS (SD) for the placebo and benzocaine groups were 2.28 (1.08) and 1.63 (0.67), respectively. The pain peaked at 24 h. Significant pain perception differences were observed between groups at 2, 18, 24, 48 and 72 h. Pain perception was not different between genders or jaws investigated (p > 0.05). The Friedman test revealed significant differences in pain perception among various time intervals for benzocaine (χ (2) = 99.84, p = 0.000) and placebo (χ (2) = 102.361, p = 0.000) groups. Significant negative correlations (ρ) were found only between pain perception scores and patient's ages in the placebo group at 18 (-0.438), 24 (-0.526), 48 (-0.565) and 72 h (-0.458). The recorded mean VAS values were relatively low; however, the benzocaine 20% patches significantly reduced the post-separation orthodontic pain.
Askar, Ibrahím; Sabuncuoglu, Bízden Tavíl
2002-01-01
Neurorraphy, conventional nerve grafting technique, and artificial nerve conduits are not enough for repair in severe injuries of peripheral nerves, especially when there is separation of motor nerve from muscle tissue. In these nerve injuries, reinnervation is indicated for neurotization. The distal end of a peripheral nerve is divided into fascicles and implanted into the aneural zone of target muscle tissue. It is not known how deeply fascicles should be implanted into muscle tissue. A comparative study of superficial and deep implantation of separated motor nerve into muscle tissue is presented in the gastrocnemius muscle of rabbits. In this experimental study, 30 white New Zealand rabbits were used and divided into 3 groups of 10 rabbits each. In the first group (controls, group I), only surgical exposure of the gastrocnemius muscle and motor nerve (tibial nerve) was done without any injury to nerves. In the superficial implantation group (group II), tibial nerves were separated and divided into their own fascicles. These fascicles were implanted superficially into the lateral head of gastrocnemius muscle-aneural zone. In the deep implantation group (group III), the tibial nerves were separated and divided into their own fascicles. These fascicles were implanted around the center of the muscle mass, into the lateral head of the gastrocnemius muscle-aneural zone. Six months later, histopathological changes and functional recovery of the gastrocnemius muscle were investigated. Both experimental groups had less muscular weight than in the control group. It was found that functional recovery was achieved in both experimental groups, and was better in the superficial implantation group than the deep implantation group. EMG recordings revealed that polyphasic and late potentials were frequently seen in both experimental groups. Degeneration and regeneration of myofibrils were observed in both experimental groups. New motor end-plates were formed in a scattered manner in both experimental groups. However, they were more dense in the superficial implantation group than the deep implantation group. It was concluded that superficial implantation has a more powerful contractile capacity than that of deep implantation. We believe that this might arise from the high activity of glycolytic enzymes in peripheral muscle fibers of gastrocnemius muscle, decrease in insufficient intramuscular guidance apparatus, and intramuscular microneuroma formation at the insufficient neuromuscular junction since the motor nerve had less route to muscle fibers. Copyright 2002 Wiley-Liss, Inc.
The role of upper torso and pelvis rotation in driving performance during the golf swing.
Myers, Joseph; Lephart, Scott; Tsai, Yung-Shen; Sell, Timothy; Smoliga, James; Jolly, John
2008-01-15
While the role of the upper torso and pelvis in driving performance is anecdotally appreciated by golf instructors, their actual biomechanical role is unclear. The aims of this study were to describe upper torso and pelvis rotation and velocity during the golf swing and determine their role in ball velocity. One hundred recreational golfers underwent a biomechanical golf swing analysis using their own driver. Upper torso and pelvic rotation and velocity, and torso-pelvic separation and velocity, were measured for each swing. Ball velocity was assessed with a golf launch monitor. Group differences (groups based on ball velocity) and moderate relationships (r > or = 0.50; P < 0.001) were observed between an increase in ball velocity and the following variables: increased torso-pelvic separation at the top of the swing, maximum torso-pelvic separation, maximum upper torso rotation velocity, upper torso rotational velocity at lead arm parallel and last 40 ms before impact, maximum torso-pelvic separation velocity and torso-pelvic separation velocity at both lead arm parallel and at the last 40 ms before impact. Torso-pelvic separation contributes to greater upper torso rotation velocity and torso-pelvic separation velocity during the downswing, ultimately contributing to greater ball velocity. Golf instructors can consider increasing ball velocity by maximizing separation between the upper torso and pelvis at the top of and initiation of the downswing.
Proceedings of the fifteenth DOE nuclear air cleaning conference
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
First, M.W.
1979-02-01
Papers presented are grouped under the following topics: noble gas separation, damage control, aerosols, test methods, new air cleaning technology from Europe, open-end, and filtration. A separate abstract was prepared for each paper.
Hospital separations for cannabis- and methamphetamine-related psychotic episodes in Australia.
Degenhardt, Louisa; Roxburgh, Amanda; McKetin, Rebecca
2007-04-02
To examine trends in hospital separations related to "drug-induced" psychosis for cannabis and methamphetamine, in the context of patterns of cannabis and methamphetamine use in the Australian population. Analysis of prospectively collected data from the National Hospital Morbidity Database on hospital separations primarily attributed to drug-induced psychosis (July 1993 - June 2004), and specifically for cannabis and amphetamines (1999-2004). Calculation of Australian population-adjusted rates of drug-induced psychosis hospital separations using estimated resident population data from the Australian Bureau of Statistics (at 30 June each year) and data on cannabis and methamphetamine use from the 2004 National Drug Strategy Household Survey. Number of hospital separations due to drug-induced psychosis, and standardised (age-specific) rates per million population and per million users. There have been notable increases in hospital separations due to drug-induced psychosis, which appear to have been driven by amphetamine-related rather than cannabis-related episodes. The rate of hospital separations was higher for amphetamine users than for cannabis users in all age groups, and the rate increased among older amphetamine users. The risk of hospitalisation for a drug-induced psychotic episode associated with amphetamine use appears to be greater than that for cannabis use in all age groups.
2017-05-15
experimentation are needed to determine the role of fibrin patches in acute traumatic hemorrhage control . 2.0 BACKGROUND Hemorrhage remains the most...Compare performance of CG to EVARREST in a porcine model of vascular trauma. Animals were separated into three groups : 1. Control : Arterial and...trauma. Animals were separated into three groups : 1. Control : Arterial and venous cannulation followed by laparotomy with liver injury and
2017-05-01
experimentation are needed to determine the role of fibrin patches in acute traumatic hemorrhage control . 2.0 BACKGROUND Hemorrhage remains the most...Compare performance of CG to EVARREST in a porcine model of vascular trauma. Animals were separated into three groups : 1. Control : Arterial and...trauma. Animals were separated into three groups : 1. Control : Arterial and venous cannulation followed by laparotomy with liver injury and
Mehdizadeh, Mohammad; Ghassemi, Alireza; Khakzad, Mohammad; Mir, Mehrafza; Nekoohesh, Leili; Moghadamnia, Aliakbar; Bijani, Ali; Mehrbakhsh, Zahra; Ghanepur, Hosein
2018-02-01
Dexamethasone and tranexamic acid are used to decrease post-rhinoplasty periorbital edema and ecchymosis. We compared the impact of each medication separately or in combination in this regard. A prospective, randomized triple-blinded study was undertaken on 60 patients who underwent primary open rhinoplasty. They were divided into four groups: Group D (n = 15) received 8 mg dexamethasone, group T (n = 15) received 10 mg/kg tranexamic acid, group DT (n = 15) received both 8 mg dexamethasone and 10 mg/kg tranexamic acid, and group P (n = 15) received neither medication and served as the placebo control group. The medications were given intravenously (IV) 1 h before and three doses every 8 h postoperatively. Digital photographs were taken on the first, third and seventh postoperative days. One expert examiner blinded to the study evaluated the periorbital edema and ecchymosis on a scale of 0-4. Periorbital edema and ecchymosis were examined in all groups. In group D, group T and group DT, periorbital edema and ecchymosis ratings were significantly lower compared with the control group (p < 0.01). No statistically significant difference was seen in preventing or decreasing both periorbital edema and ecchymosis among group D, group T and group DT. Tranexamic acid and dexamethasone, separately or in combination, had similar effects in reducing periorbital edema and ecchymosis in open rhinoplasty. Combined application did not show a significantly higher beneficial effect in this regard. This journal requires that authors assign a level of evidence to each article. For a full description of these Evidence-Based Medicine ratings, please refer to the Table of Contents or the online Instructions to Authors www.springer.com/00266 .
Onishi, S; Itoh, S; Ishida, Y
1982-01-01
An accurate and sensitive method that involves the group separations of serum bile acids (i.e. free and glycine- and taurine-conjugated bile acid fractions) by ion-exchange chromatography on piperidinohydroxypropyl-Sephadex LH-20 is described. Each group was then analysed by high-pressure liquid chromatography by using the post-column reaction technique with immobilized 3 alpha-hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase. The bile acid patterns in the umbilical venous serum samples were analysed by this method. Taurochenodeoxycholate predominated in the umbilical blood. PMID:6956336
An approach to computing direction relations between separated object groups
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yan, H.; Wang, Z.; Li, J.
2013-06-01
Direction relations between object groups play an important role in qualitative spatial reasoning, spatial computation and spatial recognition. However, none of existing models can be used to compute direction relations between object groups. To fill this gap, an approach to computing direction relations between separated object groups is proposed in this paper, which is theoretically based on Gestalt principles and the idea of multi-directions. The approach firstly triangulates the two object groups; and then it constructs the Voronoi Diagram between the two groups using the triangular network; after this, the normal of each Vornoi edge is calculated, and the quantitative expression of the direction relations is constructed; finally, the quantitative direction relations are transformed into qualitative ones. The psychological experiments show that the proposed approach can obtain direction relations both between two single objects and between two object groups, and the results are correct from the point of view of spatial cognition.
An approach to computing direction relations between separated object groups
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Yan, H.; Wang, Z.; Li, J.
2013-09-01
Direction relations between object groups play an important role in qualitative spatial reasoning, spatial computation and spatial recognition. However, none of existing models can be used to compute direction relations between object groups. To fill this gap, an approach to computing direction relations between separated object groups is proposed in this paper, which is theoretically based on gestalt principles and the idea of multi-directions. The approach firstly triangulates the two object groups, and then it constructs the Voronoi diagram between the two groups using the triangular network. After this, the normal of each Voronoi edge is calculated, and the quantitative expression of the direction relations is constructed. Finally, the quantitative direction relations are transformed into qualitative ones. The psychological experiments show that the proposed approach can obtain direction relations both between two single objects and between two object groups, and the results are correct from the point of view of spatial cognition.
2016-01-01
The UniFrac distance metric is often used to separate groups in microbiome analysis, but requires a constant sequencing depth to work properly. Here we demonstrate that unweighted UniFrac is highly sensitive to rarefaction instance and to sequencing depth in uniform data sets with no clear structure or separation between groups. We show that this arises because of subcompositional effects. We introduce information UniFrac and ratio UniFrac, two new weightings that are not as sensitive to rarefaction and allow greater separation of outliers than classic unweighted and weighted UniFrac. With this expansion of the UniFrac toolbox, we hope to empower researchers to extract more varied information from their data. PMID:27632205
Separation of negatively charged carbohydrates by capillary electrophoresis.
Linhardt, R J; Pervin, A
1996-01-12
Capillary electrophoresis (CE) has recently emerged as a highly promising technique consuming an extremely small amount of sample and capable of the rapid, high-resolution separation, characterization, and quantitation of analytes. CE has been used for the separation of biopolymers, including acidic carbohydrates. Since CE is basically an analytical method for ions, acidic carbohydrates that give anions in weakly acid, neutral, or alkaline media are often the direct objects of this method. The scope of this review is limited to the use of CE for the analysis of carbohydrates containing carboxylate, sulfate, and phosphate groups as well as neutral carbohydrates that have been derivatized to incorporate strongly acidic functionality, such as sulfonate groups.
Schechter, Daniel S; Moser, Dominik A; McCaw, Jaime E; Myers, Michael M
2014-05-01
This study characterizes autonomic nervous system activity reactive to separation-reunion among mothers with Interpersonal Violence-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (IPV-PTSD). Heart-rate (HR) and high frequency heart-rate-variability (HF-HRV) were measured in 17 IPV-PTSD-mothers, 22 sub-threshold-mothers, and 15 non-PTSD mother-controls while interacting with their toddlers (12-48 months). Analyses showed IPV-PTSD-mothers having generally lower HR than other groups. All groups showed negative correlations between changes in HR and HF-HRV from sitting- to standing-baseline. During initial separation, controls no longer showed a negative relationship between HR and HF-HRV. But by the second reunion, the negative relationship reappeared. IPV-PTSD- and sub-threshold-mothers retained negative HR/HF-HRV correlations during the initial separation, but stopped showing them by the second reunion. Results support that mother-controls showed a pattern of autonomic regulation suggestive of hypervigilance during initial separation that resolved by the time of re-exposure. PTSD-mothers showed delayed onset of this pattern only upon re-exposure, and were perhaps exhibiting defensive avoidance or numbing during the initial separation/reunion. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Involving young people in decision making about sequential cochlear implantation.
Ion, Rebecca; Cropper, Jenny; Walters, Hazel
2013-11-01
The National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence guidelines recommended young people who currently have one cochlear implant be offered assessment for a second, sequential implant, due to the reported improvements in sound localization and speech perception in noise. The possibility and benefits of group information and counselling assessments were considered. Previous research has shown advantages of group sessions involving young people and their families and such groups which also allow young people opportunity to discuss their concerns separately to their parents/guardians are found to be 'hugely important'. Such research highlights the importance of involving children in decision-making processes. Families considering a sequential cochlear implant were invited to a group information/counselling session, which included time for parents and children to meet separately. Fourteen groups were held with approximately four to five families in each session, totalling 62 patients. The sessions were facilitated by the multi-disciplinary team, with a particular psychological focus in the young people's session. Feedback from families has demonstrated positive support for this format. Questionnaire feedback, to which nine families responded, indicated that seven preferred the group session to an individual session and all approved of separate groups for the child and parents/guardians. Overall the group format and psychological focus were well received in this typically surgical setting and emphasized the importance of involving the young person in the decision-making process. This positive feedback also opens up the opportunity to use a group format in other assessment processes.
Julka, Samir; Cortes, Hernan; Harfmann, Robert; Bell, Bruce; Schweizer-Theobaldt, Andreas; Pursch, Matthias; Mondello, Luigi; Maynard, Shawn; West, David
2009-06-01
A comprehensive multidimensional liquid chromatography system coupled to Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry (LCxLC-ESI-MS) was developed for detailed characterization and quantitation of solid epoxy resin components. The two orthogonal modes of separation selected were size exclusion chromatography (SEC) in the first dimension and liquid chromatography at critical conditions (LCCC) in the second dimension. Different components present in the solid epoxy resins were separated and quantitated for the first time based on the functional groups and molecular weight heterogeneity. Coupling LCxLC separations with mass spectrometry enabled the identification of components resolved in the two-dimensional space. Several different functional group families of compounds were separated and identified, including epoxy-epoxy and epoxy-alpha-glycol functional oligomers, and their individual molecular weight ranges were determined. Repeatability obtained ranged from 0.5% for the main product to 21% for oligomers at the 0.4% concentration level.
CARBONATE METHOD OF SEPARATION OF TETRAVALENT PLUTONIUM FROM FISSION PRODUCT VALUES
Duffield, R.B.; Stoughton, R.W.
1959-02-01
It has been found that plutonium forms an insoluble precipitate with carbonate ion when the carbonate ion is present in stoichiometric proportions, while an excess of the carbonate ion complexes plutonium and renders it soluble. A method for separating tetravalent plutonium from lanthanum-group rare earths has been based on this discovery, since these rare earths form insoluble carbonates in approximately neutral solutions. According to the process the pH is adjusted to between 5 and 7, and approximately stoichiometric amounts of carbonate ion are added to the solution causing the formation of a precipitate of plutonium carbonate and the lanthanum-group rare earth carbonates. The precipitate is then separated from the solution and contacted with a carbonate solution of a concentration between 1 M and 3 M to complex and redissolve the plutonium precipitate, and thus separate it from the insoluble rare earth precipitate.
Pimpha, Nuttaporn; Chaleawlert-umpon, Saowaluk; Chruewkamlow, Nuttapol; Kasinrerk, Watchara
2011-03-15
Novel immunomagnetic particles have been prepared for separation of CD4(+) lymphocytes. The magnetic nanoparticles with a diameter of approximately 5-6 nm were first synthesized by co-precipitation from ferrous and ferric iron solutions and subsequently encapsulated with poly(glycidyl methacrylate) (PGMA) by precipitation polymerization. Monoclonal antibody specific to CD4 molecules expressed on CD4(+) lymphocytes was conjugated to the surface of magnetic PGMA particles through covalent bonding between epoxide functional groups on the particle surface and primary amine groups of the antibodies. The generated immunomagnetic particles have successfully separated CD4(+) lymphocytes from whole blood with over 95% purity. The results indicated that these particles can be employed for cell separation and provide a strong potential to be applied in various biomedical applications including diagnosis, and monitoring of human diseases. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Should multiple imputation be the method of choice for handling missing data in randomized trials?
Sullivan, Thomas R; White, Ian R; Salter, Amy B; Ryan, Philip; Lee, Katherine J
2016-01-01
The use of multiple imputation has increased markedly in recent years, and journal reviewers may expect to see multiple imputation used to handle missing data. However in randomized trials, where treatment group is always observed and independent of baseline covariates, other approaches may be preferable. Using data simulation we evaluated multiple imputation, performed both overall and separately by randomized group, across a range of commonly encountered scenarios. We considered both missing outcome and missing baseline data, with missing outcome data induced under missing at random mechanisms. Provided the analysis model was correctly specified, multiple imputation produced unbiased treatment effect estimates, but alternative unbiased approaches were often more efficient. When the analysis model overlooked an interaction effect involving randomized group, multiple imputation produced biased estimates of the average treatment effect when applied to missing outcome data, unless imputation was performed separately by randomized group. Based on these results, we conclude that multiple imputation should not be seen as the only acceptable way to handle missing data in randomized trials. In settings where multiple imputation is adopted, we recommend that imputation is carried out separately by randomized group. PMID:28034175
Should multiple imputation be the method of choice for handling missing data in randomized trials?
Sullivan, Thomas R; White, Ian R; Salter, Amy B; Ryan, Philip; Lee, Katherine J
2016-01-01
The use of multiple imputation has increased markedly in recent years, and journal reviewers may expect to see multiple imputation used to handle missing data. However in randomized trials, where treatment group is always observed and independent of baseline covariates, other approaches may be preferable. Using data simulation we evaluated multiple imputation, performed both overall and separately by randomized group, across a range of commonly encountered scenarios. We considered both missing outcome and missing baseline data, with missing outcome data induced under missing at random mechanisms. Provided the analysis model was correctly specified, multiple imputation produced unbiased treatment effect estimates, but alternative unbiased approaches were often more efficient. When the analysis model overlooked an interaction effect involving randomized group, multiple imputation produced biased estimates of the average treatment effect when applied to missing outcome data, unless imputation was performed separately by randomized group. Based on these results, we conclude that multiple imputation should not be seen as the only acceptable way to handle missing data in randomized trials. In settings where multiple imputation is adopted, we recommend that imputation is carried out separately by randomized group.
Gravity separation of pericardial fat in cardiotomy suction blood: an in vitro model.
Kinard, M Rhett; Shackelford, Anthony G; Sistino, Joseph J
2009-06-01
Fat emboli generated during cardiac surgery have been shown to cause neurologic complications in patients postoperatively. Cardiotomy suction has been known to be a large generator of emboli. This study will examine the efficacy of a separation technique in which the cardiotomy suction blood is stored in a cardiotomy reservoir for various time intervals to allow spontaneous separation of fat from blood by density. Soybean oil was added to heparinized porcine blood to simulate the blood of a patient with hypertriglyceridemia (> 150 mg/dL). Roller pump suction was used to transfer the room temperature blood into the cardiotomy reservoir. Blood was removed from the reservoir in 200-mL aliquots at 0, 15, 30 45, and 60 minutes. Samples were taken at each interval and centrifuged to facilitate further separation of liquid fat. Fat content in each sample was determined by a point-of-care triglyceride analyzer. Three trials were conducted for a total of 30 samples. The 0-minute group was considered a baseline and was compared to the other four times. Fat concentration was reduced significantly in the 45- and 60-minute groups compared to the 0-, 15-, and 30-minute groups (p < .05). Gravity separation of cardiotomy suction blood is effective; however, it may require retention of blood for more time than is clinically acceptable during a routing coronary artery bypass graft surgery.
Li, Jing-Bin; Xu, Li-Jun; Dong, Hui; Huang, Zhao-Yi; Zhao, Yan; Chen, Guang; Lu, Fu-Er
2013-12-01
The effect of Fructus Mume formula and its separated prescription extract on insulin resistance in type 2 diabetic rats was investigated. The rat model of type 2 diabetes was established by feeding on a high-fat diet for 8 weeks and by subsequently intravenous injection of small doses of streptozotocin. Rats in treatment groups, including the Fructus Mume formula treatment group (FM), the cold property herbs of Fructus Mume formula treatment group (CFM), the warm property herbs of Fructus Mume formula treatment group (WFM), were administrated with Fructus Mume formula and its separated prescription extract by gavage, while the rats in diabetic model group (DM) and metformin group (MET) were given by gavage with normal saline and metformin correspondingly. The body weight before and after treatment was measured, and the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) and the insulin release test (IRT) were performed. The homeostasis model assessment-insulin resistance index (HOMA-IR) was calculated. The protein and mRNA expression levels of Insr, β-arrestin-2, Irs-1 and Glut-4 in the liver, skeletal muscle and fat tissues were detected by using Western blotting and RT-PCR respectively. The results demonstrated that, as compared with DM group, OGTT, IRT (0 h, 1 h) levels and HOMR-IR in treatment groups were all reduced, meanwhile their protein and mRNA expression levels of Insr, Irs-1 and Glut-4 in the liver, skeletal muscle and fat tissues were obviously increased, and their protein and mRNA expression levels of β-arrestin-2 in the liver and skeletal muscle tissues were also markedly increased. It was suggested that the Fructus Mume formula and its separated prescription extracts could effectively improve insulin resistance in type 2 diabetic rats, which might be related to the up-regulated expression of Insr, Irs-1 and Glut-4 in the liver, skeletal muscle and fat tissues, and β-arrestin-2 in the liver and skeletal muscle tissues.
Recalled Separation Anxiety in Childhood in Istmo Zapotec Men, Women, and Muxes.
Gómez, Francisco R; Semenyna, Scott W; Court, Lucas; Vasey, Paul L
2017-01-01
The Istmo Zapotec are a pre-Columbian cultural group indigenous to the Istmo region of Oaxaca, Mexico. Istmo Zapotec recognize three genders: men, women, and muxes. Like Istmo Zapotec men, muxes are biological males. However, unlike Istmo Zapotec men, most muxes are exclusively androphilic (i.e., sexually attracted to adult males), relatively feminine, and routinely adopt the receptive role during anal intercourse. Furthermore, the Istmo Zapotec recognize two types of muxes: muxe gunaa, who resemble the transgender androphilic males that are common in many non-Western cultures, and muxe nguiiu, who resemble the cisgender androphilic males ("gay" men) common in Western cultures. Retrospective research conducted in Canada and Samoa demonstrates that cisgender and transgender androphilic males recall elevated indicators of childhood separation anxiety (i.e., feelings of distress related to separation from major attachment figures) when compared to males who are gynephilic (i.e., sexually attracted to adult females). The present study compared recalled indicators of childhood separation anxiety among Istmo Zapotec men, women, muxe gunaa, and muxe nguiiu (N = 454). Men recalled significantly lower levels of childhood separation anxiety compared to all other groups (all p < .042). No additional group differences were found. Our results are consistent with previous research conducted in Canada and Samoa, suggesting that elevated childhood separation anxiety is a developmental correlate of male androphilia that is cross-culturally universal. This research is also consistent with the conclusion that cisgender and transgender male androphiles share a common biological and developmental foundation despite being different in appearance.
76 FR 41766 - Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-07-15
... group Spanish mackerel, and Gulf group cobia. It also contains measures to remove cero, little tunny... separate cobia into Atlantic and Gulf migratory groups. Similar measures are being proposed for the...
Functionalized Media and Methods of Making and Using Therefor
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Huang, Yongsong (Inventor); Dillon, James (Inventor)
2017-01-01
Methods, compositions, devices and kits are provided herein for separating, scavenging, capturing or identifying a metal from a target using a medium or scaffold with a selenium-containing functional group. The medium or the scaffold including the selenium-containing functional group has affinity and specificity to metal ions or compounds having one or more metals, and efficiently separates, recovers, and scavenges of the metals from a target such as a sample, solution, suspension, or mixture.
Good fences: the importance of setting boundaries for peaceful coexistence.
Rutherford, Alex; Harmon, Dion; Werfel, Justin; Gard-Murray, Alexander S; Bar-Yam, Shlomiya; Gros, Andreas; Xulvi-Brunet, Ramon; Bar-Yam, Yaneer
2014-01-01
We consider the conditions of peace and violence among ethnic groups, testing a theory designed to predict the locations of violence and interventions that can promote peace. Characterizing the model's success in predicting peace requires examples where peace prevails despite diversity. Switzerland is recognized as a country of peace, stability and prosperity. This is surprising because of its linguistic and religious diversity that in other parts of the world lead to conflict and violence. Here we analyze how peaceful stability is maintained. Our analysis shows that peace does not depend on integrated coexistence, but rather on well defined topographical and political boundaries separating groups, allowing for partial autonomy within a single country. In Switzerland, mountains and lakes are an important part of the boundaries between sharply defined linguistic areas. Political canton and circle (sub-canton) boundaries often separate religious groups. Where such boundaries do not appear to be sufficient, we find that specific aspects of the population distribution guarantee either sufficient separation or sufficient mixing to inhibit intergroup violence according to the quantitative theory of conflict. In exactly one region, a porous mountain range does not adequately separate linguistic groups and that region has experienced significant violent conflict, leading to the recent creation of the canton of Jura. Our analysis supports the hypothesis that violence between groups can be inhibited by physical and political boundaries. A similar analysis of the area of the former Yugoslavia shows that during widespread ethnic violence existing political boundaries did not coincide with the boundaries of distinct groups, but peace prevailed in specific areas where they did coincide. The success of peace in Switzerland may serve as a model to resolve conflict in other ethnically diverse countries and regions of the world.
Good Fences: The Importance of Setting Boundaries for Peaceful Coexistence
Rutherford, Alex; Harmon, Dion; Werfel, Justin; Gard-Murray, Alexander S.; Bar-Yam, Shlomiya; Gros, Andreas; Xulvi-Brunet, Ramon; Bar-Yam, Yaneer
2014-01-01
We consider the conditions of peace and violence among ethnic groups, testing a theory designed to predict the locations of violence and interventions that can promote peace. Characterizing the model's success in predicting peace requires examples where peace prevails despite diversity. Switzerland is recognized as a country of peace, stability and prosperity. This is surprising because of its linguistic and religious diversity that in other parts of the world lead to conflict and violence. Here we analyze how peaceful stability is maintained. Our analysis shows that peace does not depend on integrated coexistence, but rather on well defined topographical and political boundaries separating groups, allowing for partial autonomy within a single country. In Switzerland, mountains and lakes are an important part of the boundaries between sharply defined linguistic areas. Political canton and circle (sub-canton) boundaries often separate religious groups. Where such boundaries do not appear to be sufficient, we find that specific aspects of the population distribution guarantee either sufficient separation or sufficient mixing to inhibit intergroup violence according to the quantitative theory of conflict. In exactly one region, a porous mountain range does not adequately separate linguistic groups and that region has experienced significant violent conflict, leading to the recent creation of the canton of Jura. Our analysis supports the hypothesis that violence between groups can be inhibited by physical and political boundaries. A similar analysis of the area of the former Yugoslavia shows that during widespread ethnic violence existing political boundaries did not coincide with the boundaries of distinct groups, but peace prevailed in specific areas where they did coincide. The success of peace in Switzerland may serve as a model to resolve conflict in other ethnically diverse countries and regions of the world. PMID:24847861
42 CFR 435.201 - Individuals included in optional groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 42 Public Health 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Individuals included in optional groups. 435.201... optional groups. (a) The agency may choose to cover as optional categorically needy any group or groups of... eligibility criteria for groups specified in the separate sections of this subpart: (1) Aged individuals (65...
Giersch, Anne; van Assche, Mitsouko; Capa, Rémi L; Marrer, Corinne; Gounot, Daniel
2012-01-01
Looking at a pair of objects is easy when automatic grouping mechanisms bind these objects together, but visual exploration can also be more flexible. It is possible to mentally "re-group" two objects that are not only separate but belong to different pairs of objects. "Re-grouping" is in conflict with automatic grouping, since it entails a separation of each item from the set it belongs to. This ability appears to be impaired in patients with schizophrenia. Here we check if this impairment is selective, which would suggest a dissociation between grouping and "re-grouping," or if it impacts on usual, automatic grouping, which would call for a better understanding of the interactions between automatic grouping and "re-grouping." Sixteen outpatients with schizophrenia and healthy controls had to identify two identical and contiguous target figures within a display of circles and squares alternating around a fixation point. Eye-tracking was used to check central fixation. The target pair could be located in the same or separate hemifields. Identical figures were grouped by a connector (grouped automatically) or not (to be re-grouped). Attention modulation of automatic grouping was tested by manipulating the proportion of connected and unconnected targets, thus prompting subjects to focalize on either connected or unconnected pairs. Both groups were sensitive to automatic grouping in most conditions, but patients were unusually slowed down for connected targets while focalizing on unconnected pairs. In addition, this unusual effect occurred only when targets were presented within the same hemifield. Patients and controls differed on this asymmetry between within- and across-hemifield presentation, suggesting that patients with schizophrenia do not re-group figures in the same way as controls do. We discuss possible implications on how "re-grouping" ties in with ongoing, automatic perception in healthy volunteers.
Aldred, Rachel; Elliott, Bridget; Woodcock, James; Goodman, Anna
2017-01-02
In this paper, we represent a systematic review of stated preference studies examining the extent to which cycle infrastructure preferences vary by gender and by age. A search of online, English-language academic and policy literature was followed by a three-stage screening process to identify relevant studies. We found 54 studies that investigated whether preferences for cycle infrastructure varied by gender and/or by age. Forty-four of these studies considered the extent of separation from motor traffic. The remainder of the studies covered diverse topics, including preferred winter maintenance methods and attitudes to cycle track lighting. We found that women reported stronger preferences than men for greater separation from motor traffic. There was weaker evidence of stronger preferences among older people. Differences in preferences were quantitative rather than qualitative; that is, preferences for separated infrastructure were stronger in some groups than in others, but no group preferred integration with motor traffic. Thus, in low-cycling countries seeking to increase cycling, this evidence suggests focusing on the stronger preferences of under-represented groups as a necessary element of universal design for cycling.
Aldred, Rachel; Elliott, Bridget; Woodcock, James; Goodman, Anna
2017-01-01
ABSTRACT In this paper, we represent a systematic review of stated preference studies examining the extent to which cycle infrastructure preferences vary by gender and by age. A search of online, English-language academic and policy literature was followed by a three-stage screening process to identify relevant studies. We found 54 studies that investigated whether preferences for cycle infrastructure varied by gender and/or by age. Forty-four of these studies considered the extent of separation from motor traffic. The remainder of the studies covered diverse topics, including preferred winter maintenance methods and attitudes to cycle track lighting. We found that women reported stronger preferences than men for greater separation from motor traffic. There was weaker evidence of stronger preferences among older people. Differences in preferences were quantitative rather than qualitative; that is, preferences for separated infrastructure were stronger in some groups than in others, but no group preferred integration with motor traffic. Thus, in low-cycling countries seeking to increase cycling, this evidence suggests focusing on the stronger preferences of under-represented groups as a necessary element of universal design for cycling. PMID:28190905
Chan, Nicholas R
2017-10-25
Birds originated and radiated in the presence of another group of flying vertebrates, the pterosaurs. Opinion is divided as to whether birds competitively displaced pterosaurs from small-body size niches or whether the two groups coexisted with little competition. Previous studies of Mesozoic birds and pterosaurs compared measurements of homologous limb bones to test these hypotheses. However, these characters probably reflect differing ancestries rather than ecologies. Here, competition and ecological separation were tested for using multivariate analyses of functionally equivalent morphological characters. As well as using characters from the fore- and hindlimbs, these analyses also included measurements of the lower jaw. The results of this study indicate that pterosaurs had relatively longer jaws, shorter metatarsals and shorter brachial regions compared with birds of similar size. Contrary to the results of previous studies, the distal wing was not important for separating the two clades in morphospace owing to the inclusion of the primary feathers in this unit. The differences found here indicate ecological separation based on differences in size, locomotory features and feeding adaptations. Thus, instead of one group displacing the other, birds and pterosaurs appear to have adopted distinctive ecological strategies throughout their period of coexistence. © 2017 The Author(s).
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-04-11
... Known as Brinson Partners, Inc., Corporate Center Division; Group Technology Infrastructure Services... Division, Group Technology Infrastructure Services, Distributed Systems and Storage Group, Chicago... Infrastructure Services, Distributed Systems and Storage Group have their wages reported under a separate...
Escrivão, R J A; Webb, E C; Garcês, A P J T
2009-01-01
Fifty-two multiparous Brahman type cows with reproductive tract scoring (RTS) >/=4 at 45 days post-partum were randomly assigned to two groups of 26 cows each separated into an ad libitum suckling group (C) and treatment group (T). Calves in the T group were separated for 12 h during the night from 45 days post-partum to the onset of the breeding season. Body condition score (BCS) and body weight (BW) were recorded 45 days post-partum, at the start of the breeding season, and at pregnancy diagnosis. Calves were weighed at calving and weaning. Weaning weights were corrected to 205 days. BW and BCS at the onset of the breeding season were similar (p > 0.05) between the experimental groups. Calving to breeding intervals were 93 +/- 18 d and 99 +/- 22 d for T and C groups, respectively. Calving to conception intervals differed significantly between the groups (111 +/- 10 d for T and 133 +/- 19 d for C) and a similar result was obtained for the breeding to conception intervals (18 +/- 15 d for T and 31 +/- 19 d for C). Conception rates were 80% for the T group and 59% for the C group, which correlated better with BW than BCS at the onset of the breeding season. Weaning weights differed (p < 0.05) between C and T groups. From 45 days post-partum to the onset of the breeding season, cows in the T group experienced a positive energy balance (3%) while those in the C group had a negative energy balance (-0.1%). It was concluded that 12 h calf separation at night increases the conception rates and improves the calf weaning weights of Bos indicus beef cattle under extensive production systems in sub-tropical conditions.
Large-scale separation of single-walled carbon nanotubes by electronic type using click chemistry
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Um, Jo-Eun; Song, Sun Gu; Yoo, Pil J.; Song, Changsik; Kim, Woo-Jae
2018-01-01
Single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) can be either metallic or semiconducting, making their separation critical for applications in nanoelectronics, biomedical materials, and solar cells. Herein, we investigate a novel solution-phase separation method based on click chemistry (azide-alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition) and determine its efficiency and scalability. In this method, metallic SWCNTs in metallic/semiconducting SWCNT mixtures are selectively functionalized with alkyne groups by being reacted with 4-propargyloxybenezenediazonium tetrafluoroborate. Subsequently, silica nanoparticles are functionalized with azide groups and reacted with alkyne-bearing metallic SWCNTs in the SWCNT mixture in the presence of a Cu catalyst. As a result, metallic SWCNTs are anchored on silica powder, whereas non-functionalized semiconducting SWCNTs remain in solution. Low-speed centrifugation effectively removes the silica powder with attached metallic SWCNTs, furnishing a solution of highly pure semiconducting SWCNTs, as confirmed by Raman and UV-vis/near-infrared absorption measurements. This novel separation scheme exhibits the advantage of simultaneously separating both metallic and semiconducting SWCNTs from their mixtures, being cost-effective and therefore applicable at an industrial scale.
Integral Engine Inlet Particle Separator. Volume 1. Technology Program
1975-07-01
inlet particle separators for future Army aircraft gas turbine engines . Appropriate technical personnel of this Directorate have reviewed this report...USAAMRDL-TR-75-31A I - / INTEGRAL ENGINE INLET PARTICLE SEPARATOR Volume I-- Technology Program General Electric Company Aircraft Engine Group...N1 i 9ap mm tm~qu INTRODUCTION The adverse environments in which Army equipment operates impose severe )enalties upon gas turbine engine performance
Symmetry of extremely floppy molecules: Molecular states beyond rotation-vibration separation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Schmiedt, Hanno; Schlemmer, Stephan; Jensen, Per
2015-10-01
Traditionally, molecules are theoretically described as near-static structures rotating in space. Vibrational motion causing small structural deformations induces a perturbative treatment of the rotation-vibration interaction, which fails in highly fluxional molecules, where all vibrational motions have amplitudes comparable in size to the linear dimensions of the molecule. An example is protonated methane (CH 5+ ) [P. Kumar and D. Marx, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 8, 573 (2006); Z. Jin et al., J. Phys. Chem. A 110, 1569 (2006); and A. S. Petit et al., J. Phys. Chem. A 118, 7206 (2014)]. For these molecules, customary theory fails to simulate reliably even the low-energy spectrum [T. Oka, Science 347, 1313-1314 (2015) and O. Asvany et al., Science 347, 1346-1349 (2015)]. Within the traditional view of rotation and vibration being near-separable, rotational and vibrational wavefunctions can be symmetry classified separately in the molecular symmetry (MS) group [P. Bunker and P. Jensen, Molecular Symmetry and Spectroscopy, NRC Monograph Publishing Program (NRC Research Press, 2006)]. In this article, we discuss a fundamental group theoretical approach to the problem of determining the symmetries of molecular rotation-vibration states. We will show that all MS groups discussed so far are isomorphic to subgroups of the special orthogonal group in three dimensions SO(3). This leads to a group theoretical foundation of the technique of equivalent rotations [H. Longuet-Higgins, Mol. Phys. 6, 445 (1963)]. The group G240 (the MS group of protonated methane) represents, to the best of our knowledge, the first example of a MS group which is not isomorphic to a subgroup of SO(3) (nor of O(3) or of SU(2)). Because of this, a separate symmetry classification of vibrational and rotational wavefunctions becomes impossible in this MS group, consistent with the fact that a decoupling of vibrational and rotational motion is impossible. We discuss here the consequences of this. In conclusion, we show that the prototypical, extremely floppy molecule CH 5+ represents a new class of molecules, where customary group theoretical methods for determining selection rules and spectral assignments fail so that new methods have to be developed.
Chastagner, Philippe
1994-01-01
A system for continuously monitoring the concentration of tritium in an aqueous stream. The system pumps a sample of the stream to magnesium-filled combustion tube which reduces the sample to extract hydrogen gas. The hydrogen gas is then sent to an isotope separation device where it is separated into two groups of isotopes: a first group of isotopes containing concentrations of deuterium and tritium, and a second group of isotopes having substantially no deuterium and tritium. The first group of isotopes containing concentrations of deuterium and tritium is then passed through a tritium detector that produces an output proportional to the concentration of tritium detected. Preferably, the detection system also includes the necessary automation and data collection equipment and instrumentation for continuously monitoring an aqueous stream.
Chastagner, P.
1994-06-14
A system is described for continuously monitoring the concentration of tritium in an aqueous stream. The system pumps a sample of the stream to magnesium-filled combustion tube which reduces the sample to extract hydrogen gas. The hydrogen gas is then sent to an isotope separation device where it is separated into two groups of isotopes: a first group of isotopes containing concentrations of deuterium and tritium, and a second group of isotopes having substantially no deuterium and tritium. The first group of isotopes containing concentrations of deuterium and tritium is then passed through a tritium detector that produces an output proportional to the concentration of tritium detected. Preferably, the detection system also includes the necessary automation and data collection equipment and instrumentation for continuously monitoring an aqueous stream. 1 fig.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Folberth, W.; Heim, G.
1985-12-01
A Fourier spectrometer was used in order to measure the spectral emissivity E(k) of human skin in the FIR region k=190-420 cm-1. Three studies on patient groups with defined chronic diseases have been performed: patients with untreated bronchial carcinoma, patients with rheumatic arthritis and patients with chronic renal insufficiency. In comparison with a symptomfree control group all patient groups show significant differences in E(k). As result of a discriminant analysis a separation of 95.7% between carcinoma patients and control persons is possible. The separation quotes between the other groups indicate that patients with malignant neoplasms can be discriminated from other chronically ill persons.
Some common indices of group diversity: upper boundaries.
Solanas, Antonio; Selvam, Rejina M; Navarro, José; Leiva, David
2012-12-01
Workgroup diversity can be conceptualized as variety, separation, or disparity. Thus, the proper operationalization of diversity depends on how a diversity dimension has been defined. Analytically, the minimal diversity must be obtained when there are no differences on an attribute among the members of a group, however maximal diversity has a different shape for each conceptualization of diversity. Previous work on diversity indexes indicated maximum values for variety (e.g., Blau's index and Teachman's index), separation (e.g., standard deviation and mean Euclidean distance), and disparity (e.g., coefficient of variation and the Gini coefficient of concentration), although these maximum values are not valid for all group characteristics (i.e., group size and group size parity) and attribute scales (i.e., number of categories). We demonstrate analytically appropriate upper boundaries for conditional diversity determined by some specific group characteristics, avoiding the bias related to absolute diversity. This will allow applied researchers to make better interpretations regarding the relationship between group diversity and group outcomes.
METHOD OF SEPARATING TETRAVALENT PLUTONIUM VALUES FROM CERIUM SUB-GROUP RARE EARTH VALUES
Duffield, R.B.; Stoughton, R.W.
1959-02-01
A method is presented for separating plutonium from the cerium sub-group of rare earths when both are present in an aqueous solution. The method consists in adding an excess of alkali metal carbonate to the solution, which causes the formation of a soluble plutonium carbonate precipitate and at the same time forms an insoluble cerium-group rare earth carbonate. The pH value must be adjusted to bctween 5.5 and 7.5, and prior to the precipitation step the plutonium must be reduced to the tetravalent state since only tetravalent plutonium will form the soluble carbonate complex.
Yao, Mao-lin; Zhang, Ai-hua; Yu, Chun; Xu, Yu-yan; Hu, Yong; Xiao, Ting-ting; Wang, Lei
2013-09-01
To establish coal arsenic poisoning rat model by feeding the rats with the corn powder baked by high arsenic coal as the main raw material. Fifty Wistar rats, healthy, were randomly divided into 5 groups according to the figures of their weights, including control group, drinking arsenic poisoning water group, low, medium and high arsenic contaminated grain group, 10 rats for each.Rats in control group and drinking arsenic poisoning water group were fed with standard feed without any arsenic containing. Rats in water group would drink 100 mg/L As2O3 solution and the rats in arsenic grain groups would be fed with the arsenic contaminated grain at the dose of 25, 50 and 100 mg/kg, respectively. The duration would last for 3 months.General situation and weight were observed. At the same time, the arsenic contents of urine, hair, liver and kidney of the rats in each group were detected, as well as the histopathology changes of liver and kidney, and the ultra structure of liver was observed. The arsenic contents of urine (median(min-max)) of the rats in the arsenic water group, low, medium and high arsenic grain groups were separately 3055.59 (722.43-6389.05), 635.96(367.85-1551.31), 1453.84 (593.27-5302.94) and 3101.11 (666.64-6858.61) µg/g Cr; while the arsenic contents of hair of the rats in the above groups were separately (23.07 ± 10.38), (8.87 ± 3.31), (12.43 ± 6.65) and (25.68 ± 7.16) µg/g; the arsenic contents of liver of the rats in the above groups were separately (5.68 ± 3.13), (2.64 ± 1.52), (3.89 ± 1.76) and (5.34 ± 2.78) µg/g; and the arsenic contents of kidney were separately (6.90 ± 1.94), (3.48 ± 1.96), (5.03 ± 2.08) and (7.02 ± 1.62) µg/g; which were all significantly higher than those in the control group (86.70 (49.71-106.104) µg/g Cr,(1.28 ± 0.37) µg/g, (1.01 ± 0.34) µg/g and (1.82 ± 1.09) µg/g, respectively). The difference showed significance (P < 0.05). Under electron microscope detection, we observed the reduction of mitochondrial, the blurred mitochondrial cristae, some disappeared ridges, the reduced rough endoplasmic reticulum, and irregular uneven nuclear in the liver cells of rats in arsenic contaminated grain group. The contents of aspartate transaminase (AST) and total bile acid (TBA) in medium and high arsenic contaminated grain group were respectively (196.17 ± 46.18), (212.40 ± 35.14) U/L and (11.74 ± 4.07), (19.19 ± 4.68)µmol/L, which were higher than it in the control group (separately (143.10 ± 29.13) U/L and (6.23 ± 2.95)µmol/L). The contents of glutathione-S-transferases(GST), γ-glutamyltranspeptidase (GGT)and blood urea nitrogen (BUN)in high arsenic contaminated grain group were separately (196.21 ± 47.38)U/L, (1.71 ± 0.66)U/L, (9.54 ± 1.95)mmol/L, which were higher than that in the control group ((134.93 ± 24.80 )U/L, (0.75 ± 0.36)U/L, (7.67 ± 1.02)mmol/L, respectively). The contents of cholinesterase (CHE) in low, medium and high arsenic contaminated grain group were separately (259.90 ± 52.71)U/L, (263.44 ± 66.06)U/L and (244.90 ± 36.14)U/L, the contents of total protein(TP) in rats of high arsenic contaminated grain group were (62.64 ± 5.50)g/L, which was all lower than that in the control group ((448.33 ± 59.67)U/L, (69.38 ± 4.24)g/L, respectively). The contents of TBA in high arsenic contaminated grain group ( (19.19 ± 4.68) µmol/L) was higher than that in drinking water arsenic poisoning group ((15.15 ± 2.64)µmol/L). The differences of the above indexes were all significant (P < 0.05). The results showed the arsenic poisoning rat model produced by coal-burning were successfully established.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Rothwell, Erin; Siharath, Kassidy; Bell, Steven; Nguyen, Kim; Baker, Carla
2011-01-01
When groups form, they develop their own culture from the shared meaning created from their interactions. Humor is part of every social group, and when repeatedly referenced, it forms a joking culture. The joking culture of small groups influences group processes by smoothing group interaction, forming a collective identity, separating the group…
Giersch, Anne; van Assche, Mitsouko; Capa, Rémi L.; Marrer, Corinne; Gounot, Daniel
2012-01-01
Looking at a pair of objects is easy when automatic grouping mechanisms bind these objects together, but visual exploration can also be more flexible. It is possible to mentally “re-group” two objects that are not only separate but belong to different pairs of objects. “Re-grouping” is in conflict with automatic grouping, since it entails a separation of each item from the set it belongs to. This ability appears to be impaired in patients with schizophrenia. Here we check if this impairment is selective, which would suggest a dissociation between grouping and “re-grouping,” or if it impacts on usual, automatic grouping, which would call for a better understanding of the interactions between automatic grouping and “re-grouping.” Sixteen outpatients with schizophrenia and healthy controls had to identify two identical and contiguous target figures within a display of circles and squares alternating around a fixation point. Eye-tracking was used to check central fixation. The target pair could be located in the same or separate hemifields. Identical figures were grouped by a connector (grouped automatically) or not (to be re-grouped). Attention modulation of automatic grouping was tested by manipulating the proportion of connected and unconnected targets, thus prompting subjects to focalize on either connected or unconnected pairs. Both groups were sensitive to automatic grouping in most conditions, but patients were unusually slowed down for connected targets while focalizing on unconnected pairs. In addition, this unusual effect occurred only when targets were presented within the same hemifield. Patients and controls differed on this asymmetry between within- and across-hemifield presentation, suggesting that patients with schizophrenia do not re-group figures in the same way as controls do. We discuss possible implications on how “re-grouping” ties in with ongoing, automatic perception in healthy volunteers. PMID:22912621
Pongstabodee, Sangobtip; Kunachitpimol, Napatr; Damronglerd, Somsak
2008-01-01
The aim of this research was to separate the different plastics of a mixed post-consumer plastic waste by the combination of a three-stage sink-float method and selective flotation. By using the three-stage sink-float method, six mixed-plastic wastes, belonging to the 0.3-0.5 cm size class and including high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene (PP), polyvinylchloride (PVC), polystyrene (PS), polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers (ABS) were separated into two groups, i.e., a low density plastic group (HDPE and PP) and a high density plastic group (PET, PVC, PS and ABS) by tap water. Plastic whose density is less than that of the medium solution floats to the surface, while the one whose density is greater than that of the medium solution sinks to the bottom. The experimental results elucidated that complete separation of HDPE from PP was achieved by the three-stage sink-float method with 50% v/v ethyl alcohol. To succeed in the separation of a PS/ABS mixture from a PET/PVC mixture by the three-stage sink-float method, a 30% w/v calcium chloride solution was employed. To further separate post-consumer PET/PVC and PS/ABS based on plastic type, selective flotation was carried out. In order to succeed in selective flotation separation, it is necessary to render hydrophilic the surface of one or more species while the others are kept in a hydrophobic state. In flotation studies, the effects of wetting agent, frother, pH of solution and electrolyte on separation were determined. The selective flotation results showed that when using 500 mg l(-1) calcium lignosulfonate, 0.01 ppm MIBC, and 0.1 mg l(-1) CaCl2 at pH 11, PET could be separated from PVC. To separate ABS from PS, 200 mg l(-1) calcium lignosulfonate and 0.1 mg l(-1) CaCl2 at pH 7 were used as a flotation solution. Wettability of plastic increases when adding CaCl2 and corresponds to a decrease in its contact angles and to a reduction in the recovery of plastic in the floated product.
20 CFR 404.1206 - Retirement system coverage groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Section 404.1206 Employees' Benefits SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION FEDERAL OLD-AGE, SURVIVORS AND... of any one of the following groupings of employees as a separate retirement system: (1) The entire... coverage group is a grouping of employees in positions under a retirement system. Employees in positions...
Construction of Student Groups Using Belbin: Supporting Group Work in Environmental Management
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Smith, Mark; Polglase, Giles; Parry, Carolyn
2012-01-01
Belbin team role self and observer perceptions were applied to a large cohort (145) of Geography, Earth and Environmental Sciences undergraduates in a module assessed through two separate group projects. Students self-selected groups for the first project; for the second, groups were more "balanced." Results show slight improvement in…
Process for recovering chaotropic anions from an aqueous solution also containing other ions
Rogers, Robin; Horwitz, E. Philip; Bond, Andrew H.
1999-01-01
A solid/liquid process for the separation and recovery of chaotropic anions from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid support comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups, whereas the aqueous solution from which the chaotropic anions are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved salt (lyotrope). A solid/liquid phase admixture of separation particles containing bound chaotropic anions in such an aqueous solution is also contemplated, as is a chromatography apparatus containing that solid/liquid phase admixture.
Process for recovering chaotropic anions from an aqueous solution also containing other ions
Rogers, R.; Horwitz, E.P.; Bond, A.H.
1999-03-30
A solid/liquid process for the separation and recovery of chaotropic anions from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid support comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups, whereas the aqueous solution from which the chaotropic anions are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved salt (lyotrope). A solid/liquid phase admixture of separation particles containing bound chaotropic anions in such an aqueous solution is also contemplated, as is a chromatography apparatus containing that solid/liquid phase admixture. 19 figs.
Method for improving the sedimentation and filterability of coal-derived liquids
Katz, Sidney; Rodgers, Billy R.
1979-01-02
An improvement in the separation of suspended solids from coal-derived liquids by a separations process in which solids size is a separations parameter is achieved by contacting the coal-derived liquid containing suspended solids with an effective amount of an additive selected from the group of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, phosphoric anhydride and salts of sulfuric and phosphoric acid, and maintaining the contacted liquid at a temperature within the range of about 150.degree.-400.degree. C and for a time sufficient to achieve the desired separation rate.
Simultaneous message framing and error detection
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Frey, A. H., Jr.
1968-01-01
Circuitry simultaneously inserts message framing information and detects noise errors in binary code data transmissions. Separate message groups are framed without requiring both framing bits and error-checking bits, and predetermined message sequence are separated from other message sequences without being hampered by intervening noise.
UV Grafting Modification of Polyethylene Separator for Liion Battery
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lv, Xiaoyuan; Li, Hua; Zhang, Zhiqiang; Chang, Hiunam; Jiang, Li; Liu, Hezhou
Polyethylene (PE) separator was modified by UV grafting methyl acrylate (MA) and nano-SiO2 composite layer. The structure of functional group and morphology of the separator were analyzed by Fourier transform infrared spectrum (FT-IR) and scanning electron microscope (SEM). The wetting behavior and the heat resistance of the separator were also investigated by contact angle test and thermal shrinkage test respectively. The results show that MA/nano-SiO2 composite layer is successfully grafted onto the PE separator, and the addition of the DI water and butanol can make the nano-SiO2 dispersed better and lead to a microporous structure of the grafting layer. The grafted separator has a better wettability and heat resistance than the pristine one.
Cross-linked polymeric membranes for carbon dioxide separation
Hong, Tao; Chatterjee, Sabornie; Mahurin, Shannon Mark; Long, Brian Keith; Jiang, De-en; Mays, Jimmy Wayne; Sokolov, Alexei P.; Saito, Tomonori
2018-01-23
A membrane useful in gas separation, the membrane comprising a cross-linked polysiloxane structure having a cross-link density of about 0.1.times.10.sup.-5 mol/cm.sup.3 to about 6.times.10.sup.-5 mol/cm.sup.3, where, in particular embodiments, the cross-linked polysiloxane structure has the following general structure: ##STR00001## wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.5, and R.sup.6 are independently selected from hydrocarbon groups having at least 1 and up to 6 carbon atoms; A.sup.1 and A.sup.2 are independently selected from cyclic hydrocarbon groups; L.sup.1 and L.sup.2 are linking groups or covalent bonds; n is an integer of at least 1; r and s are independently selected from integers of at least 1; and p is an integer of at least 10. The invention also includes methods for making and using the above-described membranes for gas separation.
Dramatic changes in muscle contractile and structural properties after 2 botulinum toxin injections.
Minamoto, Viviane B; Suzuki, Kentaro P; Bremner, Shannon N; Lieber, Richard L; Ward, Samuel R
2015-10-01
Botulinum toxin is frequently administered serially to maintain therapeutic muscle paralysis, but the effect of repeated doses on muscle function are largely unknown. This study characterized the muscle response to 2 onabotulinum toxin (BoNT) injections separated by 3 months. Animal subjects received a single toxin injection (n = 8), 2 BoNT injections separated by 3 months (n = 14), or 1 BoNT and 1 saline injection separated by 3 months (n = 8). The functional effect of 2 serial injections was exponentially greater than the effect of a single injection. While both groups treated with a single BoNT injection had decreased torque in the injected leg by approximately 50% relative to contralateral legs, the double BoNT injected group had decreased torque by over 95% relative to the preinjection level. Both single and double BoNT injections produced clear signs of fiber-type grouping. These experiments demonstrate a disproportionately greater effect of repeated BoNT injections. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Recognizing Age-Separated Face Images: Humans and Machines
Yadav, Daksha; Singh, Richa; Vatsa, Mayank; Noore, Afzel
2014-01-01
Humans utilize facial appearance, gender, expression, aging pattern, and other ancillary information to recognize individuals. It is interesting to observe how humans perceive facial age. Analyzing these properties can help in understanding the phenomenon of facial aging and incorporating the findings can help in designing effective algorithms. Such a study has two components - facial age estimation and age-separated face recognition. Age estimation involves predicting the age of an individual given his/her facial image. On the other hand, age-separated face recognition consists of recognizing an individual given his/her age-separated images. In this research, we investigate which facial cues are utilized by humans for estimating the age of people belonging to various age groups along with analyzing the effect of one's gender, age, and ethnicity on age estimation skills. We also analyze how various facial regions such as binocular and mouth regions influence age estimation and recognition capabilities. Finally, we propose an age-invariant face recognition algorithm that incorporates the knowledge learned from these observations. Key observations of our research are: (1) the age group of newborns and toddlers is easiest to estimate, (2) gender and ethnicity do not affect the judgment of age group estimation, (3) face as a global feature, is essential to achieve good performance in age-separated face recognition, and (4) the proposed algorithm yields improved recognition performance compared to existing algorithms and also outperforms a commercial system in the young image as probe scenario. PMID:25474200
Recognizing age-separated face images: humans and machines.
Yadav, Daksha; Singh, Richa; Vatsa, Mayank; Noore, Afzel
2014-01-01
Humans utilize facial appearance, gender, expression, aging pattern, and other ancillary information to recognize individuals. It is interesting to observe how humans perceive facial age. Analyzing these properties can help in understanding the phenomenon of facial aging and incorporating the findings can help in designing effective algorithms. Such a study has two components--facial age estimation and age-separated face recognition. Age estimation involves predicting the age of an individual given his/her facial image. On the other hand, age-separated face recognition consists of recognizing an individual given his/her age-separated images. In this research, we investigate which facial cues are utilized by humans for estimating the age of people belonging to various age groups along with analyzing the effect of one's gender, age, and ethnicity on age estimation skills. We also analyze how various facial regions such as binocular and mouth regions influence age estimation and recognition capabilities. Finally, we propose an age-invariant face recognition algorithm that incorporates the knowledge learned from these observations. Key observations of our research are: (1) the age group of newborns and toddlers is easiest to estimate, (2) gender and ethnicity do not affect the judgment of age group estimation, (3) face as a global feature, is essential to achieve good performance in age-separated face recognition, and (4) the proposed algorithm yields improved recognition performance compared to existing algorithms and also outperforms a commercial system in the young image as probe scenario.
The effect of chair massage on muscular discomfort in cardiac sonographers: a pilot study
2010-01-01
Background Cardiac sonographers frequently have work-related muscular discomfort. We aimed to assess the feasibility of having sonographers receive massages during working hours in an area adjacent to an echocardiography laboratory and to assess relief of discomfort with use of the massages with or without stretching exercises. Methods A group of 45 full-time sonographers was randomly assigned to receive weekly 30-minute massage sessions, massages plus stretching exercises to be performed twice a day, or no intervention. Outcome measures were scores of the QuickDASH instrument and its associated work module at baseline and at 10 weeks of intervention. Data were analyzed with standard descriptive statistics and the separation test for early-phase comparative trials. Results Forty-four participants completed the study: 15 in the control group, 14 in the massage group, and 15 in the massage plus stretches group. Some improvement was seen in work-related discomfort by the QuickDASH scores and work module scores in the 2 intervention groups. The separation test showed separation in favor of the 2 interventions. Conclusion On the basis of the results of this pilot study, larger trials are warranted to evaluate the effect of massages with or without stretching on work-related discomfort in cardiac sonographers. Trial Registration NCT00975026 ClinicalTrials.gov PMID:20846441
2016-01-01
Monodisperse oligodimethylsiloxanes end-functionalized with the hydrogen-bonding ureidopyrimidinone (UPy) motif undergo phase separation between their aromatic end groups and dimethylsiloxane midblocks to form ordered nanostructures with domain spacings of <5 nm. The self-assembly behavior of these well-defined oligomers resembles that of high degree of polymerization (N)–high block interaction parameter (χ) linear diblock copolymers despite their small size. Specifically, the phase morphology varies from lamellar to hexagonal to body-centered cubic with increasing asymmetry in molecular volume fraction. Mixing molecules with different molecular weights to give dispersity >1.13 results in disorder, showing importance of molecular monodispersity for ultrasmall ordered phase separation. In contrast, oligodimethylsiloxanes end-functionalized with an O-benzylated UPy derivative self-assemble into lamellar nanostructures regardless of volume fraction because of the strong preference of the end groups to aggregate in a planar geometry. Thus, these molecules display more classically liquid-crystalline self-assembly behavior where the lamellar bilayer thickness is determined by the siloxane midblock. Here the lamellar nanostructure is tolerant to molecular polydispersity. We show the importance of end groups in high χ–low N block molecules, where block-copolymer-like self-assembly in our UPy-functionalized oligodimethylsiloxanes relies upon the dominance of phase separation effects over directional end group aggregation. PMID:27054381
Chaulet, P; Boulahbal, F
1995-10-01
The Matiben Chest Clinic at the West Algiers University Teaching Hospital, and 3 outpatient clinics specializing in tuberculosis and lung disease in Algiers. To determine the tolerance and efficacy of a fixed proportion combination of 3 antituberculosis drugs (per tablet: 50 mg isoniazid + 120 mg rifampicin + 300 mg pyrazinamide) given during the first 2 months of a daily 6-month chemotherapy regimen. Random prospective treatment trial comparing a group of 124 patients receiving the triple combination with another group of 126 patients receiving the 3 drugs separately during the initial treatment phase. The continuation phase was identical for the 2 groups. Comparison of tolerance in the first 2 months, and of the failure and relapse rates (respectively at the end of treatment and 24 months after the end of treatment). During the first 2 months side-effects were significantly more common in the group receiving the drugs separately. At the end of treatment and during the following 24 months there were no significant differences in the cumulative rates of observed failures and relapses (2% and 1%). The triple combination studied could replace the separate drugs in the initial treatment phase in countries where the bioavailability of the drugs used has been proven.
Systematic Changes in Families Following Prevention Trials
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Patterson, Gerald R.; DeGarmo, David; Forgatch, Marion S.
2004-01-01
A selective prevention design was applied to 238 recently separated families. Of these, 153 mothers randomly assigned to the experimental (E) group participated in 14 group sessions focused on Parent Management Treatment (PMT). Prior analyses showed that, over time, the group of families in the untreated group deteriorated in both parenting…
Kacenelenbogen, Nadine; Dramaix-Wilmet, Michèle; Schetgen, M; Roland, M
2014-07-22
Analyse the parental behaviours that are recognised as influencing the health of very young children based on family structure (parents separated or not). Cross-sectional study. Free preventive medicine consultations in the French Community of Belgium. Examination of 79 701 infants aged 7-11 months as part of a free preventive medicine consultation. The data came from an assessment conducted 7-11 months after birth during which information was collected, namely about the parents' use of tobacco, the infant's type of nutrition and adherence to vaccination schedules. Parental behaviours: smoking, nutrition and compliance with vaccination schedule. The percentage of infants whose parents were separated was 6.6%. After adjusting for the cultural and socioeconomic environment as well as for other potential confounders, in the event of separation as compared with non-separated parents, the adjusted ORs (95% CI) were as follows: 1.5 (1.3 to 1.7) for the infant's exposure to tobacco; 1.3 (1.2 to 1.4) for total lack of exclusive breast feeding; 1.3 (1.1 to 1.4) and 1.2 (1.1 to 1.2) for breast feeding for a duration of less than 3 and 6 months, respectively; 1.2 (1.1 to 1.4) for non-compliance with the vaccination schedule against rotavirus. The duration of exclusive breast feeding was shorter when parents were separated (p<0.001; median 10 vs 13 weeks). This study reinforces the possibility that parental separation is independently associated with certain parental at-risk behaviours regarding the children's health. This observation should be verified because this could result in major consequences for the work of family doctors, in particular in terms of parent information and targeted prevention. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.
Texture variations suppress suprathreshold brightness and colour variations.
Schofield, Andrew J; Kingdom, Frederick A A
2014-01-01
Discriminating material changes from illumination changes is a key function of early vision. Luminance cues are ambiguous in this regard, but can be disambiguated by co-incident changes in colour and texture. Thus, colour and texture are likely to be given greater prominence than luminance for object segmentation, and better segmentation should in turn produce stronger grouping. We sought to measure the relative strengths of combined luminance, colour and texture contrast using a suprathreshhold, psychophysical grouping task. Stimuli comprised diagonal grids of circular patches bordered by a thin black line and contained combinations of luminance decrements with either violet, red, or texture increments. There were two tasks. In the Separate task the different cues were presented separately in a two-interval design, and participants indicated which interval contained the stronger orientation structure. In the Combined task the cues were combined to produce competing orientation structure in a single image. Participants had to indicate which orientation, and therefore which cue was dominant. Thus we established the relative grouping strength of each cue pair presented separately, and compared this to their relative grouping strength when combined. In this way we observed suprathreshold interactions between cues and were able to assess cue dominance at ecologically relevant signal levels. Participants required significantly more luminance and colour compared to texture contrast in the Combined compared to Separate conditions (contrast ratios differed by about 0.1 log units), showing that suprathreshold texture dominates colour and luminance when the different cues are presented in combination.
A study on the efficacy and safety of combining dental surgery with tonsillectomy in pediatrics
Syed, Faizaan; Uffman, Joshua C; Tumin, Dmitry; Flaitz, Catherine M; Tobias, Joseph D; Raman, Vidya T
2018-01-01
Purpose Few data exist on combining pediatric surgical procedures under a single general anesthetic encounter (general anesthesia). We compared perioperative outcomes of combining dental surgical procedures with tonsillectomy during one anesthetic vs separate encounters. Methods We classified elective tonsillectomy ± adenoidectomy and restorative dentistry as combined (group C) or separate (group S). Outcomes included anesthesia time, recovery duration, the need for overnight hospital stay, and postoperative complications. Results Patients aged 4±1 years underwent tonsillectomy and dental surgery in combination (n=7) or separately (n=27). No differences were noted in total anesthesia time (C: median: 150, interquartile range [IQR]: 99, 165 vs S: median: 109, IQR: 92, 132; 95% CI of difference in median: −58, +10 minutes; P=0.115) and total recovery time (C: median: 54, IQR: 40, 108 vs S: median: 72, IQR: 58, 109; 95% CI of difference in median: −16, +48 minutes; P=0.307). The need for overnight stay (C: 4 of 7, S: 20 of 27; P=0.394) did not differ between the groups. No postoperative complications were noted in either group. Conclusion These preliminary data support the potential feasibility of combining dental procedures with tonsillectomy during a single anesthetic encounter. Such care may not only reduce costs but also limit parental work absences and increase convenience for patient families. When compared with procedures performed separately, combined procedures did not result in increased morbidity or significant changes in postoperative outcomes. PMID:29628777
A study on the efficacy and safety of combining dental surgery with tonsillectomy in pediatrics.
Syed, Faizaan; Uffman, Joshua C; Tumin, Dmitry; Flaitz, Catherine M; Tobias, Joseph D; Raman, Vidya T
2018-01-01
Few data exist on combining pediatric surgical procedures under a single general anesthetic encounter (general anesthesia). We compared perioperative outcomes of combining dental surgical procedures with tonsillectomy during one anesthetic vs separate encounters. We classified elective tonsillectomy ± adenoidectomy and restorative dentistry as combined (group C) or separate (group S). Outcomes included anesthesia time, recovery duration, the need for overnight hospital stay, and postoperative complications. Patients aged 4±1 years underwent tonsillectomy and dental surgery in combination (n=7) or separately (n=27). No differences were noted in total anesthesia time (C: median: 150, interquartile range [IQR]: 99, 165 vs S: median: 109, IQR: 92, 132; 95% CI of difference in median: -58, +10 minutes; P =0.115) and total recovery time (C: median: 54, IQR: 40, 108 vs S: median: 72, IQR: 58, 109; 95% CI of difference in median: -16, +48 minutes; P =0.307). The need for overnight stay (C: 4 of 7, S: 20 of 27; P =0.394) did not differ between the groups. No postoperative complications were noted in either group. These preliminary data support the potential feasibility of combining dental procedures with tonsillectomy during a single anesthetic encounter. Such care may not only reduce costs but also limit parental work absences and increase convenience for patient families. When compared with procedures performed separately, combined procedures did not result in increased morbidity or significant changes in postoperative outcomes.
Wu, Ze-ying; Rühle, Christian P G; Marriott, Philip J
2011-07-01
Commercial nonylphenol polyethoxylates, designated as NPnEOs, where n is the number of ethoxy groups, comprise a range of ethoxylate groups. According to the starting material nonylphenol, they may also be composed of a complex mix of isomeric nonyl substituents. In order to study more fully the heterogeneity arising from both the ethoxylate and nonyl groups, a mixture of NPnEOs is first fractionated by normal phase liquid chromatography (NPLC) into separate fractions comprising individual ethoxymers, n. Preparative collection of each early elution ethoxymer fraction allows further separation of different isomeric nonyl group components by using analytical gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS). The nonyl isomers are not resolved in the NPLC method. The distribution of the isomeric nonyl side chain of different ethoxymers bears close resemblance with each other, and also with the original nonylphenol starting material, although separation efficiency of the nonyl isomers for each ethoxymer decreases with increasing ethoxymer number. Mass spectrometry of the separated isomers display close similarity for presumed equivalent isomers in each fraction, based on elution order of the nonyl isomers. This suggests that each corresponding peak has the same isomer structure. Mass spectra are interpreted based on branching within the nonyl side chain. Preparative GC coupled with MS and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy elucidated the molecular structure of one of the resolved isomers as 4-(1,3-dimethyl-1-propyl-butyl)-phenol diethoxylate. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Fathering After Marital Separation
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Keshet, Harry Finkelstein; Rosenthal, Kristine M.
1978-01-01
Deals with experiences of a group of separated or divorced fathers who chose to remain fully involved in the upbringing of their children. As they underwent transition from married parenthood to single fatherhood, these men learned that meeting demands of child care contributed to personal stability and growth. (Author)
High efficiency protein separation with organosilane assembled silica coated magnetic nanoparticles
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chang, Jeong Ho; Kang, Ki Ho; Choi, Jinsub; Jeong, Young Keun
2008-10-01
This work describes the development of high efficiency protein separation with functionalized organosilanes on the surface of silica coated magnetic nanoparticles. The magnetic nanoparticles were synthesized with average particle size of 9 nm and silica coated magnetic nanoparticles were obtained by controlling the coating thicknesses on magnetic nanoparticles. The silica coating thickness could be uniformly sized with a diameter of 10-40 nm by a sol-gel approach. The surface modification was performed with four kinds of functionalized organosilanes such as carboxyl, aldehyde, amine, and thiol groups. The protein separation work with organosilane assembled silica coated magnetic nanoparticles was achieved for model proteins such as bovine serum albumin (BSA) and lysozyme (LSZ) at different pH conditions. Among the various functionalities, the thiol group showed good separation efficiency due to the change of electrostatic interactions and protein conformational structure. The adsorption efficiency of BSA and LSZ was up to 74% and 90% corresponding pH 4.65 and pH 11.
Understanding thread properties for red blood cell antigen assays: weak ABO blood typing.
Nilghaz, Azadeh; Zhang, Liyuan; Li, Miaosi; Ballerini, David R; Shen, Wei
2014-12-24
"Thread-based microfluidics" research has so far focused on utilizing and manipulating the wicking properties of threads to form controllable microfluidic channels. In this study we aim to understand the separation properties of threads, which are important to their microfluidic detection applications for blood analysis. Confocal microscopy was utilized to investigate the effect of the microscale surface morphologies of fibers on the thread's separation efficiency of red blood cells. We demonstrated the remarkably different separation properties of threads made using silk and cotton fibers. Thread separation properties dominate the clarity of blood typing assays of the ABO groups and some of their weak subgroups (Ax and A3). The microfluidic thread-based analytical devices (μTADs) designed in this work were used to accurately type different blood samples, including 89 normal ABO and 6 weak A subgroups. By selecting thread with the right surface morphology, we were able to build μTADs capable of providing rapid and accurate typing of the weak blood groups with high clarity.
Sun, Xiuhua; Yang, Weichun; Pan, Tao; Woolley, Adam T
2008-07-01
Immunoaffinity monolith pretreatment columns have been coupled with capillary electrophoresis separation in poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) microchips. Microdevices were designed with eight reservoirs to enable the electrically controlled transport of selected analytes and solutions to carry out integrated immunoaffinity extraction and electrophoretic separation. The PMMA microdevices were fabricated reproducibly and with high fidelity by solvent imprinting and thermal bonding methods. Monoliths with epoxy groups for antibody immobilization were prepared by direct in situ photopolymerization of glycidyl methacrylate and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate in a porogenic solvent consisting of 70% 1-dodecanol and 30% cyclohexanol. Antifluorescein isothiocyanate was utilized as a model affinity group in the monoliths, and the immobilization process was optimized. A mean elution efficiency of 92% was achieved for the monolith-based extraction of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC)-tagged human serum albumin. FITC-tagged proteins were purified from a contaminant protein and then separated electrophoretically using these devices. The developed immunoaffinity column/capillary electrophoresis microdevices show great promise for combining sample pretreatment and separation in biomolecular analysis.
Sun, Xiuhua; Yang, Weichun; Pan, Tao; Woolley, Adam T.
2008-01-01
Immunoaffinity monolith pretreatment columns have been coupled with capillary electrophoresis separation in poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) microchips. Microdevices were designed with 8 reservoirs to enable the electrically controlled transport of selected analytes and solutions to carry out integrated immunoaffinity extraction and electrophoretic separation. The PMMA microdevices were fabricated reproducibly and with high fidelity by solvent imprinting and thermal bonding methods. Monoliths with epoxy groups for antibody immobilization were prepared by direct in-situ photopolymerization of glycidyl methacrylate and ethylene dimethacrylate in a porogenic solvent consisting of 70% dodecanol and 30% hexanol. Anti-fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) was utilized as a model affinity group in the monoliths, and the immobilization process was optimized. A mean elution efficiency of 92% was achieved for the monolith-based extraction of FITC-tagged human serum albumin. FITC-tagged proteins were purified from a contaminant protein and then separated electrophoretically using these devices. The developed immunoaffinity column/capillary electrophoresis microdevices show great promise for combining sample pretreatment and separation in biomolecular analysis. PMID:18479142
Joint Blind Source Separation by Multi-set Canonical Correlation Analysis
Li, Yi-Ou; Adalı, Tülay; Wang, Wei; Calhoun, Vince D
2009-01-01
In this work, we introduce a simple and effective scheme to achieve joint blind source separation (BSS) of multiple datasets using multi-set canonical correlation analysis (M-CCA) [1]. We first propose a generative model of joint BSS based on the correlation of latent sources within and between datasets. We specify source separability conditions, and show that, when the conditions are satisfied, the group of corresponding sources from each dataset can be jointly extracted by M-CCA through maximization of correlation among the extracted sources. We compare source separation performance of the M-CCA scheme with other joint BSS methods and demonstrate the superior performance of the M-CCA scheme in achieving joint BSS for a large number of datasets, group of corresponding sources with heterogeneous correlation values, and complex-valued sources with circular and non-circular distributions. We apply M-CCA to analysis of functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data from multiple subjects and show its utility in estimating meaningful brain activations from a visuomotor task. PMID:20221319
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Kawamura, K.; Okuwaki, A.; Verheyen, T.
In order to develop separation processes and analytical methods for aromatic carboxylic acids for the coal oxidation products, the separation behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids on a reversed-phase HPLC using eluent containing quaternary ammonium salt has been investigated. The retention mechanism of aromatic carboxylic acids was discussed on the basis of both ion-pair partition model and ion-exchange model. The retention behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids possessing one (or two) carboxylic acid group(s) followed the ion-pair partition model, where linear free energy relationship was observed between the capacity factor and the extraction equilibrium constants of benzoic acid and naphthalene carboxylic acid.more » Besides, the retention behavior followed ion-exchange model with increasing the number of carboxylic acids, where the capacity factor of benzene polycarboxylic acids is proportional to the association constants between aromatic acids and quaternary ammonium ions calculated on the basis of an electrostatic interaction model.« less
[Experimental study of metabonomics in the diagnosis of allergic rhinitis in mice].
Wang, A; Li, Q F; Zhang, G Q; Zhao, C Q
2016-02-01
To investigate the application of metabonomics in the diagnosis of allergic rhinitis. Eighty male Kunming mice were randomly divided into two groups, control group (30 mice) and allergic rhinitis (AR) group (50 mice). After modeling, removal behavior score more than 6 and retain 30 mice behavior score equal to 6.Collect the mice peripheral blood and preparate blood serum, using UPLC-MS chromatographic separation and detection. The data were pretreated by SPSS and Excel, after chromatographic peak matching by MZmine. Firstly , delete interference data in accordance with the 80% rule .Then, the investigate data were analyzed by PLS-DA and PCA-X. Three-dimensional view of the control group (30 mice) and AR group (30 mice) blood serum data was drawn using PCA-X and PLS-DA method. The two groups of samples could be completely separated through views, which showed that there was a significant difference between the two groups of data. There were some differences in the blood metabolites between the control group and AR group . The study showed that it was scientific and feasible to diagnose AR using the metabonomics.
Vasavada, Vaishali; Vasavada, Viraj A; Werner, Liliana; Mamalis, Nick; Vasavada, Abhay R; Crandall, Alan S
2008-07-01
To compare the corticocapsular separation created by viscodissection and by hydrodissection using Miyake-Apple video-photographic analysis. University-based center. Fourteen cadaver eyes were randomized to hydrodissection (Group 1, n=7) or viscodissection (Group 2, n=7). Twelve eyes were prepared for Miyake-Apple viewing. One eye in each group was prepared to simulate a closed chamber. On Miyake-Apple viewing, corticocapsular separation was graded from 0 to 3 after hydrodissection/viscodissection and at the sculpting, nuclear division, and early and late fragment removal stages. The surgeon's subjective impression of the mechanical cushion effect was noted. Histopathology of the capsular bag was performed in 4 eyes in each group to determine the amount of residual lens epithelial cells (LECs). More space was created and maintained between the capsule and cortex in Group 2 than in Group 1. The mean scores in Groups 1 and 2 were endpoint of hydrodissection/viscodissection 1.92+/-0.38 and 2.58+/-0.38, respectively (P=.05); sculpting, 1.6+/-0.42 and 2.3+/-0.45, respectively (P=.05); nuclear division, 0.9+/-0.42 and 1.5+/-0.35, respectively (P=.13); early fragment removal, 0.6+/-0.22 and 1.0+/-0, respectively (P=.04); and late fragment removal, 0.1+/-0.22 and 0.4+/-0.22, respectively (P=.17). Although only early fragment removal achieved statistical significance, the surgeon's impression confirmed greater cushion effect with viscodissection. Residual LECs in the 2 groups were comparable. Viscodissection as an adjunct to hydrodissection created and maintained greater corticocapsular separation than hydrodissection alone during phacoemulsification.
Novel organization of the common nodulation genes in Rhizobium leguminosarum bv. phaseoli strains.
Vázquez, M; Dávalos, A; de las Peñas, A; Sánchez, F; Quinto, C
1991-01-01
Nodulation by Rhizobium, Bradyrhizobium, and Azorhizobium species in the roots of legumes and nonlegumes requires the proper expression of plant genes and of both common and specific bacterial nodulation genes. The common nodABC genes form an operon or are physically mapped together in all species studied thus far. Rhizobium leguminosarum bv. phaseoli strains are classified in two groups. The type I group has reiterated nifHDK genes and a narrow host range of nodulation. The type II group has a single copy of the nifHDK genes and a wide host range of nodulation. We have found by genetic and nucleotide sequence analysis that in type I strain CE-3, the functional common nodA gene is separated from the nodBC genes by 20 kb and thus is transcriptionally separated from the latter genes. This novel organization could be the result of a complex rearrangement, as we found zones of identity between the two separated nodA and nodBC regions. Moreover, this novel organization of the common nodABC genes seems to be a general characteristic of R. leguminosarum bv. phaseoli type I strains. Despite the separation, the coordination of the expression of these genes seems not to be altered. PMID:1991718
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Huang, Rongrong; Pomin, Vitor H.; Sharp, Joshua S.
2011-09-01
Improved methods for structural analyses of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) are required to understand their functional roles in various biological processes. Major challenges in structural characterization of complex GAG oligosaccharides using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) include the accurate determination of the patterns of sulfation due to gas-phase losses of the sulfate groups upon collisional activation and inefficient on-line separation of positional sulfation isomers prior to MS/MS analyses. Here, a sequential chemical derivatization procedure including permethylation, desulfation, and acetylation was demonstrated to enable both on-line LC separation of isomeric mixtures of chondroitin sulfate (CS) oligosaccharides and accurate determination of sites of sulfation by MS n . The derivatized oligosaccharides have sulfate groups replaced with acetyl groups, which are sufficiently stable to survive MS n fragmentation and reflect the original sulfation patterns. A standard reversed-phase LC-MS system with a capillary C18 column was used for separation, and MS n experiments using collision-induced dissociation (CID) were performed. Our results indicate that the combination of this derivatization strategy and MS n methodology enables accurate identification of the sulfation isomers of CS hexasaccharides with either saturated or unsaturated nonreducing ends. Moreover, derivatized CS hexasaccharide isomer mixtures become separable by LC-MS method due to different positions of acetyl modifications.
Huang, Rongrong; Pomin, Vitor H.; Sharp, Joshua S.
2011-01-01
Improved methods for structural analyses of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) are required to understand their functional roles in various biological processes. Major challenges in structural characterization of complex GAG oligosaccharides using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) include the accurate determination of the patterns of sulfation due to gas-phase losses of the sulfate groups upon collisional activation and inefficient on-line separation of positional sulfation isomers prior to MS/MS analyses. Here, a sequential chemical derivatization procedure including permethylation, desulfation, and acetylation was demonstrated to enable both on-line LC separation of isomeric mixtures of chondroitin sulfate (CS) oligosaccharides and accurate determination of sites of sulfation by MSn. The derivatized oligosaccharides have sulfate groups replaced with acetyl groups, which are sufficiently stable to survive MSn fragmentation and reflect the original sulfation patterns. A standard reversed-phase LC-MS system with a capillary C18 column was used for separation, and MSn experiments using collision-induced dissociation (CID) were performed. Our results indicate that the combination of this derivatization strategy and MSn methodology enables accurate identification of the sulfation isomers of CS hexasaccharides with either saturated or unsaturated nonreducing ends. Moreover, derivatized CS hexasaccharide isomer mixtures become separable by LC-MS method due to different positions of acetyl modifications. PMID:21953261
SEPARATION OF PLUTONIUM FROM AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS BY ION-EXCHANGE
Schubert, J.
1958-06-01
A process is described for the separation of plutonium from an aqueous solution of a plutonium salt, which comprises adding to the solution an acid of the group consisting of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and oxalic acid, and mixtures thereof to provide an acid concentration between 0.0001 and 1 M, contacting the resultant solution with a synthetic organic anion exchange resin, and separating the aqueous phase and the resin which contains the plutonium.
32 CFR 552.92 - Group permit procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... event. The group leader must register in person at the Ft. Lewis Area Access Section, Bldg T-6127, and... requirement that all members of the group will be with the leader throughout the event. If the group plans to separate while still on post, sub-group leaders must be appointed and must each obtain a permit as noted in...
32 CFR 552.92 - Group permit procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... event. The group leader must register in person at the Ft. Lewis Area Access Section, Bldg T-6127, and... requirement that all members of the group will be with the leader throughout the event. If the group plans to separate while still on post, sub-group leaders must be appointed and must each obtain a permit as noted in...
32 CFR 552.92 - Group permit procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... event. The group leader must register in person at the Ft. Lewis Area Access Section, Bldg T-6127, and... requirement that all members of the group will be with the leader throughout the event. If the group plans to separate while still on post, sub-group leaders must be appointed and must each obtain a permit as noted in...
32 CFR 552.92 - Group permit procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... event. The group leader must register in person at the Ft. Lewis Area Access Section, Bldg T-6127, and... requirement that all members of the group will be with the leader throughout the event. If the group plans to separate while still on post, sub-group leaders must be appointed and must each obtain a permit as noted in...
32 CFR 552.92 - Group permit procedures.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... event. The group leader must register in person at the Ft. Lewis Area Access Section, Bldg T-6127, and... requirement that all members of the group will be with the leader throughout the event. If the group plans to separate while still on post, sub-group leaders must be appointed and must each obtain a permit as noted in...
Separation and identification of the silt-sized heavy-mineral fraction in sediments
Commeau, Judith A.; Poppe, Lawrence J.; Commeau, R.F.
1992-01-01
The separation of silt-sized minerals by specific gravity is made possible by using a nontoxic, heavy liquid medium of sodium polytungstate and water. Once separated, the silt-sized heavy-mineral fraction is prepared for analysis with a scanning electron microscope equipped with an automatic image analyzer and energy-dispersive spectrometer. Particles within each sample are sized and sorted according to their chemistry, and the data are tabulated in histograms and tables. Where possible, the user can define the chemical categories to simulate distinct mineral groups. Polymorphs and minerals that have overlapping compositions are combined into a group and differentiated by X-ray diffraction. Hundreds of particles can be rapidly sized and classified by chemistry. The technique can be employed on sediments from any environment.
Stable Scalp EEG Spatiospectral Patterns Across Paradigms Estimated by Group ICA.
Labounek, René; Bridwell, David A; Mareček, Radek; Lamoš, Martin; Mikl, Michal; Slavíček, Tomáš; Bednařík, Petr; Baštinec, Jaromír; Hluštík, Petr; Brázdil, Milan; Jan, Jiří
2018-01-01
Electroencephalography (EEG) oscillations reflect the superposition of different cortical sources with potentially different frequencies. Various blind source separation (BSS) approaches have been developed and implemented in order to decompose these oscillations, and a subset of approaches have been developed for decomposition of multi-subject data. Group independent component analysis (Group ICA) is one such approach, revealing spatiospectral maps at the group level with distinct frequency and spatial characteristics. The reproducibility of these distinct maps across subjects and paradigms is relatively unexplored domain, and the topic of the present study. To address this, we conducted separate group ICA decompositions of EEG spatiospectral patterns on data collected during three different paradigms or tasks (resting-state, semantic decision task and visual oddball task). K-means clustering analysis of back-reconstructed individual subject maps demonstrates that fourteen different independent spatiospectral maps are present across the different paradigms/tasks, i.e. they are generally stable.
Psychological effects of custody disputes on children.
Wolman, R; Taylor, K
1991-01-01
This two-group, repeated measures examination of the psychological impact of child custody contests on children reports a subset of data from an ongoing longitudinal study of 95 children and their parents from 43 divorcing families. The authors report clinical observations concerning children's experience of custody litigation, as well as comparisons of baseline and post-test responses of contested and uncontested groups on measures of locus of control, separation anxiety and family concept. Contested children exhibited significantly greater internality of control orientation than the normative sample. Contested children's test scores also suggested significantly less separation anxiety and significantly more positive family concept than the uncontested group at post-test. The implications of these unanticipated findings are discussed.
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
2017-08-01
LTRCs Geotechnical and Asphalt groups will be conducting two separate field and laboratory evaluations. The Geotechnical group will evaluate field densities of soil layers and the asphalt group will evaluate field densities on asphalt pavement lay...
An, Jaemin; Lee, Jangwon; Lee, Sang Ho; Park, Jungyul; Kim, Byungkyu
2009-06-01
In this paper, we successfully separated malignant human breast cancer epithelial cells (MCF 7) from healthy breast cells (MCF 10A) and analyzed the main parameters that influence the separation efficiency with an advanced dielectrophoresis (DEP)-activated cell sorter (DACS). Using the efficient DACS, the malignant cancer cells (MCF 7) were isolated successfully by noninvasive methods from normal cells with similar cell size distributions (MCF 10A), depending on differences between their material properties such as conductivity and permittivity, because our system was able to discern the subtle differences in the properties by generating continuously changed electrical field gradients. In order to evaluate the separation performance without considering size variations, the cells collected from each outlet were divided into size-dependent groups and counted statistically. Following that, the quantitative relative ratio of numbers between MCF 7 and MCF 10A cells in each size-dependent group separated by the DEP were compared according to applied frequencies in the range 48, 51, and 53 MHz with an applied amplitude of 8 V(pp). Finally, under the applied voltage of 48 MHz-8 V(pp) and a flow rate of 290 microm/s, MCF 7 and MCF 10A cells were separated with a maximum efficiency of 86.67% and 98.73% respectively. Therefore, our suggested system shows it can be used for detection and separation of cancerous epithelial cells from noncancerous cells in clinical applications.
Functional Allocation with Airborne Self-Separation Evaluated in a Piloted Simulation
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Wing, David J.; Murdoch, Jennifer L.; Chamberlain, James P.; Consiglio, Maria C.; Hoardley, Sherwood T.; Hubbs, Clay E.; Palmer, Michael T.
2010-01-01
A human-in-the-loop simulation experiment was designed and conducted to evaluate an airborne self-separation concept. The activity supports the National Aeronautics and Space Administration s (NASA) research focus on function allocation for separation assurance. The objectives of the experiment were twofold: (1) use experiment design features in common with a companion study of ground-based automated separation assurance to promote comparability, and (2) assess agility of self-separation operations in managing trajectory-changing events in high traffic density, en-route operations with arrival time constraints. This paper describes the experiment and presents initial results associated with subjective workload ratings and group discussion feedback obtained from the experiment s commercial transport pilot participants.
A most-portable-number (MPN) procedure was developed to separately enumerate aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbon degrading bacteria, because most of the currently available methods are unable to distinguish between these two groups. Separate 96-well microtiter plates are used to ...
Del Cimmuto, Angela; Mannocci, Alice; Ribatti, Domenico; Boccia, Antonio; La Torre, Giuseppe
2014-06-01
The objectives of the present study were to evaluate knowledge among general population about the risks factors of waste management, to estimate the feeling of anxiety concerning the waste, and to compare knowledge of two different methods for collecting municipal solid waste (MSW): a street separate collection system and a door-to-door separate collection system. A cross-sectional study was performed, administering an anonymous questionnaire to 180 inhabitants in Aprilia, Latium, Italy. The study sample consisted of 183 citizens: 64 in the intervention group and 119 in the control group. The intervention was represented by a campaign of door-to-door collection. The correct implementation of separate collection of waste was 87.5% in the intervention group and 63% in the control group (p<0.001). For both groups, the favourite type of waste collection was door-to-door (p=0.013); a high difference concerning the quality of information was found (p<0.0001): in the intervention group, 84% declared to be satisfied (67% sufficient and 17.2% good), while in the control group, 21% declared to be satisfied (16.8% sufficient and 4.2% good). The advice mainly reported from the control group respondents was to increase the size of the information pack (80.7%, p=0.024). The information campaign seemed to increase people's awareness about the problem, improving the management of waste and household waste. The door-to-door collection was appreciated and preferred by both groups. The adoption of a door-to-door scheme seems to be a winning option mostly because it is supported by an information and education system for the citizens. © The Author(s) 2014.
A blind source separation approach for humpback whale song separation.
Zhang, Zhenbin; White, Paul R
2017-04-01
Many marine mammal species are highly social and are frequently encountered in groups or aggregations. When conducting passive acoustic monitoring in such circumstances, recordings commonly contain vocalizations of multiple individuals which overlap in time and frequency. This paper considers the use of blind source separation as a method for processing these recordings to separate the calls of individuals. The example problem considered here is that of the songs of humpback whales. The high levels of noise and long impulse responses can make source separation in underwater contexts a challenging proposition. The approach present here is based on time-frequency masking, allied to a noise reduction process. The technique is assessed using simulated and measured data sets, and the results demonstrate the effectiveness of the method for separating humpback whale songs.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Egginton, Jason S.; Textor, Lauren; Knoebel, Erin; McWilliams, Deborah; Aleman, Marty; Yawn, Barbara
2013-01-01
Background: This study explores ways southeast Minnesota schools currently address asthma problems, identifies areas for improvement, and assesses the potential value of asthma action plans (AAPs) in schools. Methods: Focus groups were used to query stakeholder groups on asthma care in schools. Groups were held separately for elementary school…
District-Wide Comprehensive Needs Assessment Study: Administrator Levels Report, Part II, 1980-81.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Saginaw Public Schools, MI. Dept. of Evaluation Services.
A needs assessment study was conducted to identify areas of consensus for respondent groups concerning attitudes toward educational issues. The overall findings of all respondents and each respondent group separately was presented. The groups were elementary, junior high, senior high, and central office administrators. Opinions of these groups are…
Divergence of Scientific Heuristic Method and Direct Algebraic Instruction
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Calucag, Lina S.
2016-01-01
This is an experimental study, made used of the non-randomized experimental and control groups, pretest-posttest designs. The experimental and control groups were two separate intact classes in Algebra. For a period of twelve sessions, the experimental group was subjected to the scientific heuristic method, but the control group instead was given…
41 CFR 60-2.13 - Placement of incumbents in job groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... in job groups. 60-2.13 Section 60-2.13 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions....13 Placement of incumbents in job groups. The contractor must separately state the percentage of minorities and the percentage of women it employs in each job group established pursuant to § 60-2.12. ...
41 CFR 60-2.13 - Placement of incumbents in job groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... in job groups. 60-2.13 Section 60-2.13 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions....13 Placement of incumbents in job groups. The contractor must separately state the percentage of minorities and the percentage of women it employs in each job group established pursuant to § 60-2.12. ...
41 CFR 60-2.13 - Placement of incumbents in job groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... in job groups. 60-2.13 Section 60-2.13 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions....13 Placement of incumbents in job groups. The contractor must separately state the percentage of minorities and the percentage of women it employs in each job group established pursuant to § 60-2.12. ...
41 CFR 60-2.13 - Placement of incumbents in job groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... in job groups. 60-2.13 Section 60-2.13 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions....13 Placement of incumbents in job groups. The contractor must separately state the percentage of minorities and the percentage of women it employs in each job group established pursuant to § 60-2.12. ...
41 CFR 60-2.13 - Placement of incumbents in job groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... in job groups. 60-2.13 Section 60-2.13 Public Contracts and Property Management Other Provisions....13 Placement of incumbents in job groups. The contractor must separately state the percentage of minorities and the percentage of women it employs in each job group established pursuant to § 60-2.12. ...
Effects of Adult Learner Participation in Course Planning on Achievement and Satisfaction.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Rosenblum, Sandra; Darkenwald, Gordon G.
1983-01-01
Hypothesizing that participation in course planning would result in higher achievement and satisfaction, researchers used a posttest-only control group design with continuing education students in two separate experiments. The control group completed the course as planned by the experimental group. No differences were found between the groups in…
;] { float: left; margin-right: 3px; margin-left: 0; } .control-group { margin-bottom: 10px; } legend + .control-group { margin-top: 20px; -webkit-margin-top-collapse: separate; } .form-horizontal .control-group : 1px solid #999; page-break-inside: avoid; } thead { display: table-header-group; } tr, img { page
Kesner, Raymond P; Kirk, Ryan A; Yu, Zhenghui; Polansky, Caitlin; Musso, Nick D
2016-03-01
In order to examine the role of the dorsal dentate gyrus (dDG) in slope (vertical space) recognition and possible pattern separation, various slope (vertical space) degrees were used in a novel exploratory paradigm to measure novelty detection for changes in slope (vertical space) recognition memory and slope memory pattern separation in Experiment 1. The results of the experiment indicate that control rats displayed a slope recognition memory function with a pattern separation process for slope memory that is dependent upon the magnitude of change in slope between study and test phases. In contrast, the dDG lesioned rats displayed an impairment in slope recognition memory, though because there was no significant interaction between the two groups and slope memory, a reliable pattern separation impairment for slope could not be firmly established in the DG lesioned rats. In Experiment 2, in order to determine whether, the dDG plays a role in shades of grey spatial context recognition and possible pattern separation, shades of grey were used in a novel exploratory paradigm to measure novelty detection for changes in the shades of grey context environment. The results of the experiment indicate that control rats displayed a shades of grey-context pattern separation effect across levels of separation of context (shades of grey). In contrast, the DG lesioned rats displayed a significant interaction between the two groups and levels of shades of grey suggesting impairment in a pattern separation function for levels of shades of grey. In Experiment 3 in order to determine whether the dorsal CA3 (dCA3) plays a role in object pattern completion, a new task requiring less training and using a choice that was based on choosing the correct set of objects on a two-choice discrimination task was used. The results indicated that control rats displayed a pattern completion function based on the availability of one, two, three or four cues. In contrast, the dCA3 lesioned rats displayed a significant interaction between the two groups and the number of available objects suggesting impairment in a pattern completion function for object cues. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Suzuki, Manzo; Haraguchi, Shuji; Kitamura, Akira; Shimada, Yoichi; Sakamoto, Atsuhiro
2007-12-01
A common problem during lung separation is malposition of the double-lumen tube (DLT). It was hypothesized that inflation of the distal cuff with saline instead of air may reduce the incidence of malposition of the endobronchial tube. Fifty-two patients who were scheduled to undergo thoracic surgery with lung separation by a DLT were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 groups: the distal cuff was inflated with 2 mL of air in the air group (n = 26), whereas the distal cuff was inflated with 1.2 mL of saline in the saline group (n = 26). Anesthesia was maintained by isoflurane, 50% oxygen and nitrous oxide mixture, and incremental injection of epidural ropivacaine, 0.75%. Respiration was controlled by pressure-controlled ventilation. The peak airway pressure was maintained between 20 to 25 cmH2O. The position of the bronchial cuff was evaluated with a fiberoptic bronchoscope just after intubation and 1 and 2 hours after intubation by using a 3-point scale: 0, in exactly the same position as the previous inspection; 1, not in exactly the same position as that in the previous inspection, but there was no possibility that the tube was malpositioned; and 2, the cuff looked as if it was going to become herniated or dislodged. Signs suggesting malposition such as air leakage, high airway pressure, or inflation of the independent lung were recorded. When repositioning was required, the anesthesiologist repositioned the DLT using bronchoscopic observation or clinical signs. The endpoint of this study was the number of patients who required repositioning during surgery. The malposition score at 1 hour and 2 hours after intubation was comparable in the 2 groups (0.6 +/- 0.6 v 0.4 +/- 0.6 and 0.5 +/- 0.8 v 0.2 +/- 0.5, mean +/- standard deviation, air group v saline group, 1 hour and 2 hours after positioning, p = 0.27 and p = 0.33, respectively). However, a significantly higher cumulative number of air-group patients required repositioning of the tube than saline-group patients (13:6, air group:saline group, p = 0.04). Inflation of the distal cuff with saline may reduce the incidence of malpositioning of DLTs during lung separation.
Views on contentious practices in dairy farming: the case of early cow-calf separation.
Ventura, B A; von Keyserlingk, M A G; Schuppli, C A; Weary, D M
2013-09-01
The public has become increasingly interested in the welfare of food animals, but the food animal industries possess few mechanisms for public engagement. Here we present results from a web-based forum designed to allow stakeholders to share views on controversial issues in dairying. In response to the question "Should dairy calves be separated from the cow within the first few hours after birth?" participants were able to indicate "yes," "no," or "neutral" and either write a reason in support of their view or select reasons provided by other participants. Four independent groups of participants were recruited (a total of 163 people); 31% said they had no involvement in the dairy industry; the remaining 69% (with some involvement in the industry) were students or teachers (33%), animal advocates (13%), producers (11%), veterinarians (9%) and other dairy industry professionals (3%). Overall, little consensus existed among participants across groups; 44% chose "yes," 48% "no," and 9% "neutral." Responses varied with demographics, with opposition to early separation higher among females, animal advocates, and those with no involvement with the dairy industry. A fifth group was recruited at a dairy industry conference (an additional 28 participants); 46% chose "yes," 32% "no," and 21% "neutral." Across all 5 groups, opponents and supporters often referenced similar issues in the reasons they provided. Opponents of early separation contended that it is emotionally stressful for the calf and cow, it compromises calf and cow health, it is unnatural, and the industry can and should accommodate cow-calf pairs. In contrast, supporters of early separation reasoned that emotional distress is minimized by separating before bonds develop, that it promotes calf and cow health, and that the industry is limited in its ability to accommodate cow-calf pairs. These results illustrate the potential of web-based forums to identify areas of agreement and conflict among stakeholders, providing a basis for the development of practices that address shared concerns. Copyright © 2013 American Dairy Science Association. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Lunt, Mark
2015-07-01
In the first article in this series we explored the use of linear regression to predict an outcome variable from a number of predictive factors. It assumed that the predictive factors were measured on an interval scale. However, this article shows how categorical variables can also be included in a linear regression model, enabling predictions to be made separately for different groups and allowing for testing the hypothesis that the outcome differs between groups. The use of interaction terms to measure whether the effect of a particular predictor variable differs between groups is also explained. An alternative approach to testing the difference between groups of the effect of a given predictor, which consists of measuring the effect in each group separately and seeing whether the statistical significance differs between the groups, is shown to be misleading. © The Author 2013. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the British Society for Rheumatology. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
Separation/divorce and child and adolescent completed suicide.
Gould, M S; Shaffer, D; Fisher, P; Garfinkel, R
1998-02-01
To investigate factors that may modify the effect of separation/divorce on youth suicide. A case-control, psychological autopsy study of 120 of 170 consecutive suicides younger than age 20 and 147 community age-, sex-, and ethnic group-matched controls living in the greater New York area was conducted. Fifty-eight suicide victims and 49 community controls came from nonintact families of origin, indicating the permanent separation/divorce of the biological parents. Potential modifiers of separation/divorce include youth's age at separation, custodial parent's remarriage, nonresidential parent's frequency of contact, parent-child relationships, and parental psychopathology. The relatively small impact of separation/divorce was further diminished after accounting for parental psychopathology. An interaction of separation/divorce and the father-child relationship emerged. The dramatic increase in youth suicide during the past three decades seems unlikely to be attributable to the increase in divorce rates.
DC drive system for cine/pulse cameras
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Gerlach, R. H.; Sharpsteen, J. T.; Solheim, C. D.; Stoap, L. J.
1977-01-01
Camera-drive functions are separated mechanically into two groups which are driven by two separate dc brushless motors. First motor, a 90 deg stepper, drives rotating shutter; second electronically commutated motor drives claw and film transport. Shutter is made of one piece but has two openings for slow and fast exposures.
Grief and the Separation of Home and Work
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Walter, Tony
2009-01-01
The division of labor, together with modern transport systems and certain cultural practices, enables the separation of home and work. This creates a setting for mourning very different from pre-urban societies. Three bereavement theories (reminder theory, dual process oscillation theory, and the importance of groups in the construction of…
The Archetype of Initiation in Selected Novels of Black Adolescence.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Pettigrew, B. Joye
1972-01-01
This paper discusses several novels written by black American writers that deal with the initiation experiences of young blacks, and should, therefore, appeal to black adolescents. The novels are grouped according to the three stages in the initiation experience of the adolescent: separation; transition; and incorporation. In separation, the…
Holness, Howard K; Jamal, Adeel; Mebel, Alexander; Almirall, José R
2012-11-01
A new mechanism is proposed that describes the gas-phase separation of chiral molecules found in amphetamine-type substances (ATS) by the use of high-resolution ion mobility spectrometry (IMS). Straight-chain achiral alcohols of increasing carbon chain length, from methanol to n-octanol, are used as drift gas modifiers in IMS to highlight the mechanism proposed for gas-phase separations of these chiral molecules. The results suggest the possibility of using these achiral modifiers to separate the chiral molecules (R,S) and (S,R)-ephedrine and (S,S) and (R,R)-pseudoephedrine which contain an internal hydroxyl group at the first chiral center and an amino group at the other chiral center. Ionization was achieved with an electrospray source, the ions were introduced into an IMS with a resolving power of 80, and the resulting ion clusters were characterized with a coupled quadrupole mass spectrometer detector. A complementary computational study conducted at the density functional B3LYP/6-31g level of theory for the electronic structure of the analyte-modifier clusters was also performed, and showed either "bridged" or "independent" binding. The combined experimental and simulation data support the proposed mechanism for gas-phase chiral separations using achiral modifiers in the gas phase, thus enhancing the potential to conduct fast chiral separations with relative ease and efficiency.
Reisler, Ronald B; Gibbs, Paul H; Danner, Denise K; Boudreau, Ellen F
2012-11-26
We compared the effect on primary vaccination plaque-reduction neutralization 80% titers (PRNT80) responses of same-day administration (at different injection sites) of two similar investigational inactivated alphavirus vaccines, eastern equine encephalitis (EEE) vaccine (TSI-GSD 104) and western equine encephalitis (WEE) vaccine (TSI-GSD 210) to separate administration. Overall, primary response rate for EEE vaccine was 524/796 (66%) and overall primary response rate for WEE vaccine was 291/695 (42%). EEE vaccine same-day administration yielded a 59% response rate and a responder geometric mean titer (GMT)=89 while separate administration yielded a response rate of 69% and a responder GMT=119. WEE vaccine same-day administration yielded a 30% response rate and a responder GMT=53 while separate administration yielded a response rate of 54% and a responder GMT=79. EEE response rates for same-day administration (group A) vs. non-same-day administration (group B) were significantly affected by gender. A logistic regression model predicting response to EEE comparing group B to group A for females yielded an OR=4.10 (95% CL 1.97-8.55; p=.0002) and for males yielded an OR=1.25 (95% CL 0.76-2.07; p=.3768). WEE response rates for same-day administration vs. non-same-day administration were independent of gender. A logistic regression model predicting response to WEE comparing group B to group A yielded an OR=2.14 (95% CL 1.22-3.73; p=.0077). We report immune interference occurring with same-day administration of two completely separate formalin inactivated viral vaccines in humans. These findings combined with the findings of others regarding immune interference would argue for a renewed emphasis on studying the immunological mechanisms of induction of inactivated viral vaccine protection. Copyright © 2012. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Nishikawa, Mari; Suzuki, Mariko; Sprague, David S
2014-07-01
Understanding cohesion among individuals within a group is necessary to reveal the social system of group-living primates. Japanese macaques (Macaca fuscata) are female-philopatric primates that reside in social groups. We investigated whether individual activity and social factors can affect spatio-temporal cohesion in wild female Japanese macaques. We conducted behavioral observation on a group, which contained 38 individuals and ranged over ca. 60 ha during the study period. Two observers carried out simultaneous focal-animal sampling of adult female pairs during full-day follows using global positioning system which enabled us to quantify interindividual distances (IIDs), group members within visual range (i.e., visual unit), and separation duration beyond visual range as indicators of cohesion among individuals. We found considerable variation in spatio-temporal group cohesion. The overall mean IID was 99.9 m (range = 0-618.2 m). The percentage of IIDs within visual range was 23.1%, within auditory range was 59.8%, and beyond auditory range was 17.1%. IIDs varied with activity; they were shorter during grooming and resting, and longer during foraging and traveling. Low-ranking females showed less cohesion than high-ranking ones. Kin females stayed nearly always within audible range. The macaques were weakly cohesive with small mean visual unit size (3.15 counting only adults, 5.99 counting all individuals). Both-sex units were the most frequently observed visual unit type when they were grooming/resting. Conversely, female units were the most frequently observed visual unit type when they were foraging. The overall mean visual separation duration was 25.7 min (range = 3-513 min). Separation duration was associated with dominance rank. These results suggest that Japanese macaques regulate cohesion among individuals depending on their activity and on social relationships; they were separated to adapt food distribution and aggregated to maintain social interactions. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
A radiographic study of the mandibular third molar root development in different ethnic groups.
Liversidge, H M; Peariasamy, K; Folayan, M O; Adeniyi, A O; Ngom, P I; Mikami, Y; Shimada, Y; Kuroe, K; Tvete, I F; Kvaal, S I
2017-12-01
The nature of differences in the timing of tooth formation between ethnic groups is important when estimating age. To calculate age of transition of the mandibular third (M3) molar tooth stages from archived dental radiographs from sub-Saharan Africa, Malaysia, Japan and two groups from London UK (Whites and Bangladeshi). The number of radiographs was 4555 (2028 males, 2527 females) with an age range 10-25 years. The left M3 was staged into Moorrees stages. A probit model was fitted to calculate mean ages for transitions between stages for males and females and each ethnic group separately. The estimated age distributions given each M3 stage was calculated. To assess differences in timing of M3 between ethnic groups, three models were proposed: a separate model for each ethnic group, a joint model and a third model combining some aspects across groups. The best model fit was tested using Bayesian and Akaikes information criteria (BIC and AIC) and log likelihood ratio test. Differences in mean ages of M3 root stages were found between ethnic groups, however all groups showed large standard deviation values. The AIC and log likelihood ratio test indicated that a separate model for each ethnic group was best. Small differences were also noted between timing of M3 between males and females, with the exception of the Malaysian group. These findings suggests that features of a reference data set (wide age range and uniform age distribution) and a Bayesian statistical approach are more important than population specific convenience samples to estimate age of an individual using M3. Some group differences were evident in M3 timing, however, this has some impact on the confidence interval of estimated age in females and little impact in males because of the large variation in age.
Multicultural Education: A Valued but Problematic Ideal.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Tesconi, Charles A.
1984-01-01
An analysis of multicultural education indicates that educators should be aware of the significance of group affiliation while recognizing that group togetherness maintains separateness and divisiveness. Several assumptions regarding cultural pluralism are discussed. (DF)
Ryals, G.N.
1984-01-01
Regional geohydrologic maps show the altitude of the base and the thickness of the aquifers of Tertiary age and related confining layers in the northern Louisiana salt-dome basin. The limit of freshwater in aquifers is also shown. The basin has an area of about 3,000 square miles, and four geologic units of Tertiary age contain regional aquifers. From oldest (deepest) to youngest, the aquifers are in the Wilcox Group, Carrizo Sand, Sparta Sand, and Cockfield Formation. As the Wilcox is hydraulically interconnected with the overlying Carrizo, they are treated as one hydrologic unit, the Wilcox-Carrizo aquifer. The aquifers are separated by confining layers that retard water movement. In the northwestern part of the area, the Wilcox-Carrizo aquifer is separated from the underlying sand facies of the Nacatoch Sand (Cretaceous age) by a confining layer composed of the Midway Group (Tertiary age) and the underlying Arkadelphia Marl and an upper clay and marl facies of the Nacatoch Sand (both of Cretaceous age). In the remainder of the area, the Wilcox-Carrizo aquifer is separated from an underlying Cretaceous aquifer comprised of the Tokio Formation and Brownstown Marl by the Midway Group and several underlying Cretaceous units which in order of increasing age are the Arkadelphia Maril, Nacatoch Sand, Saratoga Chalk, Marlbrook Marl , and Annona Chalk. The Wilcox-Carrizo aquifer is separated from the Sparta aquifer by the overyling Cane River Formation. The Sparta aquifer is separated from the Cockfield aquifer by the overlying Cook Mountain Formation. (USGS)
High efficiency direct detection of ions from resonance ionization of sputtered atoms
Gruen, Dieter M.; Pellin, Michael J.; Young, Charles E.
1986-01-01
A method and apparatus are provided for trace and other quantitative analysis with high efficiency of a component in a sample, with the analysis involving the removal by ion or other bombardment of a small quantity of ion and neutral atom groups from the sample, the conversion of selected neutral atom groups to photoions by laser initiated resonance ionization spectroscopy, the selective deflection of the photoions for separation from original ion group emanating from the sample, and the detection of the photoions as a measure of the quantity of the component. In some embodiments, the original ion group is accelerated prior to the RIS step for separation purposes. Noise and other interference are reduced by shielding the detector from primary and secondary ions and deflecting the photoions sufficiently to avoid the primary and secondary ions.
High efficiency direct detection of ions from resonance ionization of sputtered atoms
Gruen, D.M.; Pellin, M.J.; Young, C.E.
1985-01-16
A method and apparatus are provided for trace and other quantitative analysis with high efficiency of a component in a sample, with the analysis involving the removal by ion or other bombardment of a small quantity of ion and neutral atom groups from the sample, the conversion of selected neutral atom groups to photoions by laser initiated resonance ionization spectroscopy, the selective deflection of the photoions for separation from original ion group emanating from the sample, and the detection of the photoions as a measure of the quantity of the component. In some embodiments, the original ion group is accelerated prior to the RIS step for separation purposes. Noise and other interference are reduced by shielding the detector from primary and secondary ions and deflecting the photoions sufficiently to avoid the primary and secondary ions.
Gilbert (nee Stoker), G.; Garton, S.; Karam, A.; Arnold, M.; Karp, A.; Edwards, J.; Cooke, T.; Barker, A.
2002-05-01
Genetic diversity in 38 genotypes, representing 28 individual genotypes from five landraces of Isatis tinctoria (three German: Tubingen, Potsdam and Erfurt, one Swiss and one English), five genotypes of Isatis indigotica (Chinese woad) and five genotypes of Isatis glauca, were investigated using AFLP analysis. Five primer combinations detected a total of 502 fragments of which 436 (86.9%) were polymorphic. The level of polymorphism recorded within each species was 29.8, 86.9 and 35.8% for I. indigotica, I. tinctoria and I. glauca, respectively. Clearly, genetic diversity within I. tinctoria was greater than that observed in I. indigotica or I. glauca. Cluster analyses of the AFLP data using UPGMA and PCO revealed the complete separation of the genotypes of each species into distinct groups. I. indigotica separated as an entirely independent group, whereas I. glauca formed a separate cluster within the I. tinctoria group. Indeed, I. tinctoria and I. glauca are more closely related to each other than either is to I. indigotica. In addition, the genotypes of each landrace, apart from one from the English group, were clearly discriminated. However, the anomalous genotype did associate with the rest of its group when it was linked with the Erfurt group. These results provide new and useful information about the make-up of the Isatis genome, which has not previously been evaluated. They will be useful in the selection of plant material for variety development and conservation of the gene-pool.
Facial Asymmetry-Based Age Group Estimation: Role in Recognizing Age-Separated Face Images.
Sajid, Muhammad; Taj, Imtiaz Ahmad; Bajwa, Usama Ijaz; Ratyal, Naeem Iqbal
2018-04-23
Face recognition aims to establish the identity of a person based on facial characteristics. On the other hand, age group estimation is the automatic calculation of an individual's age range based on facial features. Recognizing age-separated face images is still a challenging research problem due to complex aging processes involving different types of facial tissues, skin, fat, muscles, and bones. Certain holistic and local facial features are used to recognize age-separated face images. However, most of the existing methods recognize face images without incorporating the knowledge learned from age group estimation. In this paper, we propose an age-assisted face recognition approach to handle aging variations. Inspired by the observation that facial asymmetry is an age-dependent intrinsic facial feature, we first use asymmetric facial dimensions to estimate the age group of a given face image. Deeply learned asymmetric facial features are then extracted for face recognition using a deep convolutional neural network (dCNN). Finally, we integrate the knowledge learned from the age group estimation into the face recognition algorithm using the same dCNN. This integration results in a significant improvement in the overall performance compared to using the face recognition algorithm alone. The experimental results on two large facial aging datasets, the MORPH and FERET sets, show that the proposed age group estimation based on the face recognition approach yields superior performance compared to some existing state-of-the-art methods. © 2018 American Academy of Forensic Sciences.
Validity of Sex-Balanced Interest Inventory Scales
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Hanson, Gary R.; Rayman, Jack
1976-01-01
This study examines the effectiveness of sex-balanced and sex-restrictive raw score interest scales in discriminating among vocational preference groups. Analyses were conducted separately for 502 males in six vocational preference groups and 878 females in five vocational preference groups. Differences may restrict career suggestions provided to…
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Bruce J. Mincher; Guiseppe Modolo; Strephen P. Mezyk
2009-01-01
Solvent extraction is the most commonly used process scale separation technique for nuclear applications and it benefits from more than 60 years of research and development and proven experience at the industrial scale. Advanced solvent extraction processes for the separation of actinides and fission products from dissolved nuclear fuel are now being investigated worldwide by numerous groups (US, Europe, Russia, Japan etc.) in order to decrease the radiotoxic inventories of nuclear waste. While none of the advanced processes have yet been implemented at the industrial scale their development studies have sometimes reached demonstration tests at the laboratory scale. Most ofmore » the partitioning strategies rely on the following four separations: 1. Partitioning of uranium and/or plutonium from spent fuel dissolution liquors. 2. Separation of the heat generating fission products such as strontium and cesium. 3. Coextraction of the trivalent actinides and lanthanides. 4. Separation of the trivalent actinides from the trivalent lanthanides. Tributylphosphate (TBP) in the first separation is the basis of the PUREX, UREX and COEX processes, developed in Europe and the US, whereas monoamides as alternatives for TBP are being developed in Japan and India. For the second separation, many processes were developed worldwide, including the use of crown-ether extractants, like the FPEX process developed in the USA, and the CCD-PEG process jointly developed in the USA and Russia for the partitioning of cesium and strontium. In the third separation, phosphine oxides (CMPOs), malonamides, and diglycolamides are used in the TRUEX, DIAMEX and the ARTIST processes, respectively developed in US, Europe and Japan. Trialkylphosphine oxide(TRPO) developed in China, or UNEX (a mixture of several extractants) jointly developed in Russia and the USA allow all actinides to be co-extracted from acidic radioactive liquid waste. For the final separation, soft donor atom-containing ligands such as the bistriazinylbipyridines (BTBPs) or dithiophosphinic acids have been developed in Europe and China to selectively extract the trivalent actinides. However, in the TALSPEAK process developed in the USA, the separation is based on the relatively high affinity of aminopolycarboxylic acid complexants such as DTPA for trivalent actinides over lanthanides. In the DIDPA, SETFICS and the GANEX processes, developed in Japan and France, the group separation is accomplished in a reverse TALSPEAK process. A typical scenario is shown in Figure 1 for the UREX1a (Uranium Extraction version 1a) process. The initial step is the TBP extraction for the separation of recyclable uranium. The second step partitions the short-lived, highly radioactive cesium and strontium to minimize heat loading in the high-level waste repository. The third step is a group separation of the trivalent actinides and lanthanides with the last step being partitioning of the trivalent lanthanides from the actinides.« less
Kaviani, Nasser; Shahtusi, Mina; Haj Norousali Tehrani, Maryam; Nazari, Sara
2014-09-01
Premedication is expedient in reducing the psychological trauma from recalling the unpleasant pre-anesthetic phases, hence, inducing a trouble-free anesthesia. This study aimed to determine the effectiveness of oral midazolam in co-operation of the subjects before general anesthesia and in recalling the pre-anesthetic phases, performed on children candidate for dental treatment under general anesthesia. In this prospective clinical trial study, 62 healthy non-cooperative children, candidate for dental treatment under general anesthesia, were randomly divided into study and control groups. The children received 20ml orange juice, 20 minutes before starting the anesthesia. The juice of the test group contained 0.5mg/kg of midazolam and that of the control group included no medication. The induction and the maintenance process of anesthesia were similar in both groups. The manner of subjects when separated from parents, their cooperation during intravenous catheterization, and recalling the pre-anesthetic events were recorded. Data were analyzed by adopting chi-square and Mann-Whitney tests. Most of the children in the test group had a comfortable separation from parents, restful IV catheterization and 90% of the subjects did not recall the pre-anesthetic events. Under the circumstances of this study, it could be concluded that 0.5mg/kg oral midazolam premedication is effective for comfortable separation of children from parents and restful IV catheterization and also forgetting the pre-anesthetic events.
Large scale synthesis of nanostructured zirconia-based compounds from freeze-dried precursors
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Gomez, A.; Villanueva, R.; Vie, D.
2013-01-15
Nanocrystalline zirconia powders have been obtained at the multigram scale by thermal decomposition of precursors resulting from the freeze-drying of aqueous acetic solutions. This technique has equally made possible to synthesize a variety of nanostructured yttria or scandia doped zirconia compositions. SEM images, as well as the analysis of the XRD patterns, show the nanoparticulated character of those solids obtained at low temperature, with typical particle size in the 10-15 nm range when prepared at 673 K. The presence of the monoclinic, the tetragonal or both phases depends on the temperature of the thermal treatment, the doping concentration and themore » nature of the dopant. In addition, Rietveld refinement of the XRD profiles of selected samples allows detecting the coexistence of the tetragonal and the cubic phases for high doping concentration and high thermal treatment temperatures. Raman experiments suggest the presence of both phases also at relatively low treatment temperatures. - Graphical abstract: Zr{sub 1-x}A{sub x}O{sub 2-x/2} (A=Y, Sc; 0{<=}x{<=}0.12) solid solutions have been prepared as nanostructured powders by thermal decomposition of precursors obtained by freeze-drying, and this synthetic procedure has been scaled up to the 100 g scale. Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Zr{sub 1-x}A{sub x}O{sub 2-x/2} (A=Y, Sc; 0{<=}x{<=}0.12) solid solutions have been prepared as nanostructured powders. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The synthetic method involves the thermal decomposition of precursors obtained by freeze-drying. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The temperature of the thermal treatment controls particle sizes. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer The preparation procedure has been scaled up to the 100 g scale. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer This method is appropriate for the large-scale industrial preparation of multimetallic systems.« less
Landmann, Johannes; Sprenger, Jan A P; Hennig, Philipp T; Bertermann, Rüdiger; Grüne, Matthias; Würthner, Frank; Ignat'ev, Nikolai V; Finze, Maik
2018-01-12
The potassium perfluoroalkyltricyanoborates K[C n F 2 n+1 B(CN) 3 ] [n=1 (1 d), 2 (2 d)] and the potassium mono(perfluoroalkyl)cyanofluoroborates K[C n F 2 n+1 BF(CN) 2 ] [n=1 (1 c), 2 (2 c)] and [C n F 2 n+1 BF 2 (CN)] - [n=1 (1 b), 2 (2 b), 3 (3 b), 4 (4 b)] are accessible with perfect selectivities on multi-gram scales starting from K[C n F 2 n+1 BF 3 ] and Me 3 SiCN. The K + salts are starting materials for the preparation of salts with organic cations, for example, [EMIm] + (EMIm=1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium). These [EMIm] + salts are hydrophobic room-temperature ionic liquids (RTILs) that are thermally, chemically and electrochemically very robust, offering electrochemical windows up to 5.8 V. The RTILs described herein, exhibit very low viscosities with a minimum of 14.0 mPa s at 20 °C for [EMIm]1 c, low melting points down to -57 °C for [EMIm]2 b and extraordinary high conductivities up to 17.6 mS cm -1 at 20 °C for [EMIm]1 c. The combination of these properties makes these ILs promising materials for electrochemical devices as exemplified by the application of selected RTILs as component of electrolytes in dye-sensitised solar cells (DSSCs, Grätzel cells). The efficiency of the DSSCs was found to increase with a decreasing viscosity of the neat ionic liquid. In addition to the spectroscopic characterisation, single crystals of the potassium salts of the anions 1 b-d, 2 d, 3 b and 4 c as well as of [nBu 4 N]2 c have been studied by X-ray diffraction. © 2018 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Epping, Ruben; Panne, Ulrich; Falkenhagen, Jana
2017-02-07
Statistical ethylene oxide (EO) and propylene oxide (PO) copolymers of different monomer compositions and different average molar masses additionally containing two kinds of end groups (FTD) were investigated by ultra high pressure liquid chromatography under critical conditions (UP-LCCC) combined with electrospray ionization time-of flight mass spectrometry (ESI-TOF-MS). Theoretical predictions of the existence of a critical adsorption point (CPA) for statistical copolymers with a given chemical and sequence distribution1 could be studied and confirmed. A fundamentally new approach to determine these critical conditions in a copolymer, alongside the inevitable chemical composition distribution (CCD), with mass spectrometric detection, is described. The shift of the critical eluent composition with the monomer composition of the polymers was determined. Due to the broad molar mass distribution (MMD) and the presumed existence of different end group functionalities as well as monomer sequence distribution (MSD), gradient separation only by CCD was not possible. Therefore, isocratic separation conditions at the CPA of definite CCD fractions were developed. Although the various present distributions partly superimposed the separation process, the goal of separation by end group functionality was still achieved on the basis of the additional dimension of ESI-TOF-MS. The existence of HO-H besides the desired allylO-H end group functionalities was confirmed and their amount estimated. Furthermore, indications for a MSD were found by UPLC/MS/MS measurements. This approach offers for the first time the possibility to obtain a fingerprint of a broad distributed statistical copolymer including MMD, FTD, CCD, and MSD.
Line-of-sight structure toward strong lensing galaxy clusters
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Bayliss, Matthew B.; Johnson, Traci; Sharon, Keren
2014-03-01
We present an analysis of the line-of-sight structure toward a sample of 10 strong lensing cluster cores. Structure is traced by groups that are identified spectroscopically in the redshift range, 0.1 ≤ z ≤ 0.9, and we measure the projected angular and comoving separations between each group and the primary strong lensing clusters in each corresponding line of sight. From these data we measure the distribution of projected angular separations between the primary strong lensing clusters and uncorrelated large-scale structure as traced by groups. We then compare the observed distribution of angular separations for our strong lensing selected lines ofmore » sight against the distribution of groups that is predicted for clusters lying along random lines of sight. There is clear evidence for an excess of structure along the line of sight at small angular separations (θ ≤ 6') along the strong lensing selected lines of sight, indicating that uncorrelated structure is a significant systematic that contributes to producing galaxy clusters with large cross sections for strong lensing. The prevalence of line-of-sight structure is one of several biases in strong lensing clusters that can potentially be folded into cosmological measurements using galaxy cluster samples. These results also have implications for current and future studies—such as the Hubble Space Telescope Frontier Fields—that make use of massive galaxy cluster lenses as precision cosmological telescopes; it is essential that the contribution of line-of-sight structure be carefully accounted for in the strong lens modeling of the cluster lenses.« less
Moreno Gudiño, Hayarelis; Carías Picón, Diamela; de Brugada Sauras, Isabel
2017-07-01
Choline (Ch) is an essential nutrient that acts as a cognitive facilitator when administered during perinatal periods, and it has been recognised as a 'pharmacological' agent that can ease cognitive dysfunctions provoked by exposure to damaging stimuli during early developmental stages. The aim of the present work is to determine whether providing a diet rich in Ch would reduce the severity of the memory deficit provoked by a neonatal stress episode in male adult rats. The effect of Ch on memory was measured using memory tasks such as object and place recognition. Ontogenetic manipulations were conducted during two sensitive developmental periods. During the first post-natal (PN) 14 days, only the male rat pups were selected and half of them were separated from the mother, group maternal separation (MS). Subsequently, during periadolescence (PN 21-60), the rats were exposed to a deficient (DEF = 0 g/kg Ch chloride), sufficient (CON = 1.1 g/kg Ch chloride), or supplemented (SUP = 5 g/kg Ch chloride) diets for this nutrient. The results indicated that for group MS, only rats fed with the SUP diet were able to recognise the familiar object and place that had been experienced 24 hours before, unlike groups DEF and CON. In addition, whereas rats in the non-separated group (No-MS) recognised the object independently of the diet, only rats that received a DEF diet failed to recognise the place, showing that a Ch deficit affects spatial memory tasks. These results show that Ch supplementation during periadolescence can attenuate the memory deficit provoked by extended neonatal stress.
Koo, Kelly H; Madden, Erin; Maguen, Shira
2015-05-01
The purpose of this study was to compare health care utilization patterns by race-ethnicity and gender among veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan. A retrospective analysis was conducted with records from U.S. service members and veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan who enrolled in health care through the Veterans Health Administration, who received a psychiatric diagnosis, and who had used primary or mental health outpatient care between October 7, 2001, and December 31, 2012 (N=309,050). Racial-ethnic minority groups were first collapsed together and compared with whites and then separated by racial-ethnic group. Gender was also tested as a moderator of utilization. Although rates of mental health outpatient care, primary care, and emergency service utilization were relatively similar for racial-ethnic minority groups and whites, minority groups were admitted to psychiatric inpatient care at lower rates than whites. When veterans were separately categorized by specific racial-ethnic groups, some differences in utilization rates emerged; most notably, only black and Hispanic men were admitted less frequently to psychiatric inpatient care, and male and female Asian/Pacific Islander veterans used emergency services less, than their white counterparts. Gender moderated the association between race-ethnicity and mental health outpatient use, such that American Indian and Hispanic women used mental health outpatient services less than white women, but American Indian and Hispanic men showed the opposite pattern. Furthermore, black men were more likely than white men to use mental health outpatient services, but there was no difference between these women. Although service utilization rates between minority groups and whites were similar when minority groups were combined, examination of utilization by racial-ethnic groups and by men and women separately yielded more robust findings.
Pi-Pi contacts are an overlooked protein feature relevant to phase separation
Vernon, Robert McCoy; Chong, Paul Andrew; Tsang, Brian; Kim, Tae Hun; Bah, Alaji; Farber, Patrick; Lin, Hong
2018-01-01
Protein phase separation is implicated in formation of membraneless organelles, signaling puncta and the nuclear pore. Multivalent interactions of modular binding domains and their target motifs can drive phase separation. However, forces promoting the more common phase separation of intrinsically disordered regions are less understood, with suggested roles for multivalent cation-pi, pi-pi, and charge interactions and the hydrophobic effect. Known phase-separating proteins are enriched in pi-orbital containing residues and thus we analyzed pi-interactions in folded proteins. We found that pi-pi interactions involving non-aromatic groups are widespread, underestimated by force-fields used in structure calculations and correlated with solvation and lack of regular secondary structure, properties associated with disordered regions. We present a phase separation predictive algorithm based on pi interaction frequency, highlighting proteins involved in biomaterials and RNA processing. PMID:29424691
Process for separating and recovering an anionic dye from an aqueous solution
Rogers, Robin; Horwitz, E. Philip; Bond, Andrew H.
1998-01-01
A solid/liquid phase process for the separation and recovery of an anionic dye from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid phase comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups, whereas the aqueous solution from which the anionic dye molecules are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved lyotropic salt. After contact between the aqueous solution and separation particles, the anionic dye is bound to the particles. The bound anionic dye molecules are freed from the separation particles by contacting the anionic dye-bound particles with an aqueous solution that does not contain a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved lyotropic salt to form an aqueous anionic dye solution whose anionic dye concentration is preferably higher than that of the initial dye-containing solution.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Batterjee, Adel A.
2016-01-01
Researchers have struggled for decades to determine whether ability grouping is helpful or harmful; however, study findings have been inconsistent. To assess the effect of grouping and program type on scholastic and affective outcomes, three grouping types (gifted separate-class enrichment, pull-out gifted enrichment, and no enrichment), three…
40 CFR 63.143 - Process wastewater provisions-inspections and monitoring of operations.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... separator that receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream, a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater stream, a recycled Group 1 wastewater stream, or a recycled residual removed from a Group 1... of this subpart. (b) For each design steam stripper and biological treatment unit used to comply with...
On the Capacity of Attention: Its Estimation and Its Role in Working Memory and Cognitive Aptitudes
Cowan, Nelson; Elliott, Emily M.; Saults, J. Scott; Morey, Candice C.; Mattox, Sam; Hismjatullina, Anna; Conway, Andrew R.A.
2008-01-01
Working memory (WM) is the set of mental processes holding limited information in a temporarily accessible state in service of cognition. We provide a theoretical framework to understand the relation between WM and aptitude measures. The WM measures that have yielded high correlations with aptitudes include separate storage and processing task components, on the assumption that WM involves both storage and processing. We argue that the critical aspect of successful WM measures is that rehearsal and grouping processes are prevented, allowing a clearer estimate of how many separate chunks of information the focus of attention circumscribes at once. Storage-and-processing tasks correlate with aptitudes, according to this view, largely because the processing task prevents rehearsal and grouping of items to be recalled. In a developmental study, we document that several scope-of-attention measures that do not include a separate processing component, but nevertheless prevent efficient rehearsal or grouping, also correlate well with aptitudes and with storage-and-processing measures. So does digit span in children too young to rehearse. PMID:16039935
[Anxiety disorders in DSM-5: an overview on changes in structure and content].
Wittchen, H-U; Heinig, I; Beesdo-Baum, K
2014-05-01
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5 (DSM-5) "anxiety, obsessive-compulsive spectrum, posttraumatic, and dissociative disorders" work group addressed reconceptualization issues regarding all anxiety-related disorders. Based on systematic literature reviews, reanalyses of available data and evaluation of results following the DSM-5 principles it was decided to rearrange the disorder spectrum into separate groupings for the classical anxiety disorders, trauma- and stressor-related disorders, obsessive-compulsive and related disorders, and dissociative disorders. Among the classical anxiety disorders DSM-5 now also includes selective mutism and separation anxiety disorder. A major change from DSM-IV is a drastically simplified classification of panic disorder and agoraphobia. Both conditions can be separately coded in DSM-5 and the overlap is disclosed by a comorbid double diagnosis. The anxiety disorder criteria have been generally harmonized regarding content and order. It was assured that criteria are applicable to all age, gender and cultural groups. Furthermore, diagnosis-specific and cross-cutting dimensional anxiety scales have been developed to supplement categorical diagnosis which appears to facilitate assessment of severity and course of treatment.
Quantitative evaluation of Alzheimer's disease
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Duchesne, S.; Frisoni, G. B.
2009-02-01
We propose a single, quantitative metric called the disease evaluation factor (DEF) and assess its efficiency at estimating disease burden in normal, control subjects (CTRL) and probable Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients. The study group consisted in 75 patients with a diagnosis of probable AD and 75 age-matched normal CTRL without neurological or neuropsychological deficit. We calculated a reference eigenspace of MRI appearance from reference data, in which our CTRL and probable AD subjects were projected. We then calculated the multi-dimensional hyperplane separating the CTRL and probable AD groups. The DEF was estimated via a multidimensional weighted distance of eigencoordinates for a given subject and the CTRL group mean, along salient principal components forming the separating hyperplane. We used quantile plots, Kolmogorov-Smirnov and χ2 tests to compare the DEF values and test that their distribution was normal. We used a linear discriminant test to separate CTRL from probable AD based on the DEF factor, and reached an accuracy of 87%. A quantitative biomarker in AD would act as an important surrogate marker of disease status and progression.
Mine, Ichiro; Kinoshita, Urara; Kawashima, Shigetaka; Sekida, Satoko
2018-01-22
The cells in the foliose thallus of trebouxiophycean alga Prasiola japonica apparently develop into 2 × 2 cell groups composed of two two-celled groups, each of which is a pair of derivative cells of the latest cell division. In the present study, the structural features of cell walls of the alga P. japonica concerning the formation of the cell groups were investigated using histochemical methods. Thin cell layers stained by Calcofluor White appeared to envelope the two-celled and four-celled groups separately and, hence, separated them from neighboring cell groups, and the Calcofluor White-negative gaps between neighboring four-celled groups were specifically stained by lectins, such as soybean agglutinin, jacalin, and Vicia villosa lectin conjugated with fluorescein. These results indicated that the Calcofluor White-positive cell wall layer of parent cell that existed during two successive cell divisions structurally distinguished two-celled and four-celled groups from others in this alga. Moreover, the results suggested that the cell wall components of the Calcofluor White-negative gaps would possibly contribute to the formation of the planar thallus through lateral union of the cell groups.
Pham, Therese M; Brené, Stefan; Baumans, Vera
2005-01-01
Physical cage enrichment--exercise devices for rodents in the laboratory--often includes running wheels. This study compared responses of mice in enriched physical and social conditions and in standard social conditions to wheel running, individual housing, and open-field test. The study divided into 6 groups, 48 female BALB/c mice group housed in enriched and standard conditions. On alternate days, the study exposed 2 groups to individual running wheel cages. It intermittently separated from their cage mates and housed individually 2 groups with no running wheels; 2 control groups remained in enriched or standard condition cages. There were no significant differences between enriched and standard group housed mice in alternate days' wheel running. Over time, enriched, group housed mice ran less. Both groups responded similarly to individual housing. In open-field test, mice exposed to individual housing without running wheel moved more and faster than wheel running and home cage control mice. They have lower body weights than group housed and wheel running mice. Intermittent withdrawal of individual housing affects the animals more than other commodities. Wheel running normalizes some effects of intermittent separation from the enriched, social home cage.
Tug, Aslihan; Hanci, Ayse; Turk, Hacer Sebnem; Aybey, Ferda; Isil, Canan Tulay; Sayin, Pinar; Oba, Sibel
2015-12-01
Anaesthetic agents used for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in paediatric patients should cause few adverse effects and allow fast anaesthetic induction and recovery. The administration route is also important and should be minimally invasive. In this study, we aimed to compare two different doses of intranasal dexmedetomidine applied to children for MRI sedation. Sixty patients between 1 and 10 years of age with American Society of Anesthesiologists Physical Status classification I or II who were scheduled for MRI were recruited into this prospective, randomized, double-blind study. Intranasal dexmedetomidine was administered at doses of 3 µg kg(-1) (Group 1) and 4 µg kg(-1) (Group 2) before imaging. Heart rate (HR), peripheral oxygen saturation, respiratory rate and Ramsay Sedation Scale (RSS) scores were recorded before the anaesthetic induction of sedation and every 10 min until discharge. If intranasal sedation failed, an intravenous cannula was placed and propofol was applied as a rescue anaesthetic. Bispectral Index (BIS) scores were also recorded before and after MRI. We recorded onset time of sedation, mood at separation from parents (defined as parental separation score), imaging quality, MRI duration, rescue anaesthetic requirement, total duration of sedation, recovery duration, parents' satisfaction and adverse effects. The results related to age, weight and adverse effects were not statistically different between the groups. The parental separation score was significantly higher in Group 2 (P = 0.003). Rescue anaesthetic requirement was significantly higher in Group 1 (P = 0.002). The results related to recovery duration, MRI duration, parents' satisfaction, onset time of sedation and total duration of sedation were not statistically different. HR was significantly lower in all time intervals compared with basal values in both groups. In Group 2, RSS scores were significantly higher in the 30th, 40th and 50th min. The BIS scores in Group 2 were lower at the 50th min. Neither bradycardia nor oxygen desaturation were observed. Imaging studies were completed successfully in all patients. Based on lower rescue anaesthetic requirements, sufficient sedation and parental separation scores in Group 2, intranasal dexmedetomidine 4 µg kg(-1) was more efficient than intranasal dexmedetomidine 3 µg kg(-1). The intranasal route may be an alternative noninvasive route to apply drugs for MRI sedation in paediatric patients. Trial registration ClinicalTrials.gov: NCT02299232.
48 CFR 1602.170-13 - Similarly sized subscriber groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... MANAGEMENT FEDERAL EMPLOYEES HEALTH BENEFITS ACQUISITION REGULATION GENERAL DEFINITIONS OF WORDS AND TERMS... into an agreement to provide health care services is a potential SSSG (including separate lines of..., Medicare groups, and groups that have only a stand alone benefit (such as dental only); (4) A purchasing...
SIR/CAR--Studies of Television and Youth Sports.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Moriarty, Dick; McCabe, Ann
This study examines the fundamental thesis of whether exposure to prosocial and antisocial media-provided models significantly affects the behavior of youths (ages 7 to 17) while engaged in sports or athletics. The research group evaluated three different groups and three separate samples--prosocial, antisocial, and a control group--dividing the…
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-01-26
... Universal Music Group; Fishers, IN; Amended Certification Regarding Eligibility To Apply for Worker... of Universal Music Group and that some workers separated from employment at the Fishers, Indiana... unemployment insurance (UI) tax account under the name Universal Music Group. Accordingly, the Department is...
9 CFR 113.332 - Tenosynovitis Vaccine.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... lymphoid leukosis virus; and 5 or more with subgroup B lymphoid leukosis virus. Each group of control... separately, but serums within each control group may be pooled. A valid test shall have positive COFAL reactions from each virus inoculated group and negative reactions from the uninoculated controls. If any of...
9 CFR 113.332 - Tenosynovitis Vaccine.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... lymphoid leukosis virus; and 5 or more with subgroup B lymphoid leukosis virus. Each group of control... separately, but serums within each control group may be pooled. A valid test shall have positive COFAL reactions from each virus inoculated group and negative reactions from the uninoculated controls. If any of...
9 CFR 113.332 - Tenosynovitis Vaccine.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... lymphoid leukosis virus; and 5 or more with subgroup B lymphoid leukosis virus. Each group of control... separately, but serums within each control group may be pooled. A valid test shall have positive COFAL reactions from each virus inoculated group and negative reactions from the uninoculated controls. If any of...
9 CFR 113.332 - Tenosynovitis Vaccine.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... lymphoid leukosis virus; and 5 or more with subgroup B lymphoid leukosis virus. Each group of control... separately, but serums within each control group may be pooled. A valid test shall have positive COFAL reactions from each virus inoculated group and negative reactions from the uninoculated controls. If any of...
9 CFR 113.332 - Tenosynovitis Vaccine.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... lymphoid leukosis virus; and 5 or more with subgroup B lymphoid leukosis virus. Each group of control... separately, but serums within each control group may be pooled. A valid test shall have positive COFAL reactions from each virus inoculated group and negative reactions from the uninoculated controls. If any of...
Ji, Qiang; Shi, YunQing; Xia, LiMin; Ma, RunHua; Shen, JinQiang; Lai, Hao; Ding, WenJun; Wang, ChunSheng
2017-12-25
To evaluate in-hospital and mid-term outcomes of sequential vs. separate grafting of in situ skeletonized left internal mammary artery (LIMA) to the left coronary system in a single-center, propensity-matched study.Methods and Results:After propensity score-matching, 120 pairs of patients undergoing first scheduled isolated coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) with in situ skeletonized LIMA grafting to the left anterior descending artery (LAD) territory were entered into a sequential group (sequential grafting of LIMA to the diagonal artery and then to the LAD) or a control group (separate grafting of LIMA to the LAD). The in-hospital and follow-up clinical outcomes and follow-up LIMA graft patency were compared. Both propensity score-matched groups had similar in-hospital and follow-up clinical outcomes. Sequential LIMA grafting was not found to be an independent predictor of adverse events. During a follow-up period of 27.0±7.3 months, 99.1% patency for the diagonal site and 98.3% for the LAD site were determined by coronary computed tomographic angiography after sequential LIMA grafting, both of which were similar with graft patency of separate grafting of in situ skeletonized LIMA to the LAD. Revascularization of the left coronary system using a skeletonized LIMA resulted in excellent in-hospital and mid-term clinical outcomes and graft patency using sequential grafting.
Shen, J Q; Ji, Q; Ding, W J; Xia, L M; Wei, L; Wang, C S
2018-03-13
Objective: To evaluate in-hospital and mid-term outcomes of sequential versus separate grafting of in situ skeletonized left internal mammary artery (LIMA) to the left coronary system in a single-center, propensity-matched study. Methods: After propensity score matching, 120 pairs of patients undergoing first, scheduled, isolated coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) with in situ skeletonized LIMA grafting to the left anterior descending artery (LAD) territory were entered into a sequential group (sequential grafting of LIMA to the diagonal artery and then to the LAD) or a control group (separate grafting of LIMA to the LAD). The in-hospital and follow-up clinical outcomes and follow-up LIMA graft patency were compared. Results: The two propensity score-matched groups had similar in-hospital and follow-up clinical outcomes. The number of bypass conduits ranged from 3 to 6 (with a mean of 3.5), and 91.3%(219/240)of the included patients received off-pump CABG surgery. No significant differences were found between the two propensity score-matched groups in the in-hospital outcomes, including in-hospital death and the incidence of complications associated with CABG (prolonged ventilation, peroperative stroke, re-operation before discharge, and deep sternal wound infection). During follow-up, 9 patients (4 patients from the sequential group and 5 patients from the control group) died, and the all-cause mortality rate was 3.9%. No significant difference was found in the all-cause mortality rate between the 2 groups[3.4% (4/116) vs 4.3% (5/115), P =0.748]. During follow-up period, 99.1% (115/116) patency for the diagonal site and 98.3% (114/116) for the LAD site were determined by coronary computed tomographic angiography after sequential LIMA grafting, both of which were similar with graft patency of separate grafting of in situ skeletonized LIMA to the LAD. Conclusions: Revascularization of the left coronary system using a skeletonized LIMA resulted in excellent in-hospital and mid-term clinical outcomes and graft patency using sequential grafting.
Bussen, S; Eckert, A; Schmidt, U; Sütterlin, M
2016-04-01
Introduction: The aim of this study was to evaluate the primary and secondary therapeutic successes of different therapy schemes for the treatment of synechia of the labia in pre-pubertal girls. Materials and Methods: The treatment courses of 47 pre-pubertal girls who were treated between February 2007 and February 2013 in the special outpatient clinic for paediatric gynaecology of a department for gynaecology at a German university hospital and for whom information on the course of the disease was available for at least the six months following end of the treatment. 23 of these children were treated with a topical estriol therapy (treatment group A). For 24 of the girls a manual separation of the adhering labia minora was undertaken (treatment group B). Statistical evaluation was performed using the χ 2 test, Fischer's exact test and the Mann-Whitney U test. Results: For 18 of the 23 (80 %) girls in treatment group A topical estriol therapy alone led to a resolution of the synechia. Five of these 23 children (20 %) required a secondary manual separation. All girls for whom treatment was not successful were under 5 years of age. For all 24 girls (100 %) of treatment group B the primary manual separation was performed with success. The recurrence rates after ≥ 6 months in cases with identical after-care did not differ between the two treatment groups (treatment group A: 34 %, treatment group B: 33 %, χ 2 test: p = 0.853). 16 of the 17 recurrences occurred ≥ 3 months after the end of the therapy. Conclusion: Our results show that for children < 5 years of age a 4-week topical therapy with estriol is a promising therapy option for synechia of the labia that is less of a burden for the family situation. Especially for girls ≥ 5 years of age, primary therapy fails in up to 20 % of the cases. Primary manual separation represents a more effective therapeutic option. Irrespective of the treatment applied, a recurrence after ≥ 3 must be expected in one-third of the treated girls.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Xu, Yaoying
2006-01-01
The purpose of this study was to examine toddlers' emotional reactions to separation from their primary caregivers through the observation on a group of toddlers (18-30 months old) at a university preschool classroom. Interactional ethnography with ethnographic perspective and sociolinguistic discourse analysis was used as the theoretical…
14 CFR 25.1149 - Propeller speed and pitch controls.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Propeller speed and pitch controls. 25.1149... Accessories § 25.1149 Propeller speed and pitch controls. (a) There must be a separate propeller speed and pitch control for each propeller. (b) The controls must be grouped and arranged to allow— (1) Separate...
14 CFR 25.1149 - Propeller speed and pitch controls.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Propeller speed and pitch controls. 25.1149... Accessories § 25.1149 Propeller speed and pitch controls. (a) There must be a separate propeller speed and pitch control for each propeller. (b) The controls must be grouped and arranged to allow— (1) Separate...
14 CFR 25.1149 - Propeller speed and pitch controls.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Propeller speed and pitch controls. 25.1149... Accessories § 25.1149 Propeller speed and pitch controls. (a) There must be a separate propeller speed and pitch control for each propeller. (b) The controls must be grouped and arranged to allow— (1) Separate...
Biocatalytic separation of N-7/N-9 guanine nucleosides.
Singh, Sunil K; Sharma, Vivek K; Olsen, Carl E; Wengel, Jesper; Parmar, Virinder S; Prasad, Ashok K
2010-11-19
Vorbrüggen coupling of trimethylsilylated 2-N-isobutanoylguanine with peracetylated pentofuranose derivatives generally gives inseparable N-7/N-9 glycosyl mixtures. We have shown that the two isomers can be separated biocatalytically by Novozyme-435-mediated selective deacetylation of the 5'-O-acetyl group of peracetylated N-9 guanine nucleosides.
A Powerful, Potential Outcomes Method for Estimating Any Estimand across Multiple Groups
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Pattanayak, Cassandra W.; Rubin, Donald B.; Zell, Elizabeth R.
2013-01-01
In educational research, outcome measures are often estimated across separate studies or across schools, districts, or other subgroups to assess the overall causal effect of an active treatment versus a control treatment. Students may be partitioned into such strata or blocks by experimental design, or separated into studies within a…
Benzyl-Functionalized Room Temperature Ionic Liquids for CO2/N2 Separation
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Mahurin, Shannon Mark; Dai, Thomas N; Yeary, Joshua S
2011-01-01
In this work, three classes of room temperature ionic liquids (RTILs), including imidazolium, pyridinium, and pyrrolidinium ionic liquids with a benzyl group appended to the cation, were synthesized and tested for their performance in separating CO{sub 2} and N{sub 2}. All RTILs contained the bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide anion, permitting us to distinguish the impact of the benzyl moiety attached to the cation on gas separation performance. In general, the attachment of the benzyl group increased the viscosity of the ionic liquid compared with the unfunctionalized analogs and decreased the CO{sub 2} permeability. However, all of the benzyl-modified ionic liquids exhibited enhanced CO{submore » 2}/N{sub 2} selectivities compared with alkyl-based ionic liquids, with values ranging from 22.0 to 33.1. In addition, CO{sub 2} solubilities in the form of Henry's constants were also measured and compared with unfunctionalized analogs. Results of the membrane performance tests and CO{sub 2} solubility measurements demonstrate that the benzyl-functionalized RTILs have significant potential for use in the separation of carbon dioxide from combustion products.« less
Ghimici, Luminita; Constantin, Marieta
2018-04-14
Cationic pullulan derivatives have been synthesized and evaluated, for the first time, as flocculants for the separation of the commercial pesticides, Novadim Progress (organophosphoric type), Bordeax mixture and Karate Zeon (pyrethroid type) from synthetic wastewater. The investigated polymer samples contained either pendent tertiary amine or quaternary ammonium salts groups. The separation efficiency was followed by UV-Vis spectroscopy, while the information regarding the mechanism involved in the separation of pesticide particles have been obtained by zeta potential. UV-Vis spectroscopy data showed strong pesticide particles/polycation interactions in case of Novadim Progress and Bordeaux mixture (maximum pesticide removal between 90% and 98%). Good separation efficiency (around 80%) of Karate Zeon emulsion was also noticed. The zeta potential measurements indicated that the charge neutralization was the common flocculation mechanism for the removal of these pesticides. In addition, the hydrogen bondings and chelation of copper ions by amide and/or tertiary amino groups of the polycations had a noteworthy contribution to the pesticide removal. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Iyer, B. R.; Kamran, N.
1991-09-01
The question of the separability of the Dirac equation in metrics with local rotational symmetry is reexamined by adapting the analysis of Kamran and McLenaghan [J. Math. Phys. 25, 1019 (1984)] for the metrics admitting a two-dimensional Abelian local isometry group acting orthogonally transitively. This generalized treatment, which involves the choice of a suitable system of local coordinates and spinor frame, allows one to establish the separability of the Dirac equation within the class of metrics for which the previous analysis of Iyer and Vishveshwara [J. Math. Phys. 26, 1034 (1985)] had left the question of separability open.
Organelle DNA variation and systematic relationships in the genus Zea: Teosinte
Timothy, D. H.; Levings, C. S.; Pring, D. R.; Conde, M. F.; Kermicle, J. L.
1979-01-01
Chloroplast and mitochondrial DNAs from six races of annual teosinte (Guatemala, Huehuetenango, Balsas, Central Plateau, Chalco, and Nobogame), perennial teosinte, and maize were compared and grouped by restriction endonuclease fragment analyses. Three groups of chloroplast DNAs were detected: (i) perennial teosinte and Guatemala; (ii) Balsas and Huehuetenango; and (iii) all other teosintes. Four groups of mitochondrial DNAs were separated: (i) perennial teosinte; (ii) Guatemala; (iii) Nobogame; and (iv) all other teosintes. Separation of the teosinte and maize organelle DNAs into five groups (Guatemala; perennial teosinte; Balsas and Huehuetenango; Central Plateau and Chalco; Nobogame and maize) approximated the biosystematic relationships of the taxa. It was suggested that the evolutions of the chloroplast and mitochondrial DNAs may be independent of each other, that variation of organelle DNA within a species complex of an organism may be the common condition, and that the DNAs of the organelle and nuclear systems evolve in reasonable harmony. Images PMID:16592708
Quadratic time dependent Hamiltonians and separation of variables
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Anzaldo-Meneses, A.
2017-06-01
Time dependent quantum problems defined by quadratic Hamiltonians are solved using canonical transformations. The Green's function is obtained and a comparison with the classical Hamilton-Jacobi method leads to important geometrical insights like exterior differential systems, Monge cones and time dependent Gaussian metrics. The Wei-Norman approach is applied using unitary transformations defined in terms of generators of the associated Lie groups, here the semi-direct product of the Heisenberg group and the symplectic group. A new explicit relation for the unitary transformations is given in terms of a finite product of elementary transformations. The sequential application of adequate sets of unitary transformations leads naturally to a new separation of variables method for time dependent Hamiltonians, which is shown to be related to the Inönü-Wigner contraction of Lie groups. The new method allows also a better understanding of interacting particles or coupled modes and opens an alternative way to analyze topological phases in driven systems.
Kalderstam, Jonas; Edén, Patrik; Ohlsson, Mattias
2015-01-01
We investigate a new method to place patients into risk groups in censored survival data. Properties such as median survival time, and end survival rate, are implicitly improved by optimizing the area under the survival curve. Artificial neural networks (ANN) are trained to either maximize or minimize this area using a genetic algorithm, and combined into an ensemble to predict one of low, intermediate, or high risk groups. Estimated patient risk can influence treatment choices, and is important for study stratification. A common approach is to sort the patients according to a prognostic index and then group them along the quartile limits. The Cox proportional hazards model (Cox) is one example of this approach. Another method of doing risk grouping is recursive partitioning (Rpart), which constructs a decision tree where each branch point maximizes the statistical separation between the groups. ANN, Cox, and Rpart are compared on five publicly available data sets with varying properties. Cross-validation, as well as separate test sets, are used to validate the models. Results on the test sets show comparable performance, except for the smallest data set where Rpart's predicted risk groups turn out to be inverted, an example of crossing survival curves. Cross-validation shows that all three models exhibit crossing of some survival curves on this small data set but that the ANN model manages the best separation of groups in terms of median survival time before such crossings. The conclusion is that optimizing the area under the survival curve is a viable approach to identify risk groups. Training ANNs to optimize this area combines two key strengths from both prognostic indices and Rpart. First, a desired minimum group size can be specified, as for a prognostic index. Second, the ability to utilize non-linear effects among the covariates, which Rpart is also able to do.
Group formation through indirect reciprocity
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Oishi, Koji; Shimada, Takashi; Ito, Nobuyasu
2013-03-01
The emergence of group structure of cooperative relations is studied in an agent-based model. It is proved that specific types of reciprocity norms lead individuals to split into two groups only inside of which they are cooperative. The condition for the evolutionary stability of the norms is also obtained. This result suggests reciprocity norms, which usually promote cooperation, can cause society's separation into multiple groups.
A Comparative Study of Urban Black Argot. Final Report.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Folb, Edith A.
A current vocabulary of argot terms and meanings was collected from a Black male control group in the South Central Los Angeles ghetto. This lexicon was used to elicit and compare responses from 5 male groups of youths between 15 and 20 years old. Two of the groups consisted of lower class blacks separated geographically. The other groups were…
Pi-Pi contacts are an overlooked protein feature relevant to phase separation.
Vernon, Robert McCoy; Chong, Paul Andrew; Tsang, Brian; Kim, Tae Hun; Bah, Alaji; Farber, Patrick; Lin, Hong; Forman-Kay, Julie Deborah
2018-02-09
Protein phase separation is implicated in formation of membraneless organelles, signaling puncta and the nuclear pore. Multivalent interactions of modular binding domains and their target motifs can drive phase separation. However, forces promoting the more common phase separation of intrinsically disordered regions are less understood, with suggested roles for multivalent cation-pi, pi-pi, and charge interactions and the hydrophobic effect. Known phase-separating proteins are enriched in pi-orbital containing residues and thus we analyzed pi-interactions in folded proteins. We found that pi-pi interactions involving non-aromatic groups are widespread, underestimated by force-fields used in structure calculations and correlated with solvation and lack of regular secondary structure, properties associated with disordered regions. We present a phase separation predictive algorithm based on pi interaction frequency, highlighting proteins involved in biomaterials and RNA processing. © 2018, Vernon et al.
Process for separating and recovering an anionic dye from an aqueous solution
Rogers, R.; Horwitz, E.P.; Bond, A.H.
1998-01-13
A solid/liquid phase process for the separation and recovery of an anionic dye from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid phase comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups, whereas the aqueous solution from which the anionic dye molecules are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved lyotropic salt. After contact between the aqueous solution and separation particles, the anionic dye is bound to the particles. The bound anionic dye molecules are freed from the separation particles by contacting the anionic dye-bound particles with an aqueous solution that does not contain a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved lyotropic salt to form an aqueous anionic dye solution whose anionic dye concentration is preferably higher than that of the initial dye-containing solution. 7 figs.
Language and pragmatic functions in school-age children on the autism spectrum.
Ramberg, C; Ehlers, S; Nydén, A; Johansson, M; Gillberg, C
1996-01-01
This study examined group differences in language and pragmatic functions across sex-, age- and IQ-matched samples of Asperger syndrome (N = 22), high-functioning autism (N = 11), deficits in attention, motor control and perception (DAMP) (N = 11), and speech and language disorder (SLD) (N = 11) groups. The purpose was to explore possible differentiating features in the fields of vocabulary, comprehension and pragmatics and, in addition, to determine whether Asperger syndrome could be reliably separated from high-functioning autism on these variables. The findings suggest that Asperger syndrome may be associated with higher full-scale and verbal IQ than high-functioning autism; Asperger syndrome may not be associated with better pragmatic skills (as defined in this context) than high-functioning autism; language comprehension may not clearly separate Asperger syndrome and high-functioning autism once the effects of very low IQ are partialled out; both DAMP and SLD can be distinctly separated from Asperger syndrome and autism.
The economic legacy of divorce and separation for women in old age.
McDonald, Lynn; Robb, A Leslie
2004-01-01
Although progress has been made over the last 20 years, the burden of a low income in old age is still carried by unattached women. Few researchers, however, have examined exactly where the burden of poverty falls within the category of unattached older women or what the nature of this poverty is. Like any other group of older Canadians, unattached women are not a homogeneous population. The category of unattached includes the separated, divorced, widowed, and ever single, all of whom face different circumstances in old age because of differences over the life course. Using Survey of Labour and Income Dynamics (SLID) data, we examine income and sources of income from 1993 to 1999 to identify differences among these groups. The findings indicate that the separated and divorced are the poorest of all older unattached women in Canada. A key source of the difference is the differential growth in private pension incomes.
Hydrogen Bond Induces Hierarchical Self-Assembly in Liquid-Crystalline Block Copolymers.
Huang, Shuai; Pang, Linlin; Chen, Yuxuan; Zhou, Liming; Fang, Shaoming; Yu, Haifeng
2018-03-01
Microphase-separated structures of block copolymers (BCs) with a size of sub-10 nm are usually obtained by hydrogen-bond-induced self-assembly of BCs through doping with small molecules as functional additives. Here, fabrication of hierarchically self-assembled sub-10 nm structures upon microphase separation of amphiphilic liquid-crystalline BCs (LCBCs) at the existence of hydrogen bonds but without any dopants is reported. The newly introduced urethane groups in the side chain of the hydrophobic block of LCBCs interact with the ether groups of the hydrophilic poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO) block, leading to imperfect crystallization of the PEO blocks. Both crystalline and amorphous domains coexist in the separated PEO phase, enabling a lamellar structure to appear inside the PEO nanocylinders. This provides an elegant method to fabricate controllable sub-10 nm microstructures in well-defined polymer systems without the introduction of any dopants. © 2018 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Birnie, Andrew K; Taylor, Jack H; Cavanaugh, Jon; French, Jeffrey A
2013-12-01
Variation in the early postnatal social environment can have lasting effects on hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis stress responses. Both rats and macaque monkeys subjected to low quality or abusive maternal care during the early postnatal period have more pronounced HPA responses to environmental stressors throughout development and into adulthood compared to animals reared in higher quality early maternal environments. However, little is known about the relative contributions to HPA stress response styles in developing offspring in species in which offspring care is routinely provided by group members other than the mother, such as in cooperatively breeding mammals. Marmoset monkeys exhibit cooperative offspring rearing, with fathers and older siblings providing care in addition to that provided by the mother. We evaluated the effects of early maternal, paternal, and older sibling care on HPA responses to social separation across development in captive white-faced marmoset offspring (Callithrix geoffroyi). We monitored offspring care by mothers, fathers, and older siblings in marmosets for the first 60 days of life. Later in development, each marmoset experienced three standardized social separation/novelty exposure stressors at 6, 12, and 18 months of age. During separation, we collected urine samples and analyzed them via enzyme immunoassay for cortisol levels. Infants that received higher rates of rejections from the entire family group showed higher cortisol responses to social separation. This relationship was found when mothers, fathers, and older siblings, were analyzed separately as well. No differences in cortisol responses were found between offspring that received high and low rates of carrying or high and low rates of licking and grooming by any group member. In the cooperatively breeding marmoset, early social cues from multiple classes of caregivers may influence HPA stress responses throughout the lifespan. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Birnie, Andrew K.; Taylor, Jack H.; Cavanaugh, Jon; French, Jeffrey A.
2013-01-01
Variation in the early postnatal social environment can have lasting effects on hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis stress responses. Both rats and macaque monkeys subjected to low quality or abusive maternal care during the early postnatal period have more pronounced HPA responses to environmental stressors throughout development and into adulthood compared to animals reared in higher quality early maternal environments. However, little is known about the relative contributions to HPA stress response styles in developing offspring in species in which offspring care is routinely provided by group members other than the mother, such as in cooperatively breeding mammals. Marmoset monkeys exhibit cooperative offspring rearing, with fathers and older siblings providing care in addition to that provided by the mother. We evaluated the effects of early maternal, paternal, and older sibling care on HPA responses to social separation across development in captive white-faced marmoset offspring (Callithrix geoffroyi). We monitored offspring care by mothers, fathers, and older siblings in marmosets for the first 60 days of life. Later in development, each marmoset experienced three standardized social separation/novelty exposure stressors at 6, 12, and 18 months of age. During separation, we collected urine samples and analyzed them via enzyme immunoassay for cortisol levels. Infants that received higher rates of rejections from the entire family group showed higher cortisol responses to social separation. This relationship was found when mothers, fathers, and older siblings, were analyzed separately as well. No differences in cortisol responses were found between offspring that received high and low rates of carrying or high and low rates of licking and grooming by any group member. In the cooperatively breeding marmoset, early social cues from multiple classes of caregivers may influence HPA stress responses throughout the lifespan. PMID:24099861
Post-accelerator issues at the IsoSpin Laboratory
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Chattopadhyay, S.; Nitschke, J.M.
1994-05-01
The workshop on ``Post-Accelerator Issues at the Isospin Laboratory`` was held at the Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory from October 27--29, 1993. It was sponsored by the Center for Beam Physics in the Accelerator and Fusion Research Division and the ISL Studies Group in the Nuclear Science Division. About forty scientists from around the world participated vigorously in this two and a half day workshop, (c.f. Agenda, Appendix D). Following various invited review talks from leading practitioners in the field on the first day, the workshop focussed around two working groups: (1) the Ion Source and Separators working group and (2) themore » Radio Frequency Quadrupoles and Linacs working group. The workshop closed with the two working groups summarizing and outlining the tasks for the future. This report documents the proceedings of the workshop and includes the invited review talks, the two summary talks from the working groups and individual contributions from the participants. It is a complete assemblage of state-of-the-art thinking on ion sources, low-{beta}, low(q/A) accelerating structures, e.g. linacs and RFQS, isobar separators, phase-space matching, cyclotrons, etc., as relevant to radioactive beam facilities and the IsoSpin Laboratory. We regret to say that while the fascinating topic of superconducting low-velocity accelerator structure was covered by Dr. K. Shepard during the workshop, we can only reproduce the copies of the transparencies of his talk in the Appendix, since no written manuscript was available at the time of publication of this report. The individual report have been catologed separately elsewhere.« less
Druml, T; Curik, I; Baumung, R; Aberle, K; Distl, O; Sölkner, J
2007-02-01
All over Europe, the number of draught horses has decreased drastically during the last 50 years. As a prerequisite for efficient management decisions, we analysed the conservation status in Austrian (Noriker Carinthia - NC, Noriker Salzburg - NS), Croatian (Croatian Coldblood - C, Posavina horse - P) and German (Altmaerkisch Coldblood - A, Black Forest horse - BF, Mecklenburg Coldblood - M, Rhenish German Draught horse - R, Saxon Thuringa Coldblood - ST, Schleswig Draught horse - Sch, South German Coldblood - SG) draught horses (434) using multilocus genotypic information from 30 (effectively 27) microsatellite loci. Populations located in areas with less intensive agricultural production (C, NC, NS, P and SG) had greater diversity within the population and estimated effective population size than A, BF, Sch, M, R and ST populations. The PCA plots revealed that populations form five separate groups. The 'Noriker' group (NC, NS and SG) and the 'Rhenish' group (A, M, R and ST) were the most distinctive (pairwise F(ST) values ranged from 0.078 to 0.094). The 'Croatian' group (C and P) was in the centre, while the BF and Sch populations formed two out-groups. A posterior Bayesian analysis detected further differentiation, mainly caused by political and geographical factors. Thus, it was possible to separate the South German Coldblood from the Austrian Noriker population where no subpopulation structure was detected. The admixture analysis revealed imprecise classification between C and P populations. A small but notable separation of R from A, M and ST populations was detected, while Sch and BF populations remained as out-groups. The information obtained should aid in making efficient conservation decisions.
Aytug, Tolga [Knoxville, TN; Paranthaman, Mariappan Parans [Knoxville, TN; Polat, Ozgur [Knoxville, TN
2012-07-17
An electronic component that includes a substrate and a phase-separated layer supported on the substrate and a method of forming the same are disclosed. The phase-separated layer includes a first phase comprising lanthanum manganate (LMO) and a second phase selected from a metal oxide (MO), metal nitride (MN), a metal (Me), and combinations thereof. The phase-separated material can be an epitaxial layer and an upper surface of the phase-separated layer can include interfaces between the first phase and the second phase. The phase-separated layer can be supported on a buffer layer comprising a composition selected from the group consisting of IBAD MgO, LMO/IBAD-MgO, homoepi-IBAD MgO and LMO/homoepi-MgO. The electronic component can also include an electronically active layer supported on the phase-separated layer. The electronically active layer can be a superconducting material, a ferroelectric material, a multiferroic material, a magnetic material, a photovoltaic material, an electrical storage material, and a semiconductor material.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Carton, Jacqueline; Carton, John
1971-01-01
Within a small group of ten and eleven year-old children, and a separate group of their parents, changes occurred in attitudes in parent child communications following participation in a planned sex education program. Attitude changes pointed to movement in both groups from lesser to greater permissiveness. (Author)
Parent-Child Interaction and Children's Number Learning
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Zhou, Xin; Huang, Jin; Wang, Zhengke; Wang, Bin; Zhao, Zhenguo; Yang, Lei; Yang, Zhengzheng
2006-01-01
Two groups of Chinese four-year-olds and their parents' interaction in joint activities were analyzed and compared. The children in Group 1 were high scorers in written number skills and the children in Group 2 were low scorers. Eighty-five dyads participated in four separate 15-minute joint activities such as book reading, mathematical work…
Grouping Pupils for Language Arts Instruction.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Ediger, Marlow
A major task involved in teaching pupils is to group them wisely for instruction. Most elementary schools group learners in terms of a self-contained classroom. While it may seem extreme, all curriculum areas on each grade in the elementary school may be departmentalized. In some ways, departmentalization harmonizes more with a separate subjects…
Perceptions of Teacher Candidates about Social Network Usage Levels in Turkey
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Koçoglu, Erol
2017-01-01
This study was conducted to determine the perceptions of the teacher candidates in educational faculties in Turkey about social network usage levels in today's globalizing world. The study was performed with 4 separate study groups. The first study group consisted of 657 teacher candidates, the second study group consisted of 364 teacher…
The Effect of Contextual and Conceptual Rewording on Mathematical Problem-Solving Performance
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Haghverdi, Majid; Wiest, Lynda R.
2016-01-01
This study shows how separate and combined contextual and conceptual problem rewording can positively influence student performance in solving mathematical word problems. Participants included 80 seventh-grade Iranian students randomly assigned in groups of 20 to three experimental groups involving three types of rewording and a control group. All…
26 CFR 1.72-2 - Applicability of section.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... from an insurance company of one or more group contracts or one or more individual contracts, or may be... purchased a group annuity contract. The remaining part of the benefits are to be paid out of a separate... purchase of a group term insurance policy and funded the retirement benefits through the purchase of a...
Gender and Ethnic Group Differences on the GMAT Analytical Writing Assessment.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bridgeman, Brent; McHale, Frederick
Gender and ethnic group differences on the Analytical Writing Assessment that is part of the Graduate Management Admissions Test were evaluated. Data from the first operational administration for 36,583 examinees in October 1994 were used. Standardized differences from the White male reference group were computed separately for men and women in…
Affectionate Writing Reduces Total Cholesterol: Two Randomized, Controlled Trials
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Floyd, Kory; Mikkelson, Alan C.; Hesse, Colin; Pauley, Perry M.
2007-01-01
In two 5-week trials, healthy college students were randomly assigned either to experimental or control groups. Participants in the experimental groups wrote about their affection for significant friends, relatives, and/or romantic partners for 20 minutes on three separate occasions; on the same schedule, those in the control groups wrote about…
Learning Styles of ICT Specialisation Students: Do Differences in Disciplines Exist?
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
de Salas, Kristy; Lewis, Ian; Dermoudy, Julian
2014-01-01
Within existing ICT degrees there is a widely-held belief that content must be tailored for different "kinds" of students--often two differing student groups: a technical group requiring detailed Computer Science knowledge and a separate group requiring less technical, more strategic ICT knowledge and skills. Our institution has produced…
Pohuang, Tawatchai; Chansiripornchai, Niwat; Tawatsin, Achara; Sasipreeyajan, Jiroj
2009-09-01
Thirteen field isolates of infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) were isolated from broiler flocks in Thailand between January and June 2008. The 878-bp of the S1 gene covering a hypervariable region was amplified and sequenced. Phylogenetic analysis based on that region revealed that these viruses were separated into two groups (I and II). IBV isolates in group I were not related to other IBV strains published in the GenBank database. Group 1 nucleotide sequence identities were less than 85% and amino acid sequence identities less than 84% in common with IBVs published in the GenBank database. This group likely represents the strains indigenous to Thailand. The isolates in group II showed a close relationship with Chinese IBVs. They had nucleotide sequence identities of 97-98% and amino acid sequence identities 96-98% in common with Chinese IBVs (strain A2, SH and QXIBV). This finding indicated that the recent Thai IBVs evolved separately and at least two groups of viruses are circulating in Thailand.
47 CFR 36.373 - Services-Account 6620.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... PROCEDURES; STANDARD PROCEDURES FOR SEPARATING TELECOMMUNICATIONS PROPERTY COSTS, REVENUES, EXPENSES, TAXES AND RESERVES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES 1 Operating Expenses and Taxes Customer Operations... among the operations for groups of exchanges. A group of exchanges may include all exchanges in the...
Potter, Shelley; Brookes, Sara T; Holcombe, Christopher; Ward, Joseph A; Blazeby, Jane M
2016-09-23
The development and use of core outcome sets (COSs) in trials may improve data synthesis and reduce outcome reporting bias. The selection of outcomes in COSs is informed by views of key stakeholders, yet little is known about the role and influence of different stakeholders' views during COS development. We report an exploratory case study examining how stakeholder selection and incorporation of stakeholders' views may influence the selection of outcomes for a COS in reconstructive breast surgery (RBS). We also make recommendations for future considerations. Key stakeholder groups and subgroups were identified from the literature and expert opinion by the COS management group. They included health care professionals, subdivided by profession (breast and plastic surgeons, specialist nurses and psychologists) and patients, subdivided according to type of surgery received, timing of reconstruction, time since surgery and patient age. All participated in a survey in which they were asked to prioritise outcomes. Outcomes were prioritised using a 9-point scale from 1 (not important) to 9 (extremely important). The proportion of (1) all participants, ignoring stakeholder group (single heterogeneous panel analysis), (2) 'professional' and 'patient' groups separately (two heterogeneous panels), ignoring prespecified subgroups and (3) each participant subgroup separately (multiple homogeneous panel analysis) rating each item 'extremely important' was summarised and compared to explore how selection and integration of stakeholder views may influence outcome prioritisation. There were many overlaps between items rated as most important by all groups. Specific stakeholders, however, prioritised specific concerns and a broader range of outcomes were prioritised when the subgroups were considered separately. For example, two additional outcomes were prioritised when patient and professional groups were considered separately and eight additional outcomes were identified when the views of the individual subgroups were explored. In general, patient subgroups preferentially valued additional clinical outcomes, including unplanned surgery, whereas professional subgroups prioritised additional psychosocial issues including body image. Stakeholder groups value different outcomes. Selection of groups, therefore, is important. Our recommendations for robust and transparent stakeholder selection and integration of stakeholder views may aid future COS developers in the design and conduct of their studies and improve the validity and value of future COS.
Reciprocity in group-living animals: partner control versus partner choice.
Schino, Gabriele; Aureli, Filippo
2017-05-01
Reciprocity is probably the most debated of the evolutionary explanations for cooperation. Part of the confusion surrounding this debate stems from a failure to note that two different processes can result in reciprocity: partner control and partner choice. We suggest that the common observation that group-living animals direct their cooperative behaviours preferentially to those individuals from which they receive most cooperation is to be interpreted as the result of the sum of the two separate processes of partner control and partner choice. We review evidence that partner choice is the prevalent process in primates and propose explanations for this pattern. We make predictions that highlight the need for studies that separate the effects of partner control and partner choice in a broader variety of group-living taxa. © 2016 Cambridge Philosophical Society.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Nagasawa, H.; Blanchard, D. P.; Jacobs, J. W.; Brannon, J. C.; Philpotts, J. A.; Onuma, N.
1977-01-01
Concentrations of the rare earth elements (REE), Sc, Co, Fe, Zn, Ir, Na, and Cr were determined for mineral separates of the coarseand fine-grained types (group I and II) of the Allende inclusions. These data in combination with other data suggest that the minerals in the coarse-grained inclusions (group I) crystallized in a closed system with respect to refractory elements although a totally molten stage is precluded. The data also indicate that fine-grained (group II) inclusions were formed by condensation from a super-cooled nebular gas; REE-rich clinopyroxene and spinel were formed earlier than REE-poor sodalite and nepheline. In addition, pre-existing Mg isotope anomalies in the coarse-grained inclusions must have been erased during the heating stage.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-09-29
... services supplied by the workers; that the workers' separation, or threat of separation, was not related to... of food service services. The request also alleges that, in the case of adversely-affected secondary...'s prior decision. The application is, therefore, granted. Signed at Washington, DC, this 21st day of...
Effect of acorn size on development of northern red oak 1-0 seedlings
Paul P. Kormanik; Shi-Jean S. Sung; T.L. Kormanik; S.E. Schlarbaum; Stanley J. Zarnoch
1998-01-01
The effect of acorn size on seedling development was determined for 20 northern red oak (Quercus rubra L.) mother tree selections from the USDA Forest Service's Eastern Tennessee Watauga seed orchard. Acorns from each mother tree were visually separated into three size groups, weighed, and sown separately in forest nurseries located in Georgia,...
Shapiro, Arthur G; Hamburger, Kai
2007-01-01
A central tenet of Gestalt psychology is that the visual scene can be separated into figure and ground. The two illusions we present demonstrate that Gestalt processes can group spatial contrast information that cuts across the figure/ground separation. This finding suggests that visual processes that organise the visual scene do not necessarily require structural segmentation as their primary input.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Mahony, L.; Lunn, J.; Petriwskyj, A.; Walsh, K.
2015-01-01
In this study, the pedagogical decision-making processes of 21 Australian early childhood teachers working with children experiencing parental separation and divorce were examined. Transcripts from interviews and a focus group with teachers were analysed using grounded theory methodology. The findings showed that as teachers interacted with young…
Yumoto, Yasuhiro; Okada, Shigeru; Kinno, Ikuo; Nagamatsu, Tomohiro; Nouso, Kazuhiro; Nakayama, Eiichi
2016-05-01
The clearance of solid low-level radioactive laboratory waste (LLRW) after decay-in-storage (DIS) obtained from a research institute and thoroughly separated using the separation and classification protocols presented in this study was evaluated. The radioisotope (RI) content of incinerated LLRW from the specified RI research group (group A); the RI content of LLRW obtained in fiscal year 2000, which contained radionuclides with half-lives of less than 164 d (LLRW2); and the RI content of the LLRW reported in group A's disposal records were compared. The LLRW2 and LLRW of group A were incinerated after 2 y of decay-in-storage and immediately after storage, respectively. The highest ratio of the RI of incinerated LLRW to the value in the disposal records was 2.52 for ⁵¹Cr. The radioactivities of radionuclides in both the LLRW2 and LLRW for ³⁵S, ⁴⁵Ca, ⁵¹Cr, ¹²⁵I, ³²P, ³³P, and ⁹⁹mTc and the incinerated ash after 1 y later of decay-in-storage were below the clearance level defined by the RS-G-1.7 of the International Basic Safety Standard without contamination by ³H and ¹⁴C. These remains contained very small amounts of some long-half-life radionuclides of natural origin after 7 y of decay-in-storage. This LLRW separation protocol was effective for the separation of ³H and ¹⁴C. LLRW2 after 2 years of DIS and its incinerated ash after one year later of DIS were below the clearance level for radioactivity and radioactivity concentration.
Pastoret, Marie-Hélène; Bühler, Julia; Weiger, Roland
2017-01-01
PURPOSE To compare the dimensional accuracy of three impression techniques- a separating foil impression, a custom tray impression, and a stock tray impression. MATERIALS AND METHODS A machined mandibular complete-arch metal model with special modifications served as a master cast. Three different impression techniques (n = 6 in each group) were performed with addition-cured silicon materials: i) putty-wash technique with a prefabricated metal tray (MET) using putty and regular body, ii) single-phase impression with custom tray (CUS) using regular body material, and iii) two-stage technique with stock metal tray (SEP) using putty with a separating foil and regular body material. All impressions were poured with epoxy resin. Six different distances (four intra-abutment and two inter-abutment distances) were gauged on the metal master model and on the casts with a microscope in combination with calibrated measuring software. The differences of the evaluated distances between the reference and the three test groups were calculated and expressed as mean (± SD). Additionally, the 95% confidence intervals were calculated and significant differences between the experimental groups were assumed when confidence intervals did not overlap. RESULTS Dimensional changes compared to reference values varied between -74.01 and 32.57 µm (MET), -78.86 and 30.84 (CUS), and between -92.20 and 30.98 (SEP). For the intra-abutment distances, no significant differences among the experimental groups were detected. CUS showed a significantly higher dimensional accuracy for the inter-abutment distances with -0.02 and -0.08 percentage deviation compared to MET and SEP. CONCLUSION The separation foil technique is a simple alternative to the custom tray technique for single tooth restorations, while limitations may exist for extended restorations with multiple abutment teeth. PMID:28874996
Knutson, F; Lööf, H; Högman, C F
1999-10-01
Although whole blood intended for component preparation is commonly left to cool at ambient temperature, knowledge is insufficient concerning what effects this may have on red blood cell (RBC) quality, in particular after a prolonged hold. Whole blood collected in CPD was incubated at 20 degrees C and 28 degrees C for 6 h designed as a paired study. Blood components were prepared and the red blood cell concentrates (RBCs) were stored for 28 days at 4 degrees C +/- 2 degrees C. Blood gases, pH, glucose, lactate, adenosine triphosphate (ATP), 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG) and plasma myeloperoxidase (MPO) were investigated. After 6 h the 2,3-DPG concentrations had lowered to 88% (20 degrees C) and 54% (28 degrees C) of initial levels, respectively. The difference was significant and was maintained for 28 days, although, at low levels from day 7 (28 degrees C) and day 14 (20 degrees C) of storage. ATP was maintained at the initial level in both groups during the first 6 h of storage but after component separation the levels were significantly higher in the 28 degrees C group during the first 5 days. The release of myeloperoxidase (MPO) was significantly higher in the non-cooled group than in the cooled group. Pre-separation holding for 6 h of whole blood at temperatures of 28 degrees C causes a great and rapid loss of 2,3-DPG and considerable formation of acid metabolites resulting in clearly subnormal 2,3-DPG levels even on day 1. Active pre-separation cooling to 20 degrees C is to be recommended.
2011-01-01
We examined change of Runx2 and ALP expression in mouse tooth pulp which exposed to teeth separation experiment by immunohistochemistry as a model for conservative dentistry treatment. 8-week-old 36 male ddY mice were used and wedge was inserted between upper 1st and 2nd molars. The wedge was removed 30 minutes as well as 3 hours after the insertion and the samples were prepared extending up to 1 week of time period for regular histopathological and immunohistochemical examinations for ALP and Runx2 expression. The opposite sides without wedge insertion were taken as controls. In the control group pulp, weak expressions of Runx2 and ALP in the vessel endothelial cells as well as the pulp cells were revealed, suggesting the appearance of these genes upon mechanical stress induced by mastication and tongue pressure etc. On the other hand in the experiment group, Runx2 expression increased both in 30-minute and 3-hour teeth separation group. The expression became maximum at 24 hours. Then it gradually decreased and became similar level with the control group at 1-week after the wedge insertion. Similarly ALP expression increased after the wedge insertion and was maximum at 24 hours and then gradually decreased to the levels similar with the control group. These results suggest that when immunohistochemical expression of Runx2 as well as ALP was used as an index, no severe damage occur upon clinical application of wedge insertion. PMID:22027645
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tseng, Yu-Chien; Li, Hsiao-Ling; Huang, Chun
2017-01-01
The surface hydrophilic activation of a polyethylene membrane separator was achieved using an atmospheric-pressure plasma jet. The surface of the atmospheric-pressure-plasma-treated membrane separator was found to be highly hydrophilic realized by adjusting the plasma power input. The variations in membrane separator chemical structure were confirmed by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy. Chemical analysis showed newly formed carbonyl-containing groups and high surface concentrations of oxygen-containing species on the atmospheric-pressure-plasma-treated polymeric separator surface. It also showed that surface hydrophilicity primarily increased from the polar component after atmospheric-pressure plasma treatment. The surface and pore structures of the polyethylene membrane separator were examined by scanning electron microscopy, revealing a slight alteration in the pore structure. As a result of the incorporation of polar functionalities by atmospheric-pressure plasma activation, the electrolyte uptake and electrochemical impedance of the atmospheric-pressure-plasma-treated membrane separator improved. The investigational results show that the separator surface can be controlled by atmospheric-pressure plasma surface treatment to tailor the hydrophilicity and enhance the electrochemical performance of lithium ion batteries.
Kang, Jin Han; Lee, Hoan Jong; Kim, Kyung Hyo; Oh, Sung Hee; Cha, Sung Ho; Lee, Jin; Kim, Nam Hee; Eun, Byung Wook; Kim, Chang Hwi; Hong, Young Jin; Kim, Hyun Hee; Lee, Kyung Yil; Kim, Yae Jean; Cho, Eun Young; Kim, Hee Soo; Guitton, Fabrice; Ortiz, Esteban
2016-09-01
Recommended infant vaccination in Korea includes DTaP-IPV and Hib vaccines administered as separate injections. In this randomized, open, controlled study we assessed the non-inferiority of immunogenicity of DTaP-IPV//Hib pentavalent combination vaccine (Pentaxim™) compared with licensed DTaP-IPV and Hib (PRP~T) vaccines. We enrolled 418 healthy Korean infants to receive either separate DTaP-IPV and Hib vaccines (n = 206) or the pentavalent DTaP-IPV//Hib (n = 208) vaccine at 2, 4, 6 months of age. Antibodies to all components were measured before the first vaccination and one month after the third, and safety was assessed after each vaccination including recording of reactions by parents. We confirmed the non-inferiority of DTaP-IPV//Hib compared with DTaP-IPV and Hib vaccines; 100% of both groups achieved seroprotection against D, T, IPV and PRP~T, and 97.5%-99.0% demonstrated seroresponses to pertussis antigens. Antibody levels were similar in both groups, except for those to the Hib component, PRP~T. In separate and combined groups geometric mean concentrations of anti-PRP~T antibodies were 23.9 and 11.0 μg/mL, respectively, but 98.3% and 97.4% had titers ≥ 1 μg/mL, indicative of long-term protection. All vaccines were well tolerated, with no vaccine-related serious adverse event. Both groups had similar safety profiles, but the combined vaccine group had fewer injection site reactions. The immunological non-inferiority and similar safety profile of DTaP-IPV//Hib vaccine to separate DTaP-IPV and Hib vaccines, with the advantage of fewer injections and injection site reactions, supports the licensure and incorporation of DTaP-IPV//Hib into the Korean national vaccination schedule (Clinical trial registry, NCT01214889).
Bosch, Oliver J; Pohl, Tobias T; Neumann, Inga D; Young, Larry J
2018-04-02
When fathers leave the family, mothers are at increased risk of developing depression and anxiety disorders. In biparental, socially monogamous prairie voles (Microtus ochrogaster), sudden bond disruption increases passive stress-coping, indicative of depressive-like behavior, and acts as chronic stressor in both males and females. However, the consequences of separation in lactating prairie vole mothers are unknown. In the present study, following 18 days of cohousing, half of the prairie vole pairs were separated by removing the male. In early lactation, maternal care was unaffected by separation, whereas anxiety-related behavior and passive stress-coping were significantly elevated in separated mothers. Separation significantly increased corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) mRNA expression in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus under basal conditions, similar to levels of paired females after acute exposure to forced swim stress. A second cohort of lactating prairie voles was infused intracerebroventricularly with either vehicle or the CRF receptor antagonist D-Phe just prior to behavioral testing. The brief restraining during acute infusion significantly decreased arched back nursing in vehicle-treated paired and separated groups, whereas in the D-Phe-treated separated group the behavior was not impaired. Furthermore, in the latter, anxiety-related behavior and passive stress-coping were normalized to levels similar to vehicle-treated paired mothers. In conclusion, maternal investment is robust enough to withstand loss of the partner, whereas the mother's emotionality is affected, which may be - at least partly - mediated by a CRF-dependent mechanism. This animal model has potential for mechanistic studies of behavioral and physiological consequences of partner loss in single mothers. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Annexin V-MACS in infertile couples as method for separation of sperm without DNA fragmentation.
Troya, Jhon; Zorrilla, Ingrid
2015-05-01
To determine the effect of using MACS technology on clinical pregnancy, as a method for separation of damaged sperm in infertile patients. 136 infertile men having normal semen parameters in accordance with WHO 2010 criterion, undergoing ICSI cycle were enrolled during the course of the study. The patients were prospectively randomized and enrolled after oocyte retrieval and were assigned to the ICSI group, PICSI group or MACS group. Embryo development and clinical pregnancy were assessed. In 17 randomized MACS patients, sperm DNA fragmentation was tested in the presumptive apoptotic and no apoptotic spermatozoa fractions. Similar results were obtained between groups for the following parameters: fertilization rates of 78.97% (95% confidence interval [CI]:74.37-83.57), 70.15 %(95% CI:63.98-76.33) and 80.28%(95% CI:73.74-86.81) for ICSI, PICSI and MACS group, respectively; Number of Day-3 embryos was 5.04 (95% CI:4.09-5.98), 5.17(95% CI:4.24-6.10) and 5.59(95% CI:4.31-6.87) for ICSI, PICSI and MACS group, respectively; number of freezing embryos in blastocyst stage was 0.78 (95% CI:0.25- 1.31), 0.70(95% CI:0.27-1.14) and 1 (95% CI:0.37-1.6) for ICSI, PICSI and MACS group, respectively. However, clinical pregnancy rates of 58.1% for MACS group versus 40.4% and 27.3% for PICSI and ICSI group, respectively, were showed statistical difference (P=0.019). DNA fragmentation index for the two sperm MACS fraction showed statistical differences (P=0.000), MACS reduced the D.F.I of the sperm sample. The use of MACS technology improves the clinical pregnancy on infertile couples and can be applied as a method for sperm separation, discriminating sperm with high DNA fragmentation.
Separator for alkaline electric batteries and method of making
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Pfluger, H. L. (Inventor); Hoyt, H. E.
1970-01-01
Battery separator membranes of high electrolytic conductivity comprising a cellulose ether and a compatible metallic salt of water soluble aliphatic acids and their hydroxy derivatives are described. It was found that methyl cellulose can be modified by another class of materials, nonpolymeric in nature, to form battery separator membranes of low electrolytic resistance but which have the flexibility of membranes made of unmodified methyl cellulose, and which in many cases enhance flexibility over membranes made with unmodified methyl cellulose. Separator membranes for electrochemical cells comprising a cellulose ether and a modified selected from the group consisting of metallic salts of water soluble alphatic acids and their hydroxy derivatives and to electrochemical cells utilizing said membranes are described.
Process for recovering pertechnetate ions from an aqueous solution also containing other ions
Rogers, Robin; Horwitz, E. Philip; Bond, Andrew H.
1997-01-01
A solid/liquid process for the separation and recovery of TcO.sub.4.sup.-1 ions from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid support comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups; whereas the aqueous solution from which the TcO.sub.4.sup.-1 ions are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved salt. A solid/liquid phase admixture of separation particles containing bound TcO.sub.4.sup.-1 ions in such an aqueous solution that is free from MoO.sub.4.sup.-2 ions is also contemplated, as is a chromatography apparatus containing that solid/liquid phase admixture.
In-situ polymerized PLOT columns III: divinylbenzene copolymers and dimethacrylate homopolymers
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Shen, T. C.; Fong, M. M.
1994-01-01
Studies of divinylbenzene copolymers and dimethacrylate homopolymers indicate that the polymer pore size controls the separation of water and ammonia on porous-layer-open-tubular (PLOT) columns. To a lesser degree, the polarity of the polymers also affects the separation of a water-ammonia gas mixture. Our results demonstrate that the pore size can be regulated by controlling the cross-linking density or the chain length between the cross-linking functional groups. An optimum pore size will provide the best separation of water and ammonia.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Finch, Holmes
2010-01-01
Discriminant Analysis (DA) is a tool commonly used for differentiating among 2 or more groups based on 2 or more predictor variables. DA works by finding 1 or more linear combinations of the predictors that yield maximal difference among the groups. One common goal of researchers using DA is to characterize the nature of group difference by…
Architectural mutation and leaf form, for the palmate series.
White, D A
2005-07-21
Palmate leaf form occurs in both the ferns and angiosperms. The palmate leaf form, and its variants, is present in distantly separated clades within both ferns and angiosperms. There tend not to be intermediate forms which link these palmate leaves to other leaf forms within the taxonomic groups in question. The recurrence of homoplasious leaf forms in separate taxonomic groups could be a consequence of the algorithmic like mode of leaf growth. Leaves develop through the reiteration of modular units. It is probable that the homoplasious leaf forms in different taxa are derived independently through re-combinations of the parameters in the basic leaf form development algorithm.
Okonjo, Kehinde Onwochei
2017-09-01
As a prelude to separating tertiary from quaternary structure contributions to the Bohr effect, we employed the Wyman equation to analyze Bohr data for human hemoglobin to which 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate, 2,3-BPG, is bound. Changes in the pK a s of the histidine Bohr groups result in a net reduction of their contributions to the Bohr effect at pH 7.4 compared to their contributions in stripped hemoglobin. The non-histidine 2,3-BPG binding groups - the β-chain terminal amino group and Lys82β - make negative and positive contributions, respectively, to the Bohr effect. The final result is that the Bohr effect at physiological pH is higher for 2,3-BPG bound compared to stripped hemoglobin. Contributions linked to His2β, His77β and His143β enable us to separate tertiary from quaternary Bohr contributions in stripped and in 2,3-BPG bound hemoglobin. Both contributions serve to make the Bohr effect for 2,3-BPG bound hemoglobin higher than for stripped hemoglobin at physiological pH. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Wu, Ying; Chen, Huiyong; Liu, Defei; Xiao, Jing; Qian, Yu; Xi, Hongxia
2015-03-18
The adsorption and separation properties of benzene and toluene on the zirconium-based frameworks UiO-66, -67, -68, and their functional analogues UiO-Phe and UiO-Me2 were studied using grand canonical Monte Carlo simulations, density functional theory, and ideal adsorbed solution theory. Remarkable higher adsorption uptakes of benzene and toluene at low pressures on UiO-Phe and -Me2 were found compared to their parent framework UiO-67. It can be ascribed to the presence of functional groups (aromatic rings and methyl groups) that significantly intensified the adsorption, majorly by reducing the effective pore size and increasing the interaction strength with the adsorbates. At high pressures, the pore volumes and accessible surfaces of the frameworks turned out to be the dominant factors governing the adsorption. In the case of toluene/benzene separation, toluene selectivities of UiOs showed a two-stage separation behavior at the measured pressure range, resulting from the greater interaction affinities of toluene at low pressures and steric hindrance effects at high pressures. Additionally, the counterbalancing factors of enhanced π delocalization and suitable pore size of UiO-Phe gave rise to the highest toluene selectivity, suggesting the ligand functionalization strategy could reach both high adsorption capacity and separation selectivity from aromatic mixtures at low concentrations.
Zhang, Xiaofeng; Xu, Yi; Zhang, Qing; Cao, Kun; Mu, Xiuni
2016-09-15
A dual-task method for the simultaneous separation and purification of (-)-epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG) and caffeine (CAF) from crude extract of green tea was established by size exclusion effect onto hydroquinone modified porous adsorbents. The results showed that hydroquinone modified porous adsorbents P4 provided the best separation power due to it has more porous structure and phenolic hydroxyl group. The adsorption-desorption behaviors of EGCG and CAF onto P4 adsorbents were investigated. Adsorption kinetics of EGCG and CAF results showed that the adsorption followed the pseudo-second-order kinetic model. The results also indicated that the equilibrium adsorption data best fit the Langmuir model. Meanwhile, EGCG and CAF were separated successfully onto P4 adsorbents packed columns in a gradient eluent process, and P4 adsorbents exhibited the size exclusion effect for small molecules CAF. Based on the phenolic hydroxyl group and size exclusion effect of P4 adsorbents, the high purity EGCG and CAF were obtained with 40% (v/v) ethanol eluent successively. The process fulfilled the task of simultaneous separation and purification of EGCG and CAF, and proved to be a promising basis for preparations of difficult to obtain active components that have similar polarity and different sizes of molecules and derived from the same natural products. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Effects of parental separation and divorce on very young children.
Clarke-Stewart, K A; Vandell, D L; McCartney, K; Owen, M T; Booth, C
2000-06-01
Data from the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Study of Early Child Care were analyzed to explore effects of marital separation on children in the first 3 years of life. The sample included 73 never-married mothers and 97 separated mothers; a comparison group of 170 was conditionally randomly selected from the 2-parent families. Children in 2-parent families performed better than children in 1-parent families on assessments of cognitive and social abilities, problem behavior, attachment security, and behavior with mother. However, controlling for mothers' education and family income reduced these differences, and associations with separated-intact marital status were nonsignificant (the effect size was .01). Thus, children's psychological development was not affected by parental separation per se; it was related to mothers' income, education, ethnicity, child-rearing beliefs, depressive symptoms, and behavior.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Barmatz, M. B.; Stoneburner, J. D.; Jacobi, N.; Wang, T. (Inventor)
1985-01-01
A method is described which uses acoustic energy to separate particles of different sizes, densities, or the like. The method includes applying acoustic energy resonant to a chamber containing a liquid of gaseous medium to set up a standing wave pattern that includes a force potential well wherein particles within the well are urged towards the center, or position of minimum force potential. A group of particles to be separated is placed in the chamber, while a non-acoustic force such as gravity is applied, so that the particles separate with the larger or denser particles moving away from the center of the well to a position near its edge and progressively smaller lighter particles moving progressively closer to the center of the well. Particles are removed from different positions within the well, so that particles are separated according to the positions they occupy in the well.
The Development of the Social Concept Group among Mentally Retarded Children. Final Report.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Taylor, Lloyd A.
Mentally retarded children were studied for their conceptual development and movement from the ability to perceive persons as separate entities but not in significant interaction (aprasia) to group activity. A quasi-projection technique was used to test six groups of 20 boys each, including institutionalized and family-based normals (aged 6 and…
Investigating the Effects of Sweat Therapy on Group Dynamics and Affect
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Colmant, Stephen A.; Eason, Evan A.; Winterowd, Carrie L.; Jacobs, Sue C.; Cashel, Chris
2005-01-01
In this study, we examined the effects of sweat therapy on group dynamics and affect. Sweat therapy is the combination of intense heat exposure with psychotherapy or counseling (Colmant & Merta, 1999; 2000). Twenty-four undergraduates were separated by sex and randomly assigned to eight sessions of either a sweat or non-sweat group counseling…
It Just Happens: Colorblind Ideology and Undergraduate Explanations of Racial Interaction on Campus
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Jackson, Regine; Sweeney, Kathryn; Welcher, Adria
2014-01-01
This article examines student perceptions of racial segregation on campus in terms of interaction across racial groups. Theories of colorblind racial ideology are used to interpret data from 14 group interviews focusing on 1.) the degree to which cross-group interaction is desired, 2.) perceptions of racial separation among students at a…
26 CFR 1.562-3 - Distributions by a member of an affiliated group.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-04-01
... Distributions by a member of an affiliated group. A personal holding company which files or is required to file a consolidated return with other members of an affiliated group may be required to file a separate personal holding company schedule by reason of the limitations and exceptions provided in section 542(b...
26 CFR 1.562-3 - Distributions by a member of an affiliated group.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Distributions by a member of an affiliated group. A personal holding company which files or is required to file a consolidated return with other members of an affiliated group may be required to file a separate personal holding company schedule by reason of the limitations and exceptions provided in section 542(b...
de Souza Figueiredo, Fabiana; Celano, Rita; de Sousa Silva, Danila; das Neves Costa, Fernanda; Hewitson, Peter; Ignatova, Svetlana; Piccinelli, Anna Lisa; Rastrelli, Luca; Guimarães Leitão, Suzana; Guimarães Leitão, Gilda
2017-01-20
Ampelozizyphus amazonicus Ducke (Rhamnaceae), a medicinal plant used to prevent malaria, is a climbing shrub, native to the Amazonian region, with jujubogenin glycoside saponins as main compounds. The crude extract of this plant is too complex for any kind of structural identification, and HPLC separation was not sufficient to resolve this issue. Therefore, the aim of this work was to obtain saponin enriched fractions from the bark ethanol extract by countercurrent chromatography (CCC) for further isolation and identification/characterisation of the major saponins by HPLC and MS. The butanol extract was fractionated by CCC with hexane - ethyl acetate - butanol - ethanol - water (1:6:1:1:6; v/v) solvent system yielding 4 group fractions. The collected fractions were analysed by UHPLC-HRMS (ultra-high-performance liquid chromatography/high resolution accurate mass spectrometry) and MS n . Group 1 presented mainly oleane type saponins, and group 3 showed mainly jujubogenin glycosides, keto-dammarane type triterpene saponins and saponins with C 31 skeleton. Thus, CCC separated saponins from the butanol-rich extract by skeleton type. A further purification of group 3 by CCC (ethyl acetate - ethanol - water (1:0.2:1; v/v)) and HPLC-RI was performed in order to obtain these unusual aglycones in pure form. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Feng, Guanhua; Li, Zihe; Mi, Liwei; Zheng, Jinyun; Feng, Xiangming; Chen, Weihua
2018-02-01
Separator as an important part of lithium-ion batteries, allowing the ion to transfer and preventing the direct contact of anode with cathode, determines the safety of the batteries. In this work, a kind of polypropylene/hydrophobic silica-aerogel-composite (SAC) separator is fabricated through combining hydrophobic silica aerogel and polypropylene (PP) separator. The rationally designed SAC effectively increases the thermal stability of the separator with slightly growing weight (the area retention rate is 30% higher than that of the PP separator after being heated for 30 min at 160 °C). In addition, the hydrophobic silica aerogel layer in SAC significantly improves the wettability of PP separator to electrolyte owning to the introduced hydrophobic functional groups of -Si(CH3)3 and porous structure, and the contact angles of SAC separator to several common organic electrolytes (EC/DMC, DMC/DOL, Diglyme) are close to 0°. Electrochemical tests show that the prepared SAC separator can decrease the polarization of Li-ion batteries and leads to improved power performance and cycle stability. And the SAC separator is firm with neglectable abscission after folding 200 times. This work provides a new way to improve the safety and simultaneously reduce the polarization of the batteries, implying promising application potential in power batteries.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Arce-Ferrer, Alvaro J.; Bulut, Okan
2017-01-01
This study examines separate and concurrent approaches to combine the detection of item parameter drift (IPD) and the estimation of scale transformation coefficients in the context of the common item nonequivalent groups design with the three-parameter item response theory equating. The study uses real and synthetic data sets to compare the two…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
McCaffrey Morrison, Helen
2008-01-01
Locus equations (LEs) were derived from consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) syllables produced by four speakers with profound hearing loss. Group data indicated that LE functions obtained for the separate CVC productions initiated by /b/, /d/, and /g/ were less well-separated in acoustic space than those obtained from speakers with normal hearing. A…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Campbell, Alan
2008-01-01
This article describes the findings from a qualitative study that explored the views of a small group of Australian children about their involvement in decision-making processes following their parents' separation. Sixteen children, aged between seven and 17 years, participated in in-depth interviews that focused on their understandings of the…
Estimating the costs of drug-related hospital separations in Australia.
Riddell, Steven; Shanahan, Marian; Degenhardt, Louisa; Roxburgh, Amanda
2008-04-01
To estimate the total hospital costs of drug-related separations in Australia from 1999/2000 to 2004/05, and separate costs for the following illicit drug classes: opioids, amphetamine, cannabis and cocaine. Australian hospital separations between 1999/2000 to 2004/05 from the National Hospital Morbidity Dataset (NHMD) with a principal diagnosis of opioids, amphetamine, cannabis or cocaine were included, as were indirect estimates of additional 'drug-caused' separations using aetiological fractions. The costs were estimated using the year-specific case weights and costs for each respective Diagnostic Related Group (DRG). Total constant costs decreased from $50.8 million in 1999/2000 to $43.8 million in 2002/03 then increased to $46.7 million in 2004/05. The initial decrease was driven by a decline in numbers of opioid-related separations (with costs decreasing by $11.5 million) between 1999/2000 and 2001/02. Decreases were evident in separations within the opioid use, dependence and poisoning DRGs. Increases in costs were observed between 1999/00 and 2004/05 for amphetamine (an increase of $2.4 million), cannabis ($1.8 million) and cocaine ($330,000) related separations. Several uncommon but very expensive drug-related separations constituted 12.7% of the total drug-related separations. Overall, the costs of drug-related hospital separations have decreased by $4.1 million between 1999 and 2005, which is primarily attributable to fewer opioid-related separations. Small reductions in the number of costly separations through harm reduction strategies have the potential to significantly reduce drug-related hospital costs.
Omidi, Hossein; Khorram, Sirus; Mesgari, Mehran; Asghari-Jafarabadi, Mohammad; Tarighat-Esfanjani, Ali
2017-12-01
The objective of this study was to investigate the effects of separate and concurrent supplementation of natural nano-sized clinoptilolite (NCLN) and Nigella sativa (NS) on oxidative stress (OS), anti-oxidative parameters and body weight (BW) in high-fat-diet (HFD)/streptozotocin (STZ)-induced diabetic rats. In this experimental study, 42 male Wistar rats were divided into diabetic (n=36) and non-diabetic (n=6) groups. The diabetic group (DG) was fed with a HFD for one month, then injected with intra-peritoneal single dose STZ (35 mg/kg BW). The DG was divided into 4 subgroups: [1] control (DC), [2] NS 1%/food, [3] NCLN 2%/food, [4] NS 1%/food + NCLN 2%/food. At the end of the 7th week, malondialdehyde (MDA), superoxide dismutase (SOD), glutathione peroxidase (GPX) levels and total antioxidant capacity (TAC) were measured. The MDA level was decreased in the NCLN (p = 0.011) and NCLN+NS (p = 0.007) groups compared to the DC group. The GPX level increased in the NS and NCLN groups compared to the DC group (p = 0.014 and p = 0.034). In addition, the level of TAC demonstrated increase in the untreated DG and NS groups, as compared to the normal control (NC) group (p DC = 0.031 and p NS = 0.024). Moreover, in the NS+NCLN group, the level of SOD decreased in comparison to the NS and NCLN groups (p < 0.01). At the end of the 7th week, BW decreased in the diabetic subgroups in comparison to the NC group. Treatment with NS and/or NS+NCLN insignificantly prevented severe weight loss in the fifth week of the treatment. According to results, separate supplementation of NS and NCLN was more beneficent on anti-oxidative parameters than concurrent supplementation of NS and NCLN. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
CROP type analysis using Landsat digital data
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Brown, C. E.; Thomas, R. W.; Wall, S. L.
1981-01-01
Classification and statistical sampling techniques for crop type discrimination using Landsat digital data have been developed by the University of California in cooperation with NASA and the California Department of Water Resources. Ratioed bands (MSS 7/5 and 5/4) and a sun-angle corrected Euclidean albedo band were prepared from data for the Sacramento Valley for five different dates. The test area was stratified into general crop groupings based on the particular patterns of irrigation timing for each crop. Data classified within each stratum were used to produce a crop type map. Comparison with ground data indicates that certain crops and crop groups are discernable. Small grains and rice are easily identifiable, as are deciduous fruit varieties as a group. However, it is not feasible to separate various fruit and nut varieties, or separate vegetable crops with these techniques at present.
A model for the formation of the Local Group
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Peebles, P. J. E.; Melott, A. L.; Holmes, M. R.; Jiang, L. R.
1989-01-01
Observational tests of a model for the formation of the Local Group are presented and analyzed in which the mass concentration grows by gravitational accretion of local-pressure matter onto two seed masses in an otherwise homogeneous initial mass distribution. The evolution of the mass distribution is studied in an analytic approximation and a numerical computation. The initial seed mass and separation are adjusted to produce the observed present separation and relative velocity of the Andromeda Nebula and the Galaxy. If H(0) is adjusted to about 80 km/s/Mpc with density parameter Omega = 1, then the model gives a good fit to the motions of the outer members of the Local Group. The same model gives particle orbits at radius of about 100 kpc that reasonably approximate the observed distribution of redshifts of the Galactic satellites.
Tolar, Tammy D.; Fuchs, Lynn; Fletcher, Jack M.; Fuchs, Douglas; Hamlett, Carol L.
2014-01-01
Three cohorts of third-grade students (N = 813) were evaluated on achievement, cognitive abilities, and behavioral attention according to contrasting research traditions in defining math learning disability (LD) status: low achievement versus extremely low achievement and IQ-achievement discrepant versus strictly low-achieving LD. We use methods from these two traditions to form math problem solving LD groups. To evaluate group differences, we used MANOVA-based profile and canonical analyses to control for relations among the outcomes and regression to control for group definition variables. Results suggest that basic arithmetic is the key distinguishing characteristic that separates low-achieving problem solvers (including LD, regardless of definition) from typically achieving students. Word problem solving is the key distinguishing characteristic that separates IQ-achievement-discrepant from strictly low-achieving LD students, favoring the IQ-achievement-discrepant students. PMID:24939971
Halperin, S A; Davies, H D; Barreto, L; Guasparini, R; Meekison, W; Humphreys, G; Eastwood, B J
1997-04-01
To compare the safety and immunity of an acellular pertussis vaccine containing pertussis toxoid, filamentous hemagglutinin, 69 kd protein, fimbriae 2 and 3 combined with diphtheria and tetanus toxoids given as single or separate injection with inactivated poliovirus vaccine (MRC-5-or Vero cell-derived) or live attenuated polio vaccine. A total of 425 healthy children between 17 and 19 months of age who were receiving the fourth dose of their routine immunization series were randomly allocated to receive either the acellular pertussis vaccine and oral poliovirus vaccine or one of two inactivated poliovirus vaccines as a combined injection or separate injections. Although minor adverse events were commonly reported, differences between the groups were few. Fever and decreased feeding were less common in recipients of live attenuated poliovirus vaccine than the combination vaccine containing MRC-5 cell-derived inactivated poliovirus vaccine. A significant antibody response was demonstrated in all groups against all the antigens contained in the vaccines. Antibodies against poliovirus were higher in the groups immunized with the inactivated poliovirus vaccine than the live attenuated vaccine. Anti-69 kd protein antibodies were higher in the group given the MRC-5 cell-derived inactivated poliovirus vaccine as a combined injection than in the group given the separate injection or the group immunized with the live attenuated poliovirus vaccine. The five-component acellular pertussis vaccine combined with diphtherid and tetanus toxoids is safe and immunogenic when combined with either MRC-5- or Vero cell-derived inactivated poliovirus vaccine. This will facilitate the implementation of acellular pertussis vaccine and the movement to inactivated poliovirus vaccine programs.
Holler, P J; Wess, G
2014-01-01
E-point-to-septal-separation (EPSS) and the sphericity index (SI) are echocardiographic parameters that are recommended in the ESVC-DCM guidelines. However, SI cutoff values to diagnose dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM) have never been evaluated. To establish reference ranges, calculate cutoff values, and assess the clinical value of SI and EPSS to diagnose DCM in Doberman Pinschers. One hundred seventy-nine client-owned Doberman Pinschers. Three groups were formed in this prospective longitudinal study according to established Holter and echocardiographic criteria using the Simpson method of disk (SMOD): control group (97 dogs), DCM with echocardiographic changes (75 dogs) and "last normal" group (n = 7), which included dogs that developed DCM within 1.5 years, but were still normal at this time point. In a substudy, dogs with early DCM based upon SMOD values above the reference range but still normal M-Mode measurements were selected, to evaluate if EPSS or SI were abnormal using the established cutoff values. ROC-curve analysis determined <1.65 for the SI (sensitivity 86.8%; specificity 87.6%) and >6.5 mm for EPSS (sensitivity 100%; specificity 99.0%) as optimal cutoff values to diagnose DCM. Both parameters were significantly different between the control group and the DCM group (P < 0.001), but were not abnormal in the "last normal" group. In the substudy, EPSS was abnormal in 13/13 dogs and SI in 2/13 dogs. E-point-to-septal-separation is a valuable additional parameter for the diagnosis of DCM, which can enhance diagnostic capabilities of M-Mode and which performs similar as well as SMOD. Copyright © 2013 by the American College of Veterinary Internal Medicine.
Wahner-Roedler, Dietlind L.; Thompson, Jeffrey M.; Luedtke, Connie A.; King, Susan M.; Cha, Stephen S.; Elkin, Peter L.; Bruce, Barbara K.; Townsend, Cynthia O.; Bergeson, Jody R.; Eickhoff, Andrea L.; Loehrer, Laura L.; Sood, Amit; Bauer, Brent A.
2011-01-01
Most patients with fibromyalgia use complementary and alternative medicine (CAM). Properly designed controlled trials are necessary to assess the effectiveness of these practices. This study was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, early phase trial. Fifty patients seen at a fibromyalgia outpatient treatment program were randomly assigned to a daily soy or placebo (casein) shake. Outcome measures were scores of the Fibromyalgia Impact Questionnaire (FIQ) and the Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale (CES-D) at baseline and after 6 weeks of intervention. Analysis was with standard statistics based on the null hypothesis, and separation test for early phase CAM comparative trials. Twenty-eight patients completed the study. Use of standard statistics with intent-to-treat analysis showed that total FIQ scores decreased by 14% in the soy group (P = .02) and by 18% in the placebo group (P < .001). The difference in change in scores between the groups was not significant (P = .16). With the same analysis, CES-D scores decreased in the soy group by 16% (P = .004) and in the placebo group by 15% (P = .05). The change in scores was similar in the groups (P = .83). Results of statistical analysis using the separation test and intent-to-treat analysis revealed no benefit of soy compared with placebo. Shakes that contain soy and shakes that contain casein, when combined with a multidisciplinary fibromyalgia treatment program, provide a decrease in fibromyalgia symptoms. Separation between the effects of soy and casein (control) shakes did not favor the intervention. Therefore, large-sample studies using soy for patients with fibromyalgia are probably not indicated. PMID:18990724
Tarzwell, Robert; Newberg, Andrew; Henderson, Theodore A.
2015-01-01
Background Traumatic brain injury (TBI) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are highly heterogeneous and often present with overlapping symptomology, providing challenges in reliable classification and treatment. Single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) may be advantageous in the diagnostic separation of these disorders when comorbid or clinically indistinct. Methods Subjects were selected from a multisite database, where rest and on-task SPECT scans were obtained on a large group of neuropsychiatric patients. Two groups were analyzed: Group 1 with TBI (n=104), PTSD (n=104) or both (n=73) closely matched for demographics and comorbidity, compared to each other and healthy controls (N=116); Group 2 with TBI (n=7,505), PTSD (n=1,077) or both (n=1,017) compared to n=11,147 without either. ROIs and visual readings (VRs) were analyzed using a binary logistic regression model with predicted probabilities inputted into a Receiver Operating Characteristic analysis to identify sensitivity, specificity, and accuracy. One-way ANOVA identified the most diagnostically significant regions of increased perfusion in PTSD compared to TBI. Analysis included a 10-fold cross validation of the protocol in the larger community sample (Group 2). Results For Group 1, baseline and on-task ROIs and VRs showed a high level of accuracy in differentiating PTSD, TBI and PTSD+TBI conditions. This carefully matched group separated with 100% sensitivity, specificity and accuracy for the ROI analysis and at 89% or above for VRs. Group 2 had lower sensitivity, specificity and accuracy, but still in a clinically relevant range. Compared to subjects with TBI, PTSD showed increases in the limbic regions, cingulum, basal ganglia, insula, thalamus, prefrontal cortex and temporal lobes. Conclusions This study demonstrates the ability to separate PTSD and TBI from healthy controls, from each other, and detect their co-occurrence, even in highly comorbid samples, using SPECT. This modality may offer a clinical option for aiding diagnosis and treatment of these conditions. PMID:26132293
Amen, Daniel G; Raji, Cyrus A; Willeumier, Kristen; Taylor, Derek; Tarzwell, Robert; Newberg, Andrew; Henderson, Theodore A
2015-01-01
Traumatic brain injury (TBI) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are highly heterogeneous and often present with overlapping symptomology, providing challenges in reliable classification and treatment. Single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) may be advantageous in the diagnostic separation of these disorders when comorbid or clinically indistinct. Subjects were selected from a multisite database, where rest and on-task SPECT scans were obtained on a large group of neuropsychiatric patients. Two groups were analyzed: Group 1 with TBI (n=104), PTSD (n=104) or both (n=73) closely matched for demographics and comorbidity, compared to each other and healthy controls (N=116); Group 2 with TBI (n=7,505), PTSD (n=1,077) or both (n=1,017) compared to n=11,147 without either. ROIs and visual readings (VRs) were analyzed using a binary logistic regression model with predicted probabilities inputted into a Receiver Operating Characteristic analysis to identify sensitivity, specificity, and accuracy. One-way ANOVA identified the most diagnostically significant regions of increased perfusion in PTSD compared to TBI. Analysis included a 10-fold cross validation of the protocol in the larger community sample (Group 2). For Group 1, baseline and on-task ROIs and VRs showed a high level of accuracy in differentiating PTSD, TBI and PTSD+TBI conditions. This carefully matched group separated with 100% sensitivity, specificity and accuracy for the ROI analysis and at 89% or above for VRs. Group 2 had lower sensitivity, specificity and accuracy, but still in a clinically relevant range. Compared to subjects with TBI, PTSD showed increases in the limbic regions, cingulum, basal ganglia, insula, thalamus, prefrontal cortex and temporal lobes. This study demonstrates the ability to separate PTSD and TBI from healthy controls, from each other, and detect their co-occurrence, even in highly comorbid samples, using SPECT. This modality may offer a clinical option for aiding diagnosis and treatment of these conditions.
Effect of famine on fertility in a rural area of Bangladesh.
Razzaque, A
1988-07-01
Data on household socioeconomic status collected in the 1974 census and registration data on births, deaths, and migrations for the 1974-77 period from the Demographic Surveillance System of the International Centre for Diarrheal Disease Research, Bangladesh, were used to investigate the effects of the 1974-75 famine on differential fertility in a rural population of Bangladesh. Occupation of household head was used as a measure of socioeconomic status. Overall, fertility declined by 34% over the 1975-76 period and increased by 17% in 1976-77 from the 1974-75 figure. Significantly lower fertility was observed in 1975-76, irrespective of socioeconomic status, but the lower socioeconomic groups were affected more than the higher groups. Post-famine fertility was significantly higher only in the 2 middle occupation categories. The age-specific fertility rates suggest that the famine affected all age groups. The post-famine fertility was higher than that of 1974-75 in all but those aged below 20. At age 40 and over the recovery was slight. Husband-wife separation showed an increase during the famine and particularly among the lower socioeconomic groups. The males of the lower socioeconomic households migrated to other regions to obtain food for the family, thus affecting frequency of coitus. The decline in fertility may be due to several factors: deferred marriage; increase in divorces and husband-wife separations; high fetal wastage; voluntary fertility control through contraception, abstention, or induced abortion; and infecundability. An indirect measure of marriage rate indicated that fewer couples entered into marriage in 1974-75, particularly in the lower socioeconomic groups. Both the higher and lower socioeconomic groups were affected by the famine but the precise mechanisms were not the same. At this stage, it is not feasible to estimate the contribution of each factor to the fertility decline. The lower socioeconomic groups were more affected by husband-wife separations and deferred marriages; the higher socioeconomic groups were affected by mental stress and anxiety.
Membrane separation systems---A research and development needs assessment
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Baker, R.W.; Cussler, E.L.; Eykamp, W.
1990-03-01
Membrane based separation technology, a relative newcomer on the separations scene, has demonstrated the potential of saving enormous amounts of energy in the processing industries if substituted for conventional separation systems. Over 1 quad annually, out of 2.6, can possibly be saved in liquid-to-gas separations, alone, if membrane separation systems gain wider acceptance, according to a recent DOE/OIP (DOE/NBM-80027730 (1986)) study. In recent years great strides have been made in the field and offer even greater energy savings in the future when substituted for other conventional separation techniques such as distillation, evaporation, filtration, sedimentation, and absorption. An assessment was conductedmore » by a group of six internationally known membrane separations experts who examined the worldwide status of research in the seven major membrane areas. This encompassed four mature technology areas: reverse osmosis, micorfiltration, ultrafiltration, and electrodialysis; two developing areas: gas separation and and pervaporation; and one emerging technology: facilitated transport. Particular attention was paid to identifying the innovative processes currently emerging, and even further improvements which could gain wider acceptance for the more mature membrane technology. The topics that were pointed out as having the greatest research emphasis are pervaporation for organic-organic separations; gas separation; micorfiltration; an oxidant-resistant reverse osmosis membrane; and a fouling-resistant ultrafiltration membrane. 35 refs., 6 figs., 22 tabs.« less
Nanowire-templated lateral epitaxial growth of non-polar group III nitrides
Wang, George T [Albuquerque, NM; Li, Qiming [Albuquerque, NM; Creighton, J Randall [Albuquerque, NM
2010-03-02
A method for growing high quality, nonpolar Group III nitrides using lateral growth from Group III nitride nanowires. The method of nanowire-templated lateral epitaxial growth (NTLEG) employs crystallographically aligned, substantially vertical Group III nitride nanowire arrays grown by metal-catalyzed metal-organic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD) as templates for the lateral growth and coalescence of virtually crack-free Group III nitride films. This method requires no patterning or separate nitride growth step.
Hoffman, J R
1997-07-01
The relationship between aerobic fitness and recovery from high-intensity exercise was examined in 197 infantry soldiers. Aerobic fitness was determined by a maximal-effort, 2,000-m run (RUN). High-intensity exercise consisted of three bouts of a continuous 140-m sprint with several changes of direction. A 2-minute passive rest separated each sprint. A fatigue index was developed by dividing the mean time of the three sprints by the fastest time. Times for the RUN were converted into standardized T scores and separated into five groups (group 1 had the slowest run time and group 5 had the fastest run time). Significant differences in the fatigue index were seen between group 1 (4.9 +/- 2.4%) and groups 3 (2.6 +/- 1.7%), 4 (2.3 +/- 1.6%), and 5 (2.3 +/- 1.3%). It appears that recovery from high-intensity exercise is improved at higher levels of aerobic fitness (faster time for the RUN). However, as the level of aerobic fitness improves above the population mean, no further benefit in the recovery rate from high-intensity exercise is apparent.
Process for recovering pertechnetate ions from an aqueous solution also containing other ions
Rogers, R.; Horwitz, E.P.; Bond, A.H.
1997-02-18
A solid/liquid process for the separation and recovery of TcO{sub 4}{sup {minus}1} ions from an aqueous solution is disclosed. The solid support comprises separation particles having surface-bonded poly(ethylene glycol) groups; whereas the aqueous solution from which the TcO{sub 4}{sup {minus}1} ions are separated contains a poly(ethylene glycol) liquid/liquid biphase-forming amount of a dissolved salt. A solid/liquid phase admixture of separation particles containing bound TcO{sub 4}{sup {minus}1} ions in such an aqueous solution that is free from MoO{sub 4}{sup {minus}2} ions is also contemplated, as is a chromatography apparatus containing that solid/liquid phase admixture. 15 figs.
,
2001-01-01
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps are printed using up to six colors (black, blue, green, red, brown, and purple). To prepare your own maps or artwork based on maps, you can order separate black-and-white film positives or negatives for any color printed on a USGS topographic map, or for one or more of the groups of related features printed in the same color on the map (such as drainage and drainage names from the blue plate.) In this document, examples are shown with appropriate ink color to illustrate the various separates. When purchased, separates are black-and-white film negatives or positives. After you receive a film separate or composite from the USGS, you can crop, enlarge or reduce, and edit to add or remove details to suit your special needs. For example, you can adapt the separates for making regional and local planning maps or for doing many kinds of studies or promotions by using the features you select and then printing them in colors of your choice.
Lin, Hui; Zhang, Zhenbin; Dong, Jing; Liu, Zhongshan; Ou, Junjie; Zou, Hanfa
2013-09-01
A new organic-inorganic hybrid monolith was prepared by the ring-opening polymerization of octaglycidyldimethylsilyl polyhedral oligomeric silsesquioxane (POSS) with 1,4-butanediamine (BDA) using 1-propanol, 1,4-butanediol, and PEG 10,000 as a porogenic system. Benefiting from the moderate phase separation process, the resulting poly(POSS-co-BDA) hybrid monolith possessed a uniform microstructure and exhibited excellent performance in chromatographic applications. Neutral, acidic, and basic compounds were successfully separated on the hybrid monolith in capillary LC (cLC), and high column efficiencies were achieved in all of the separations. In addition, as the amino groups could generate a strong EOF, the hybrid monolith was also applied in CEC for the separation of neutral and polar compounds, and a satisfactory performance was obtained. These results demonstrate that the poly(POSS-co-BDA) hybrid monolith is a good separation media in chromatographic separations of various types of compounds by both cLC and CEC. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
75 FR 54221 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-09-03
...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet October...
76 FR 12211 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-03-04
...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet April...
77 FR 50759 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-08-22
...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet October...
76 FR 7627 - Petition for Waiver of Compliance
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-02-10
.... Eighteen (18) separate groups of locomotives were identified for investigation in the waiver approval... groups that must be investigated. In support of this petition, AAR says that this extension will be... electronic air brake equipment. They have also submitted information from WRE supporting combining EPIC...
Al-Balbeesi, Hana O; Bin Huraib, Sahar M; AlNahas, Nadia W; AlKawari, Huda M; Abu-Amara, Abdulrahman B; Vellappally, Sajith; Anil, Sukumaran
2016-01-01
The objective of the present investigation is to evaluate patients' pain perception and discomfort, the duration of pain and the level of self-medication over time during tooth separation, and the effectiveness of elastomeric and spring types of orthodontic separators in Saudi population. The study group consisted of 30 female adolescent patients who had elastomeric/spring separators as part of their orthodontic treatment. A self-administrated questionnaire comprising 16 multiple choice questions and another with visual analog scale were used to record the patient's pain perceptions at 4 hours, 24 hours, 3 days, 5 days, and 7 days from the time of insertion. The level of pain and discomfort during these time periods were assessed by a visual analog scale. After a separation period of 7 days, the amount of separation was measured with a leaf gauge. Type and frequency of analgesic consumption was also recorded. The Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) version 20 (IBM SPSS -Chicago, IL: SPSS Inc.,) was used for statistical analysis. The data showed significant increase in the level of pain at 4 hours, 24 hours, and 3 days from separator placement. The elastomeric separators produced significantly more separation than the spring separators and also caused maximum pain during the first 3 days after insertion. However, there was no significant difference between the score of pain between two separators at all time intervals. Both elastomeric and spring separators showed comparative levels of pain and discomfort during the early phase of separation. Elastomeric separators were found to be more effective in tooth separation than spring separators. However, further studies are necessary to substantiate this preliminary observation.
Lugnegård, Tove; Hallerbäck, Maria Unenge; Gillberg, Christopher
2015-05-01
In clinical practice, the differential diagnosis of Asperger syndrome (AS) versus schizophrenia can be a challenge. Some self-report instruments-such as the Autism-spectrum Quotient (AQ)-have been portrayed as proxies for the diagnosis of AS. However, it has not been demonstrated to what extent autistic traits-as measured by the AQ-separate AS from schizophrenia. To examine the AS-schizophrenia discriminating ability of the AQ. The AQ is a 50-item self-administered questionnaire (with score range 0-50) for measuring "autistic traits" in adults. Here, it was completed by 136 individuals: 36 with schizophrenic psychosis, 51 with AS and 49 non-clinical comparison cases. A receiver operating characteristic (ROC) analysis for the total AQ score was performed to examine the discriminating power of the instrument. Both individuals with schizophrenia and individuals with AS scored significantly higher on AQ than the non-clinical group. The mean total AQ score (± standard deviation) of the AS group (26.7 ± 8.9; range 9-44) was significantly higher than that of the schizophrenia group (22.7 ± 6.2; range 10-35) (P = 0.041). However, when using the full Likert scale for scoring, the difference did not reach significance. In the ROC analysis of total AQ scores for AS versus schizophrenia, the area under the curve (AUC) was 0.65 (P = 0.02). Although mean AQ scores separated AS and schizophrenia at a group comparison level, significant overlap of AQ scores across the two diagnostic groups clearly reduces the discriminating power of the AQ in the separation of schizophrenia from AS.
Animal-to-robot social attachment: initial requisites in a gallinaceous bird.
Jolly, L; Pittet, F; Caudal, J-P; Mouret, J-B; Houdelier, C; Lumineau, S; de Margerie, E
2016-02-04
Animal-Robot Interaction experiments have demonstrated their usefulness to understand the social behaviour of a growing number of animal species. In order to study the mechanisms of social influences (from parents and peers) on behavioural development, we design an experimental setup where young quail chicks, after hatching, continuously live with autonomous mobile robots in mixed triadic groups of two chicks and one robot. As precocial birds are subject to imprinting, we compare groups where chicks meet the robot as their very first social partner, on their first day after hatching (R chicks), with groups where chicks meet a real conspecific first (C chicks), and the robot later (on the second day after hatching). We measured the behavioural synchronization between chicks and robot over three days. Afterwards, we directly tested the existence of a possible social bond between animal and robot, by performing separation-reunion behavioural tests. R chicks were more synchronized with the robot in their daily feeding-resting activities than C chicks. Moreover, R chicks emitted numerous distress calls when separated from the robot, even in the presence of another chick, whereas C chicks emitted calls only when separated from the other chick. Whether the observed chick-robot attachment bond reflects filial, or sibling-imprinting of chicks towards the robot remains unclear, as the latter process is not fully understood in natural familial groups. Still, these results reveal the necessary initial conditions for stable, cohesive mixed groups of chicks and robots, a promising tool to experiment on the long-term dynamics of social behaviour.
Xiaojun, Yan; Dawei, Huang; Xiaoyong, Zhang; Ying, Liu; Qiaolong, Yang
2015-12-01
This paper proposes a SMA (shape memory alloy) wire-based separation actuator with high-load capacity and simple structure. The novel actuator is based on a one-stage locking mechanism, which means that the separation is directly driven by the SMA wire. To release a large preload, a group of anti-friction rollers are adopted to reduce the force for triggering. In addition, two SMA wires are used redundantly to ensure a high reliability. After separation, the actuator can be reset automatically without any auxiliary tool or manual operation. Three prototypes of the separation actuator are fabricated and tested. According to the performance test results, the actuator can release a maximum preload of 40 kN. The separation time tends to decrease as the operation current increases and it can be as short as 0.5 s under a 7.5 A (the voltage is 5.8 V) current. Lifetime test indicates that the actuator has a lifetime of more than 50 cycles. The environmental tests demonstrate that the actuator can endure the typical thermal and vibration environment tests without unexpected separation or structure damage, and separate normally after these environment tests.
Kimura, Yuki; Haneda, Shingo; Aoki, Takahiro; Furuoka, Hidefumi; Miki, Wataru; Fukumoto, Natsuko; Matsui, Motozumi; Nambo, Yasuo
2018-01-01
The combined thickness of the uterus and placenta (CTUP) and ultrasonographic images of uteroplacental tissues were investigated in 35 pregnant heavy draft horses in Months 7-12 of pregnancy. The mares were divided into three groups: those pathologically diagnosed as placentitis (placentitis group, n=3); those who had abortion, premature birth, or fetal malformation (abnormal group, n=7); and those who had no abnormal findings (normal group, n=25). In the normal group, CTUP increased as pregnancy progressed from Months 7 (median, 7.08 mm; range, 5.68-11.27) to 12 (13.31 mm; 7.44-16.31 mm) (P<0.05) and was higher than those reported previously in Thoroughbred, quarter, and American paint horses. Values of CTUP greater than the 75th percentile of the normal group from Months 7 (7.54 mm) to 12 (15.19 mm) were detected in 100% of the placentitis group (3/3) and in 86% of the abnormal group (6/7). Ultrasonographic images showing placental separation were obtained in 67% of the placentitis group (2/3), 29% of the abnormal group (2/7), and 20% of the normal group (5/25). Pathological placental edema and ultrasonographic images showing uteroplacental roughness or distinguishability were observed even in the normal group. These findings suggest that increased CTUP and placental separation would reflect placentitis and abnormal pregnancies and may help to detect them in heavy draft horses.
Deschamps, Kevin; Matricali, Giovanni Arnoldo; Roosen, Philip; Desloovere, Kaat; Bruyninckx, Herman; Spaepen, Pieter; Nobels, Frank; Tits, Jos; Flour, Mieke; Staes, Filip
2013-01-01
Background The aim of this study was to identify groups of subjects with similar patterns of forefoot loading and verify if specific groups of patients with diabetes could be isolated from non-diabetics. Methodology/Principal Findings Ninety-seven patients with diabetes and 33 control participants between 45 and 70 years were prospectively recruited in two Belgian Diabetic Foot Clinics. Barefoot plantar pressure measurements were recorded and subsequently analysed using a semi-automatic total mapping technique. Kmeans cluster analysis was applied on relative regional impulses of six forefoot segments in order to pursue a classification for the control group separately, the diabetic group separately and both groups together. Cluster analysis led to identification of three distinct groups when considering only the control group. For the diabetic group, and the computation considering both groups together, four distinct groups were isolated. Compared to the cluster analysis of the control group an additional forefoot loading pattern was identified. This group comprised diabetic feet only. The relevance of the reported clusters was supported by ANOVA statistics indicating significant differences between different regions of interest and different clusters. Conclusion/s Significance There seems to emerge a new era in diabetic foot medicine which embraces the classification of diabetic patients according to their biomechanical profile. Classification of the plantar pressure distribution has the potential to provide a means to determine mechanical interventions for the prevention and/or treatment of the diabetic foot. PMID:24278219
Péterle, Vinícius B; Souza, Jéssica de O; Busato, Fernanda de O; Eutrópio, Frederico J; da Costa, Gisele de A P; Olivieri, David N; Tadokoro, Carlos E
2018-06-01
Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is the convergent point of several pathological processes, and its evolution is insidious and characterized by a progressive and irreversible loss of kidney function. This impaired function induces the accumulation of uremic toxins and individuals with terminal CKD often have altered physiological responses, including a persistent state of immuno-suppression and development of diseases. A better characterization and stratification of these patients with CKD in different immuno-compromised groups would contribute to more effective and personalized treatments. The focus of this study was to use two parameters to stratify patients with CKD into four separate groups that are representative of different immunological status. Patients with CKD were chosen randomly and stratified into four separate groups according to the period of time receiving dialysis treatment and leukocyte blood counts. The amount of apoptotic CD4 T cells were measured in each group of patients, and clinical/hematological parameters were correlated by multivariate analysis with each group. Observations reveal that one of the four groups of patients with CKD (group 3) had more apoptotic CD4 T cells than the other group; this group also had an increased malnutrition inflammation score (MIS), an elevated Kt/V, and a higher incidence of smoking. A simple two-parameter-based stratification strategy could be used to design effective immunological therapies that differentiate the degrees of immuno-suppression across groups of patients with CKD. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Halperin, Jeffrey M.; Marks, David J.; Bedard, Anne-Claude V.; Chacko, Anil; Curchack, Jocelyn T.; Yoon, Carol A.; Healey, Dione M.
2013-01-01
Objective: To examine whether cognitive enhancement can be delivered through play to preschoolers with ADHD and whether it would affect severity of ADHD symptoms. Method: Twenty-nine 4- and 5-year-old children and their parents participated in separate group sessions (3-5 children/group). Child groups were introduced games designed to enhance…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Moller, Rosa Maria
2004-01-01
This report describes the distribution of young Californians by race/ethnic groups and socio-economic conditions, and compares trends using census data from 1970, 1980, 1990, and 2000. Classification of race/ethnic groups separates Hispanics from any race category (Whites, Asians, African Americans), as defined by the Census. The objective of the…
Separation techniques: Chromatography
Coskun, Ozlem
2016-01-01
Chromatography is an important biophysical technique that enables the separation, identification, and purification of the components of a mixture for qualitative and quantitative analysis. Proteins can be purified based on characteristics such as size and shape, total charge, hydrophobic groups present on the surface, and binding capacity with the stationary phase. Four separation techniques based on molecular characteristics and interaction type use mechanisms of ion exchange, surface adsorption, partition, and size exclusion. Other chromatography techniques are based on the stationary bed, including column, thin layer, and paper chromatography. Column chromatography is one of the most common methods of protein purification. PMID:28058406
Bi, Sheng; Xia, Ming
2015-08-11
To compare the validity and safety between holmium: YAG laser and traditional surgery in partial nephrectomy. A total of 28 patients were divided into two groups (holmium: YAG laser group without renal artery clamping and traditional surgery group with renal artery clamping). The intraoperative blood loss, total operative time, renal artery clamping time, postoperative hospital stay, separated renal function, postoperative complications and depth of tissue injury were recorded. The intraoperative blood loss, total operative time, renal artery clamping time, postoperative hospital stay, separated renal function, postoperative complications and depth of tissue injury were 80 ml, 77 min, 0 min, 7.4 days, 35 ml/min, 0, 0.9 cm, respectively, in holmium: YAG laser group. And in traditional surgery group were 69 ml, 111 min, 25.5 min, 7.3 days, 34 ml/min, 0, 2.0 cm, respectively. The differences of total operative time, renal artery clamping time and depth of tissue injury between two groups were statistically significant. The others were not statistically significant. Holmium: YAG laser is effective and safe in partial nephrectomy. It can decrease the total operative time, minimize the warm ischemia time and enlarge the extent of surgical excision.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Sola, Agboola Omowunmi; Ojo, Oloyede Ezekiel
2007-01-01
This study assessed and compared the relative effectiveness of three methods for teaching and conducting experiments in separation of mixtures in chemistry. A pre-test, post-test experimental design with a control group was used. Two hundred and thirty three randomly selected Senior Secondary School I (SSS I) chemistry students were drawn from…
Separation of the isotopes of boron by chemical exchange reactions
McCandless, Frank P.; Herbst, Ronald S.
1995-01-01
The isotopes of boron, .sup.10 B and .sup.11 B, are separated by means of a gas-liquid chemical exchange reaction involving the isotopic equilibrium between gaseous BF.sub.3 and a liquid BF.sub.3 . donor molecular addition complex formed between BF.sub.3 gas and a donor chosen from the group consisting of: nitromethane, acetone, methyl isobutyl ketone, or diisobutyl ketone.
Munseri, Patricia J; Kroidl, Arne; Nilsson, Charlotta; Joachim, Agricola; Geldmacher, Christof; Mann, Philipp; Moshiro, Candida; Aboud, Said; Lyamuya, Eligius; Maboko, Leonard; Missanga, Marco; Kaluwa, Bahati; Mfinanga, Sayoki; Podola, Lilly; Bauer, Asli; Godoy-Ramirez, Karina; Marovich, Mary; Moss, Bernard; Hoelscher, Michael; Gotch, Frances; Stöhr, Wolfgang; Stout, Richard; McCormack, Sheena; Wahren, Britta; Mhalu, Fred; Robb, Merlin L; Biberfeld, Gunnel; Sandström, Eric; Bakari, Muhammad
2015-01-01
Intradermal priming with HIV-1 DNA plasmids followed by HIV-1MVA boosting induces strong and broad cellular and humoral immune responses. In our previous HIVIS-03 trial, we used 5 injections with 2 pools of HIV-DNA at separate sites for each priming immunization. The present study explores whether HIV-DNA priming can be simplified by reducing the number of DNA injections and administration of combined versus separated plasmid pools. In this phase IIa, randomized trial, priming was performed using 5 injections of HIV-DNA, 1000 μg total dose, (3 Env and 2 Gag encoding plasmids) compared to two "simplified" regimens of 2 injections of HIV-DNA, 600 μg total dose, of Env- and Gag-encoding plasmid pools with each pool either administered separately or combined. HIV-DNA immunizations were given intradermally at weeks 0, 4, and 12. Boosting was performed intramuscularly with 108 pfu HIV-MVA at weeks 30 and 46. 129 healthy Tanzanian participants were enrolled. There were no differences in adverse events between the groups. The proportion of IFN-γ ELISpot responders to Gag and/or Env peptides after the second HIV-MVA boost did not differ significantly between the groups primed with 2 injections of combined HIV-DNA pools, 2 injections with separated pools, and 5 injections with separated pools (90%, 97% and 97%). There were no significant differences in the magnitude of Gag and/or Env IFN-γ ELISpot responses, in CD4+ and CD8+ T cell responses measured as IFN-γ/IL-2 production by intracellular cytokine staining (ICS) or in response rates and median titers for binding antibodies to Env gp160 between study groups. A simplified intradermal vaccination regimen with 2 injections of a total of 600 μg with combined HIV-DNA plasmids primed cellular responses as efficiently as the standard regimen of 5 injections of a total of 1000 μg with separated plasmid pools after boosting twice with HIV-MVA. World Health Organization International Clinical Trials Registry Platform PACTR2010050002122368.
Engineering chiral porous metal-organic frameworks for enantioselective adsorption and separation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Peng, Yongwu; Gong, Tengfei; Zhang, Kang; Lin, Xiaochao; Liu, Yan; Jiang, Jianwen; Cui, Yong
2014-07-01
The separation of racemic molecules is of substantial significance not only for basic science but also for technical applications, such as fine chemicals and drug development. Here we report two isostructural chiral metal-organic frameworks decorated with chiral dihydroxy or -methoxy auxiliares from enantiopure tetracarboxylate-bridging ligands of 1,1‧-biphenol and a manganese carboxylate chain. The framework bearing dihydroxy groups functions as a solid-state host capable of adsorbing and separating mixtures of a range of chiral aromatic and aliphatic amines, with high enantioselectivity. The host material can be readily recycled and reused without any apparent loss of performance. The utility of the present adsorption separation is demonstrated in the large-scale resolution of racemic 1-phenylethylamine. Control experiments and molecular simulations suggest that the chiral recognition and separation are attributed to the different orientations and specific binding energies of the enantiomers in the microenvironment of the framework.
Numerical Analysis of Incipient Separation on 53 Deg Swept Diamond Wing
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Frink, Neal T.
2015-01-01
A systematic analysis of incipient separation and subsequent vortex formation from moderately swept blunt leading edges is presented for a 53 deg swept diamond wing. This work contributes to a collective body of knowledge generated within the NATO/STO AVT-183 Task Group titled 'Reliable Prediction of Separated Flow Onset and Progression for Air and Sea Vehicles'. The objective is to extract insights from the experimentally measured and numerically computed flow fields that might enable turbulence experts to further improve their models for predicting swept blunt leading-edge flow separation. Details of vortex formation are inferred from numerical solutions after establishing a good correlation of the global flow field and surface pressure distributions between wind tunnel measurements and computed flow solutions. From this, significant and sometimes surprising insights into the nature of incipient separation and part-span vortex formation are derived from the wealth of information available in the computational solutions.
Maximum performance synergy: A new approach to recording studio control room design
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Szymanski, Jeff D.
2003-10-01
Popular recording studio control room designs include LEDE(tm), RFZ(tm), and nonenvironment rooms. The common goal of all of these is to create an accurate acoustical environment that does not distort or otherwise color audio reproduction. Also common to these designs is the frequent need to have multiple ancillary recording rooms, often adjacent to the main control room, where group members perform. This approach, where group members are physically separated from one another, can lead to lack of ensemble in the finished recordings. New twists on old acoustical treatment techniques have been implemented at a studio in Nashville, Tennessee, which minimize the need for multiple ancillary recording rooms, thus creating an environment where talent, producer and recording professionals can all occupy the same space for maximum performance synergy. Semi-separated performance areas are designed around a central, critical listening area. The techniques and equipment required to achieve this separation are reviewed, as are advantages and disadvantages to this new control room design approach.
Spanning trees and the Eurozone crisis
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Dias, João
2013-12-01
The sovereign debt crisis in the euro area has not yet been solved and recent developments in Spain and Italy have further deteriorated the situation. In this paper we develop a new approach to analyze the ongoing Eurozone crisis. Firstly, we use Maximum Spanning Trees to analyze the topological properties of government bond rates’ dynamics. Secondly, we combine the information given by both Maximum and Minimum Spanning Trees to obtain a measure of market dissimilarity or disintegration. Thirdly, we extend this measure to include a convenient distance not limited to the interval [0, 2]. Our empirical results show that Maximum Spanning Tree gives an adequate description of the separation of the euro area into two distinct groups: those countries strongly affected by the crisis and those that have remained resilient during this period. The measures of market dissimilarity also reveal a persistent separation of these two groups and, according to our second measure, this separation strongly increased during the period July 2009-March 2012.
Advanced inorganic separators for alkaline batteries
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Sheibley, D. W. (Inventor)
1982-01-01
A flexible, porous battery separator comprising a coating applied to a porous, flexible substrate is described. The coating comprises: (1) a thermoplastic rubber-based resin which is insoluble and unreactive in the alkaline electrolyte; (2) a polar organic plasticizer which is reactive with the alkaline electrolyte to produce a reaction product which contains a hydroxyl group and/or a carboxylic acid group; and (3) a mixture of polar particulate filler materials which are unreactive with the electrolyte, the mixture comprising at least one first filler material having a surface area of greater than 25 meters sq/gram, at least one second filler material having a surface area of 10 to 25 sq meters/gram, wherein the volume of the mixture of filler materials is less than 45% of the total volume of the fillers and the binder, the filler surface area per gram of binder is about 20 to 60 sq meters/gram, and the amount of plasticizer is sufficient to coat each filler particle. A method of forming the battery separator is also described.
Phase separation like dynamics during Myxococcus xanthus fruiting body formation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Liu, Guannan; Thutupalli, Shashi; Wigbers, Manon; Shaevitz, Joshua
2015-03-01
Collective motion exists in many living organisms as an advantageous strategy to help the entire group with predation, forage, and survival. However, the principles of self-organization underlying such collective motions remain unclear. During various developmental stages of the soil-dwelling bacterium, Myxococcus xanthus, different types of collective motions are observed. In particular, when starved, M. xanthus cells eventually aggregate together to form 3-dimensional structures (fruiting bodies), inside which cells sporulate in response to the stress. We study the fruiting body formation process as an out of equilibrium phase separation process. As local cell density increases, the dynamics of the aggregation M. xanthus cells switch from a spatio-temporally random process, resembling nucleation and growth, to an emergent pattern formation process similar to a spinodal decomposition. By employing high-resolution microscopy and a video analysis system, we are able to track the motion of single cells within motile collective groups, while separately tuning local cell density, cell velocity and reversal frequency, probing the multi-dimensional phase space of M. xanthus development.
Physically detached 'compact groups'
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hernquist, Lars; Katz, Neal; Weinberg, David H.
1995-01-01
A small fraction of galaxies appear to reside in dense compact groups, whose inferred crossing times are much shorter than a Hubble time. These short crossing times have led to considerable disagreement among researchers attempting to deduce the dynamical state of these systems. In this paper, we suggest that many of the observed groups are not physically bound but are chance projections of galaxies well separated along the line of sight. Unlike earlier similar proposals, ours does not require that the galaxies in the compact group be members of a more diffuse, but physically bound entity. The probability of physically separated galaxies projecting into an apparent compact group is nonnegligible if most galaxies are distributed in thin filaments. We illustrate this general point with a specific example: a simulation of a cold dark matter universe, in which hydrodynamic effects are included to identify galaxies. The simulated galaxy distribution is filamentary and end-on views of these filaments produce apparent galaxy associations that have sizes and velocity dispersions similar to those of observed compact groups. The frequency of such projections is sufficient, in principle, to explain the observed space density of groups in the Hickson catalog. We discuss the implications of our proposal for the formation and evolution of groups and elliptical galaxies. The proposal can be tested by using redshift-independent distance estimators to measure the line-of-sight spatial extent of nearby compact groups.
Wang, Chunhua; Liu, Haiyan; Wang, Xiuming; Shen, Xiaochun; Yang, Yingying; Sun, Wenjing; Yan, Qingjun; Cao, Yan; Wang, Xueqin; Lan, Chunhui; Chen, Dongfeng
2015-01-01
Objectives: To investigate whether a 360-degree horizontal turn after oral premedication with simethicone improves the mucosal visibility during gastroendoscopic examination, and to determine the proper time to turn over the patient. Methods: This study involved 993 patients scheduled for gastroendoscopy. Just before gastroendoscopy, after oral premedication with simethicone, patients were randomly assigned to three groups: in Group A, patients waited for 20 min before gastroendoscopy; in Group B, patients were separately waited for 5/10/15/20 min and were then turned 360 degrees just before gastroendoscopy; in Group C, patients were immediately turned 360 degrees and then separately waited for 5/10/15/20 min before examination. The sum of the gastric mucosal visibility scores (MVS) was calculated after the examination. The MVS and proportion of images with higher visibility scores for the mucosal surface. Lower scores indicate better visibility of the mucosal surface. Results: In Groups B and Groups C, when waiting time more than 10 min had lower mean total MVS than Group A. The MVS of four subgroups of Group B were not different from those of Group C. Conclusion: Oral premedication with simethicone and immediately make a body posture change (turning over 360 degrees) then waiting for 10min can increase the image quality during gastroendoscopy and effectively decrease the premedication time. PMID:26064342
Wang, Chunhua; Liu, Haiyan; Wang, Xiuming; Shen, Xiaochun; Yang, Yingying; Sun, Wenjing; Yan, Qingjun; Cao, Yan; Wang, Xueqin; Lan, Chunhui; Chen, Dongfeng
2015-01-01
To investigate whether a 360-degree horizontal turn after oral premedication with simethicone improves the mucosal visibility during gastroendoscopic examination, and to determine the proper time to turn over the patient. This study involved 993 patients scheduled for gastroendoscopy. Just before gastroendoscopy, after oral premedication with simethicone, patients were randomly assigned to three groups: in Group A, patients waited for 20 min before gastroendoscopy; in Group B, patients were separately waited for 5/10/15/20 min and were then turned 360 degrees just before gastroendoscopy; in Group C, patients were immediately turned 360 degrees and then separately waited for 5/10/15/20 min before examination. The sum of the gastric mucosal visibility scores (MVS) was calculated after the examination. The MVS and proportion of images with higher visibility scores for the mucosal surface. Lower scores indicate better visibility of the mucosal surface. In Groups B and Groups C, when waiting time more than 10 min had lower mean total MVS than Group A. The MVS of four subgroups of Group B were not different from those of Group C. Oral premedication with simethicone and immediately make a body posture change (turning over 360 degrees) then waiting for 10min can increase the image quality during gastroendoscopy and effectively decrease the premedication time.
9 CFR 3.7 - Compatible grouping.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-01-01
... WELFARE STANDARDS Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transportation of Dogs and Cats 1 Animal Health and Husbandry Standards § 3.7 Compatible grouping. Dogs and cats that are housed...; (b) Any dog or cat exhibiting a vicious or overly aggressive disposition must be housed separately...
9 CFR 3.7 - Compatible grouping.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-01-01
... WELFARE STANDARDS Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transportation of Dogs and Cats 1 Animal Health and Husbandry Standards § 3.7 Compatible grouping. Dogs and cats that are housed...; (b) Any dog or cat exhibiting a vicious or overly aggressive disposition must be housed separately...
9 CFR 3.7 - Compatible grouping.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-01-01
... WELFARE STANDARDS Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transportation of Dogs and Cats 1 Animal Health and Husbandry Standards § 3.7 Compatible grouping. Dogs and cats that are housed...; (b) Any dog or cat exhibiting a vicious or overly aggressive disposition must be housed separately...
9 CFR 3.7 - Compatible grouping.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... WELFARE STANDARDS Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transportation of Dogs and Cats 1 Animal Health and Husbandry Standards § 3.7 Compatible grouping. Dogs and cats that are housed...; (b) Any dog or cat exhibiting a vicious or overly aggressive disposition must be housed separately...
77 FR 17104 - Government/Industry Aeronautical Charting Forum Meeting: Correction
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-03-23
...) Aeronautical Charting Forum (ACF) to discuss informational content and design of aeronautical charts and related products, as well as instrument flight procedures development policy and design criteria. DATES: The ACF is separated into two distinct groups. The Instrument Procedures Group (IPG) will meet April...
A Dimensional Analysis of College Student Satisfaction.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Betz, Ellen L.; And Others
Further research on the College Student Satisfaction Questionnaire (CSSQ) is reported herein (see TM 000 049). Item responses of two groups of university students were separately analyzed by three different factor analytic methods. Three factors consistently appeared across groups and methods: Compensation, Social Life, and Working Conditions. Two…
9 CFR 3.7 - Compatible grouping.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... WELFARE STANDARDS Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transportation of Dogs and Cats 1 Animal Health and Husbandry Standards § 3.7 Compatible grouping. Dogs and cats that are housed...; (b) Any dog or cat exhibiting a vicious or overly aggressive disposition must be housed separately...
Størksen, Ingunn; Røysamb, Espen; Moum, Torbjørn; Tambs, Kristian
2005-12-01
**This is a prospective Norwegian study of a group of adolescents with an experience of parental divorce or separation (n=413) and a comparison group without this experience (n=1758). Mean age at T1 was 14.4 years and mean age at T2 was 18.4 years. Parental divorce was prospectively associated with a relative change in anxiety and depression, subjective well-being, self-esteem, and school problems. Considering boys separately, parental divorce was prospectively associated only with school problems. Among the girls, divorce was prospectively associated with all variables. The effect of divorce on relative change was partially mediated by paternal absence.
Assessment of Severity of Ovine Smoke Inhalation Injury by Analysis of Computed Tomographic Scans
2003-09-01
Computerized analysis of three- dimensional reconstructed scans was also performed, based on Hounsfield unit ranges: hyperinflated, 1,000 to 900; normal...the interactive segmentation function of the software. The pulmonary parenchyma was separated into four regions based on the Hounsfield unit (HU...SII) severity. Methods: Twenty anesthetized sheep underwent graded SII: group I, no smoke; group II, 5 smoke units ; group III, 10 units ; and group IV
Confirmatory Test of the Irritant Gas Disperser, Helicopter- or Vehicle- Mounted, M5
1962-07-23
disperser consists of four major assemblies: An agent-container assembly, a pressure - group assembly, a support assembly, and a throat assembly. (1) The...base. (2) The pressure - group assembly consists of two steel high-pressure tanks, secured by steel band clamps to the pressure - group support assembly...aluminum alloy tubing welded together to provide a support for the agent-container assembly and the pressure - group assembly. Each of these separate
Comoving Stars in Gaia DR1: An Abundance of Very Wide Separation Comoving Pairs
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Oh, Semyeong; Price-Whelan, Adrian M.; Hogg, David W.; Morton, Timothy D.; Spergel, David N.
2017-06-01
The primary sample of the Gaia Data Release 1 is the Tycho-Gaia Astrometric Solution (TGAS): ≈2 million Tycho-2 sources with improved parallaxes and proper motions relative to the initial catalog. This increased astrometric precision presents an opportunity to find new binary stars and moving groups. We search for high-confidence comoving pairs of stars in TGAS by identifying pairs of stars consistent with having the same 3D velocity using a marginalized likelihood ratio test to discriminate candidate comoving pairs from the field population. Although we perform some visualizations using (bias-corrected) inverse parallax as a point estimate of distance, the likelihood ratio is computed with a probabilistic model that includes the covariances of parallax and proper motions and marginalizes the (unknown) true distances and 3D velocities of the stars. We find 13,085 comoving star pairs among 10,606 unique stars with separations as large as 10 pc (our search limit). Some of these pairs form larger groups through mutual comoving neighbors: many of these pair networks correspond to known open clusters and OB associations, but we also report the discovery of several new comoving groups. Most surprisingly, we find a large number of very wide (> 1 pc) separation comoving star pairs, the number of which increases with increasing separation and cannot be explained purely by false-positive contamination. Our key result is a catalog of high-confidence comoving pairs of stars in TGAS. We discuss the utility of this catalog for making dynamical inferences about the Galaxy, testing stellar atmosphere models, and validating chemical abundance measurements.
Toman, Robert; Hluchy, Svatoslav; Cabaj, Michal; Massanyi, Peter; Roychoudhury, Shubhadeep; Tunegova, Martina
2016-12-01
Effects of selenium (Se) and diazinon (DZN) on sperm motility parameters in rats were investigated. Male rats received a separate dose of Se (2mgkg -1 b.w., intraperitoneally, 5mgL -1 , per os in drinking water), diazinon (20mgkg -1 b.w., intraperitoneally, 40mgL -1 , per os in drinking water), and in combination (Se+DZN) with the same dosage as in the separate administration. 36h an intraperitoneal (i.p.) and after 90days of per oral (p.o.) exposure, thirteen parameters of sperm motility were evaluated using a Computer Assisted Sperm Analyzer (CASA). Almost all the evaluated sperm motility parameters significantly decreased in Se p.o. exposed groups. In the Se i.p. group decrease was noted only in beat cross frequency (BCF) and progressive motility. Significant decline in the sperm motility, progressive motility, BCF and increase in amplitude of lateral head displacement (ALH) were recorded after DZN i.p. administration. In DZN p.o. group, significant increase in ALH, velocity average path (VAP) and curvilinear velocity (VCL) but decrease in progressive motility and BCF was detected. Se+DZN i.p. administration caused a significant decrease in motility, progressive motility and BCF. Per oral administration of Se+DZN decreased all motility parameters except LIN, WOB and ALH. Sperm abnormalities increased in all experimental conditions. Se and DZN negatively affected sperm structure and function in separate doses or in combination. No protective effect of Se was observed. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.
Bulut, Elif; Gayman, Matthew D
2016-08-01
This study assesses variations in acculturation experiences by identifying distinct acculturation classes, and investigates the role of these acculturation classes for self-rated mental health among Latino and Asian immigrants in the United States. Using 2002-2003 the National Latino and Asian American Study, Latent Class Analysis is used to capture variations in immigrant classes (recent arrivals, separated, bicultural and assimilated), and OLS regressions are used to assess the link between acculturation classes and self-rated mental health. For both Latinos and Asians, bicultural immigrants reported the best mental health, and separated immigrants and recent arrivals reported the worst mental health. The findings also reveal group differences in acculturation classes, whereby Latino immigrants were more likely to be in the separated class and recent arrivals class relative to Asian immigrants. While there was not a significant group difference in self-rated mental health at the bivariate level, controlling for acculturation classes revealed that Latinos report better self-rated mental health than Asians. Thus, Latino immigrants would actually have better self-rated mental health than their Asian counterparts if they were not more likely to be represented in less acculturated classes (separated class and recent arrivals) and/or as likely to be in the bicultural class as their Asian counterparts. Together the findings underscore the nuanced and complex nature of the acculturation process, highlighting the importance of race differences in this process, and demonstrate the role of acculturation classes for immigrant group differences in self-rated mental health.
Kaul, Rudra; Farooq, Riyaz; Kaul, Vibhuti; Khateeb, Shafayat Ullah; Purra, Aamir Rashid; Mahajan, Roopali
2014-01-01
Introduction: The aim of the present study was to comparatively evaluate the physical surface changes and incidence of separation in rotary nickel-titanium (NiTi) instruments using scanning electron microscope (SEM). Methods and Materials: A total number of 210 freshly extracted human maxillary and mandibular first molars were selected and distributed between three groups. Three different systems of rotary NiTi instruments, namely ProFile (PF), RaCe (RC) and Twisted File (TF), were used to prepare the canals using crown-down technique. All instruments were evaluated by means of SEM with 500× and 1500× magnifications, at four different stages; before use, after preparation of 7 and 14 canals and after instrument separation. Photomicrographs were also taken. The data was analyzed using the Kruskal-Wallis test and the level of significance was set at 0.001. It was found that H (HAT matrix) was 15.316 with 2 degrees of freedom. Moreover the various groups were compared using the Student-Newman-Keuls test with P<0.05 and it was found that all groups were significantly different. Results: RC showed the maximum wear of the surface followed by TF (P<0.05). PF showed the minimum wear except for its tip. There was no correlation between electropolishing and file fracture. Insignificant difference was observed in the mean number of canals shaped by PF and TF before their separation. Conclusion: Clinically, TF performance was superior, followed by PF then RC. RC fracture rate was the greatest after preparing the least number of canals. PMID:25031595
Echenique, Pablo; Alonso, J L
2006-07-30
A set of rules is defined to systematically number the groups and the atoms of polypeptides in a modular manner. Supported by this numeration, a set of internal coordinates is defined. These coordinates (termed Systematic, Approximately Separable, and Modular Internal Coordinates--SASMIC) are straightforwardly written in Z-matrix form and may be directly implemented in typical Quantum Chemistry packages. A number of Perl scripts that automatically generate the Z-matrix files are provided as supplementary material. The main difference with most Z-matrix-like coordinates normally used in the literature is that normal dihedral angles ("principal dihedrals" in this work) are only used to fix the orientation of whole groups and a different type of dihedrals, termed "phase dihedrals," are used to describe the covalent structure inside the groups. This physical approach allows to approximately separate soft and hard movements of the molecule using only topological information and to directly implement constraints. As an application, we use the coordinates defined and ab initio quantum mechanical calculations to assess the commonly assumed approximation of the free energy, obtained from "integrating out" the side chain degree of freedom chi, by the Potential Energy Surface (PES) in the protected dipeptide HCO-L-Ala-NH2. We also present a subbox of the Hessian matrix in two different sets of coordinates to illustrate the approximate separation of soft and hard movements when the coordinates defined in this work are used. (PACS: 87.14.Ee, 87.15.-v, 87.15.Aa, 87.15.Cc) 2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Tian, Chao; Kosoy, Roman; Nassir, Rami; Lee, Annette; Villoslada, Pablo; Klareskog, Lars; Hammarström, Lennart; Garchon, Henri-Jean; Pulver, Ann E.; Ransom, Michael; Gregersen, Peter K.; Seldin, Michael F.
2009-01-01
The definition of European population genetic substructure and its application to understanding complex phenotypes is becoming increasingly important. In the current study using over 4000 subjects genotyped for 300 thousand SNPs we provide further insight into relationships among European population groups and identify sets of SNP ancestry informative markers (AIMs) for application in genetic studies. In general, the graphical description of these principal components analyses (PCA) of diverse European subjects showed a strong correspondence to the geographical relationships of specific countries or regions of origin. Clearer separation of different ethnic and regional populations was observed when northern and southern European groups were considered separately and the PCA results were influenced by the inclusion or exclusion of different self-identified population groups including Ashkenazi Jewish, Sardinian and Orcadian ethnic groups. SNP AIM sets were identified that could distinguish the regional and ethnic population groups. Moreover, the studies demonstrated that most allele frequency differences between different European groups could be effectively controlled in analyses using these AIM sets. The European substructure AIMs should be widely applicable to ongoing studies to confirm and delineate specific disease susceptibility candidate regions without the necessity to perform additional genome-wide SNP studies in additional subject sets. PMID:19707526
Tian, Chao; Kosoy, Roman; Nassir, Rami; Lee, Annette; Villoslada, Pablo; Klareskog, Lars; Hammarström, Lennart; Garchon, Henri-Jean; Pulver, Ann E; Ransom, Michael; Gregersen, Peter K; Seldin, Michael F
2009-01-01
The definition of European population genetic substructure and its application to understanding complex phenotypes is becoming increasingly important. In the current study using over 4,000 subjects genotyped for 300,000 single-nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), we provide further insight into relationships among European population groups and identify sets of SNP ancestry informative markers (AIMs) for application in genetic studies. In general, the graphical description of these principal components analyses (PCA) of diverse European subjects showed a strong correspondence to the geographical relationships of specific countries or regions of origin. Clearer separation of different ethnic and regional populations was observed when northern and southern European groups were considered separately and the PCA results were influenced by the inclusion or exclusion of different self-identified population groups including Ashkenazi Jewish, Sardinian, and Orcadian ethnic groups. SNP AIM sets were identified that could distinguish the regional and ethnic population groups. Moreover, the studies demonstrated that most allele frequency differences between different European groups could be controlled effectively in analyses using these AIM sets. The European substructure AIMs should be widely applicable to ongoing studies to confirm and delineate specific disease susceptibility candidate regions without the necessity of performing additional genome-wide SNP studies in additional subject sets.
Takzaree, Nasrin; Hadjiakhondi, Abbas; Hassanzadeh, Gholamreza; Rouini, Mohammad Reza; Manayi, Azadeh; Zolbin, Masoumeh Majidi
2016-12-01
Aloe vera is a medicinal plant used to treat various skin diseases. The effects of using aloe vera gel on the healing process were investigated by microscopic methods, cell counting, and TGF-β gene expression in the wound bed. Sixty Wistar rats weighing 200-250 g were placed under anesthesia in sterile conditions. A square 1.5 cm × 1.5 cm wound was made on the back of the neck. The rats were divided into control and 2 experimental groups. Additionally, the control and experimental groups were separated into 3 subgroups corresponding to 4, 7, and 14 days of study. In the first experimental group, aloe vera was used twice on the wound. The second experimental group received aloe vera overtreatment once on the wound. The positive control group received daily application of 1% phenytoein cream following surgical wound creation. The control group did not receive any treatment. This tissue was examined using histological staining (H&E) and Masson's Trichrome. Wound surface and wound healing were evaluated separately. TGF-β gene expression was analyzed by RT-PCR. Results showed that fibroblasts in both experimental groups were significantly increased, thereby acceleration wound healing. Application of aloe vera gel will increase TGF-β gene expression, ultimately accelerating the wound healing process.
Reducing Societal Obesity: Establishing a Separate Exercise Model through Studies of Group Behavior.
Puterbaugh, J S
2016-01-01
The past 50 years has brought attention to high and increasing levels of human obesity in most of the industrialized world. The medical profession has noticed, has evaluated, and has developed models for studying, preventing, and reversing obesity. The current model prescribes activity in specific quantities such as days, minutes, heart rates, and footfalls. Although decreased levels of activity have come from changes revolving around built environments and social networks, the existing medical model to lower body weights by increasing activity remains individually prescriptive. It is not working. The study of societal obesity precludes the individual and must involve group behavioral studies. Such studies necessitate acquiring separate tools and, therefore, require a significant change in the evaluation and treatment of obesity. Finding groups with common activities and lower levels of obesity would allow the development of new models of land use and encourage active lifestyles through shared interests.
Belcaro, G; Rulo, A; Renton, S
1992-01-01
To evaluate capillary filtration a group of normal subjects and two groups of subjects with venous incompetence (50 with deep and 50 with superficial incompetence) were studied with the vacuum suction chamber (VSC) device applied onto the internal perimalleolar region. This method was compared with straingauge plethysmography rate of ankle swelling (RAS). By the VSC the time taken for the weal to disappear (VSC time) was considered indicative of capillary filtration. The values obtained with the two methods were well related (r < 0.742) and there was a good separation between patients and normals. The separation between the two groups of patients was significantly better (p < 0.05) with the VSC time. In conclusion VSC time is a good indication of capillary filtration in comparison with straingauge plethysmography RAS. It may be used to assess variations in capillary filtration in venous hypertension and possibly to follow up the effects of treatments.
Loss Aversion Reflects Information Accumulation, Not Bias: A Drift-Diffusion Model Study.
Clay, Summer N; Clithero, John A; Harris, Alison M; Reed, Catherine L
2017-01-01
Defined as increased sensitivity to losses, loss aversion is often conceptualized as a cognitive bias. However, findings that loss aversion has an attentional or emotional regulation component suggest that it may instead reflect differences in information processing. To distinguish these alternatives, we applied the drift-diffusion model (DDM) to choice and response time (RT) data in a card gambling task with unknown risk distributions. Loss aversion was measured separately for each participant. Dividing the participants into terciles based on loss aversion estimates, we found that the most loss-averse group showed a significantly lower drift rate than the other two groups, indicating overall slower uptake of information. In contrast, neither the starting bias nor the threshold separation (barrier) varied by group, suggesting that decision thresholds are not affected by loss aversion. These results shed new light on the cognitive mechanisms underlying loss aversion, consistent with an account based on information accumulation.
Loss Aversion Reflects Information Accumulation, Not Bias: A Drift-Diffusion Model Study
Clay, Summer N.; Clithero, John A.; Harris, Alison M.; Reed, Catherine L.
2017-01-01
Defined as increased sensitivity to losses, loss aversion is often conceptualized as a cognitive bias. However, findings that loss aversion has an attentional or emotional regulation component suggest that it may instead reflect differences in information processing. To distinguish these alternatives, we applied the drift-diffusion model (DDM) to choice and response time (RT) data in a card gambling task with unknown risk distributions. Loss aversion was measured separately for each participant. Dividing the participants into terciles based on loss aversion estimates, we found that the most loss-averse group showed a significantly lower drift rate than the other two groups, indicating overall slower uptake of information. In contrast, neither the starting bias nor the threshold separation (barrier) varied by group, suggesting that decision thresholds are not affected by loss aversion. These results shed new light on the cognitive mechanisms underlying loss aversion, consistent with an account based on information accumulation. PMID:29066987
Householder transformations and optimal linear combinations
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Decell, H. P., Jr.; Smiley, W., III
1974-01-01
Several theorems related to the Householder transformation and separability criteria are proven. Orthogonal transformations, topology, divergence, mathematical matrices, and group theory are discussed.
Zhu, Ling-Ling; Zhao, Yang; Xu, Yong-Wei; Sun, Qing-Long; Sun, Xin-Guang; Kang, Li-Ping; Yan, Ren-Yi; Zhang, Jie; Liu, Chao; Ma, Bai-Ping
2016-02-20
Spirostanol saponins are important active components of some herb medicines, and their isolation and purification are crucial for the research and development of traditional Chinese medicines. We aimed to compare the separation of spirostanol saponins by ultra-high performance supercritical fluid chromatography (UHPSFC) and ultra-high performance liquid chromatography (UHPLC). Four groups of spirostanol saponins were separated respectively by UHPSFC and UHPLC. After optimization, UHPSFC was performed with a HSS C18 SB column or a Diol column and with methanol as the co-solvent. A BEH C18 column and mobile phase containing water (with 0.1% formic acid) and acetonitrile were used in UHPLC. We found that UHPSFC could be performed automatically and quickly. It is effective in separating the spirostanol saponins which share the same aglycone and vary in sugar chains, and is very sensitive to the number and the position of hydroxyl groups in aglycones. However, the resolution of spirostanol saponins with different aglycones and the same sugar moiety by UHPSFC was not ideal and could be resolved by UHPLC instead. UHPLC is good at differentiating the variation in aglycones, and is influenced by double bonds in aglycones. Therefore, UHPLC and UHPSFC are complementary in separating spirostanol saponins. Considering the naturally produced spirostanol saponins in herb medicines are different both in aglycones and in sugar chains, a better separation can be achieved by combination of UHPLC and UHPSFC. UHPSFC is a powerful technique for improving the resolution when UHPLC cannot resolve a mixture of spirostanol saponins and vice versa. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Lin, Chun-Chi; Liu, Chuen-Ying
2004-10-01
With 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl chloride as the spacer, a proline-coated capillary column was prepared for the capillary electrochromatographic (CEC) separation of amino acids by in-column derivatization. Nine standard mixtures, including aspartic acid, glutamic acid, valine, phenylalanine, alanine, isoleucine, leucine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, were injected. o-Phthalaldehyde (OPA), OPA/2-mercaptoethanol (2-ME) and OPA/N-acetylcysteine (NAC) in borate buffer were tested as the derivatizing agent. Among them, OPA (50 mM) in borate buffer (pH 9.5, 50 mM) gave the best performance. The formation of isoindole could be detected by UV detection. The sandwich-type injection was carried out in hydrostatic mode (10 cm) with the program R(10 s)S(10 s) R(10 s)W(10 min) with R, S, and W being the reagent, sample, and waiting times. Mesityl oxide, benzyl alcohol, and acetone showed some interaction with the column. A current monitoring method was used instead of the determination of the electroosmotic flow (EOF). The direction of EOF was from anode to cathode even under acidic condition lower than the pI value (6.31) of the bonded group due to some unreacted silanol groups. Some parameters including pH, nature, and concentration of the mobile phase and the effect of organic modifier with regard to the CEC separation were investigated. With the proline-coated column (75 (50) cm x 75 microm ID) the best separation was performed in phosphate buffer (pH 4.00, 100 mM) with an applied voltage of -15 kV. The established method was also compared with those precolumn derivatized prior to the separation with proline-coated column as well as with in-capillary derivatization and separation with a bare fused-silica column. Copyright 2004 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.
Trivalent Lanthanide/Actinide Separation Using Aqueous-Modified TALSPEAK Chemistry
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Travis S. Grimes; Richard D. Tillotson; Leigh R. Martin
TALSPEAK is a liquid/liquid extraction process designed to separate trivalent lanthanides (Ln3+) from minor actinides (MAs) Am3+ and Cm3+. Traditional TALSPEAK organic phase is comprised of a monoacidic dialkyl bis(2-ethylhexyl)phosphoric acid extractant (HDEHP) in diisopropyl benzene (DIPB). The aqueous phase contains a soluble aminopolycarboxylate diethylenetriamine-N,N,N’,N”,N”-pentaacetic acid (DTPA) in a concentrated (1.0-2.0 M) lactic acid (HL) buffer with the aqueous acidity typically adjusted to pH 3.0. TALSPEAK balances the selective complexation of the actinides by DTPA against the electrostatic attraction of the lanthanides by the HDEHP extractant to achieve the desired trivalent lanthanide/actinide group separation. Although TALSPEAK is considered a successfulmore » separations scheme, recent fundamental studies have highlighted complex chemical interactions occurring in the aqueous and organic phases during the extraction process. Previous attempts to model the system have shown thermodynamic models do not accurately predict the observed extraction trends in the p[H+] range 2.5-4.8. In this study, the aqueous phase is modified by replacing the lactic acid buffer with a variety of simple and longer-chain amino acid buffers. The results show successful trivalent lanthanide/actinide group separation with the aqueous-modified TALSPEAK process at pH 2. The amino acid buffer concentrations were reduced to 0.5 M (at pH 2) and separations were performed without any effect on phase transfer kinetics. Successful modeling of the aqueous-modified TALSPEAK process (p[H+] 1.6-3.1) using a simplified thermodynamic model and an internally consistent set of thermodynamic data is presented.« less
Zhao, Yuling; Wang, Huiyong; Pei, Yuanchao; Liu, Zhiping; Wang, Jianji
2016-08-17
Recently, it has been found experimentally that two different amino acid ionic liquids (ILs) can be mixed to show unique lowest critical solution temperature (LCST) phase separation in water. However, little is known about the mechanism of phase separation in these IL/water mixtures at the molecular level. In this work, five kinds of amino acid ILs were chosen to study the mechanism of LCST-type phase separation by molecular dynamics (MD) simulations. Toward this end, a series of all-atom MD simulations were carried out on the ternary mixtures consisting of two different ILs and water at different temperatures. The various interaction energies and radial distribution functions (RDFs) were calculated and analyzed for these mixed systems. It was found that for amino acid ILs, the -NH2 or -COOH group of one anion could have a hydrogen bonding interaction with the -COO(-) group of another anion. With the increase of temperature, this kind of hydrogen bonding interaction between anions was strengthened and then the anion-H2O electrostatic interaction was weakened, which led to the LCST-type phase separation of the mixed ILs in water. In addition, a series of MD simulations for [P6668]1[Lys]n[Asp]1-n/H2O systems were also performed to study the effect of the mixing ratio of ILs on phase separation. It was also noted that the experimental critical composition corresponding to the lowest critical solution temperature was well predicted from the total electrostatic interaction energies as a function of mole fraction of [P6668][Lys] in these systems. The conclusions drawn from this study may provide new insight into the LCST-type phase behavior of ILs in water, and motivate further studies on practical applications.
A multimodal histamine ligand for chromatographic purification of plasmid DNA.
Černigoj, Urh; Vidic, Urška; Barut, Miloš; Podgornik, Aleš; Peterka, Matjaž; Štrancar, Aleš
2013-03-15
To exploit different chromatographic modes for efficient plasmid DNA (pDNA) purification a novel monolithic chromatographic support bearing multimodal histamine (HISA) groups was developed and characterized. Electrostatic charge of HISA groups depends on the pH of the mobile phase, being neutral above pH 7 and becoming positively charged below. As a consequence, HISA groups exhibit predominantly ion-exchange character at low pH values, which decreases with titration of the HISA groups resulting in increased hydrophobicity. This feature enabled separation of supercoiled (sc) pDNA from other plasmid isoforms (and other process related impurities) by adjusting salt or pH gradient. The dynamic binding capacity (DBC) for a 5.1kbp large plasmid at pH 5 was 4.0 mg/ml under low salt binding conditions, remaining relatively high (3.0 mg/ml) even in the presence of 1.0 M NaCl due to the multimodal nature of HISA ligand. Only slightly lower DBC (2.7 mg/ml) was determined under preferentially hydrophobic conditions in 3.0 M (NH(4))(2)SO(4), pH 7.4. Open circular and sc pDNA isoforms were baseline separated in descending (NH(4))(2)SO(4) gradient. Furthermore, an efficient plasmid DNA separation was possible both on analytical as well as on preparative scale by applying the descending pH gradient at a constant concentration (above 3.0 M) of (NH(4))(2)SO(4). Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Visceral hypersensitive rats share common dysbiosis features with irritable bowel syndrome patients.
Zhou, Xiao-Yan; Li, Ming; Li, Xia; Long, Xin; Zuo, Xiu-Li; Hou, Xiao-Hua; Cong, Ying-Zi; Li, Yan-Qing
2016-06-14
To evaluate gut microbial dysbiosis in two visceral hypersensitive models in comparison with irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) patients and to explore the extent to which these models capture the dysbiosis of IBS patients. Visceral hypersensitivity was developed using the maternal separation (MS) rat model and post-inflammatory rat model. The visceral sensitivity of the model groups and control group was evaluated using the abdominal withdraw reflex score and electromyography in response to graded colorectal distention. The 16S ribosomal RNA gene from fecal samples was pyrosequenced and analyzed. The correlation between dysbiosis in the microbiota and visceral hypersensitivity was calculated. Positive findings were compared to sequencing data from a published human IBS cohort. Dysbiosis triggered by neonatal maternal separation was lasting but not static. Both MS and post-inflammatory rat fecal microbiota deviated from that of the control rats to an extent that was larger than the co-housing effect. Two short chain fatty acid producing genera, Fusobacterium and Clostridium XI, were shared by the human IBS cohort and by the maternal separation rats and post-inflammatory rats, respectively, to different extents. Fusobacterium was significantly increased in the MS group, and its abundance positively correlated with the degree of visceral hypersensitivity. Porphyromonadaceae was a protective biomarker for both the rat control group and healthy human controls. The dysbiosis MS rat model and the post-inflammatory rat model captured some of the dysbiosis features of IBS patients. Fusobacterium, Clostridium XI and Porphyromonadaceae were identified as targets for future mechanistic research.
Developmental Risk Factors in Generalized Anxiety Disorder and Panic Disorder
Newman, Michelle G.; Shin, Ki Eun; Zuellig, Andrea R.
2016-01-01
Background There is a lack of clarity regarding specific risk factors discriminating generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) from panic disorder (PD). Goal This study investigated whether GAD and PD could be discriminated through differences in developmental etiological factors including childhood parental loss/separation, psychological disorders, and maternal and paternal attachment. Method Twenty people with adult generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), 20 with adult panic disorder (PD), 11 with adult comorbid GAD and PD, and 21 adult non-anxious controls completed diagnostic interviews to assess symptoms of mental disorders in adulthood and childhood. Participants also reported on parental attachment, loss, and separation. Results Childhood diagnoses of GAD and PD differentiated clinical groups from controls as well as from each other, suggesting greater likelihood for homotypic over heterotypic continuity. Compared to controls, specific phobia was associated with all three clinical groups, and childhood depression, social phobia, and PTSD were uniquely associated with adult GAD. Both maternal and paternal attachment also differentiated clinical groups from controls. However, higher levels of subscales reflecting maternal insecure avoidant attachment (e.g., no memory of early childhood experiences and balancing/forgiving current state of mind) emerged as more predictive of GAD relative to PD. There were no group differences in parental loss or separation. Conclusions These results support differentiation of GAD and PD based on developmental risk factors. Recommendations for future research and implications of the findings for understanding the etiology and symptomatology of GAD and PD are discussed. PMID:27466747
Developmental risk factors in generalized anxiety disorder and panic disorder.
Newman, Michelle G; Shin, Ki Eun; Zuellig, Andrea R
2016-12-01
There is a lack of clarity regarding specific risk factors discriminating generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) from panic disorder (PD). This study investigated whether GAD and PD could be discriminated through differences in developmental etiological factors including childhood parental loss/separation, psychological disorders, and maternal and paternal attachment. Twenty people with adult generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), 20 with adult panic disorder (PD), 11 with adult comorbid GAD and PD, and 21 adult non-anxious controls completed diagnostic interviews to assess symptoms of mental disorders in adulthood and childhood. Participants also reported on parental attachment, loss and separation. Childhood diagnoses of GAD and PD differentiated clinical groups from controls as well as from each other, suggesting greater likelihood for homotypic over heterotypic continuity. Compared to controls, specific phobia was associated with all three clinical groups, and childhood depression, social phobia, and PTSD were uniquely associated with adult GAD. Both maternal and paternal attachment also differentiated clinical groups from controls. However, higher levels of subscales reflecting maternal insecure avoidant attachment (e.g., no memory of early childhood experiences and balancing/forgiving current state of mind) emerged as more predictive of GAD relative to PD. There were no group differences in parental loss or separation. These results support differentiation of GAD and PD based on developmental risk factors. Recommendations for future research and implications of the findings for understanding the etiology and symptomatology of GAD and PD are discussed. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Shen, Shuwei; Wang, Haili; Xue, Yue; Yuan, Li; Zhou, Ximing; Zhao, Zuhua; Dong, Erbao; Liu, Bin; Liu, Wendong; Cromeens, Barrett; Adler, Brent; Besner, Gail; Xu, Ronald X
2017-09-08
Preoperative assessment of tissue anatomy and accurate surgical planning is crucial in conjoined twin separation surgery. We developed a new method that combines three-dimensional (3D) printing, assembling, and casting to produce anatomic models of high fidelity for surgical planning. The related anatomic features of the conjoined twins were captured by computed tomography (CT), classified as five organ groups, and reconstructed as five computer models. Among these organ groups, the skeleton was produced by fused deposition modeling (FDM) using acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. For the other four organ groups, shell molds were prepared by FDM and cast with silica gel to simulate soft tissues, with contrast enhancement pigments added to simulate different CT and visual contrasts. The produced models were assembled, positioned firmly within a 3D printed shell mold simulating the skin boundary, and cast with transparent silica gel. The produced phantom was subject to further CT scan in comparison with that of the patient data for fidelity evaluation. Further data analysis showed that the produced model reassembled the geometric features of the original CT data with an overall mean deviation of less than 2 mm, indicating the clinical potential to use this method for surgical planning in conjoined twin separation surgery.
Geographical and functional-morphological variations of the skull in the gray-bellied squirrel.
Endo, Hideki; Kimura, Junpei; Oshida, Tatsuo; Stafford, Brian J; Rerkamnuaychoke, Worawut; Nishida, Takao; Sasaki, Motoki; Hayashida, Akiko; Hayashi, Yoshihiro
2004-03-01
The geographical variations of the skulls were osteometrically examined in the gray-bellied squirrel (Callosciurus caniceps) from the populations of Korat, Ranong, southernmost Thailand, and Terutau Island. The skull size was larger in northern population than in the southern population in the continental mainland. The zoogeographical influences of the Isthmus of Kra remained unclear, since the plots from Korat population were intermingled with those from southernmost Thailand population in the principal component charts. Although Korat population has been thought to belong to north group, we suggest that Ranong and southernmost Thailand populations may contain individuals from both north and south groups separated by the ancient Kra barrier. Terutau Island population was similar to southernmost Thailand population in skull size, although Terutau population has been isolated in the island and separated from the south group of the Isthmus of Kra. In the proportional analysis the interorbital space was narrower and the binocular sense has been well-developed in Terutau population. It suggests that this population has been highly adapted to arboreal behavior. In contrast, the skull with larger interorbital space was more adaptive for terrestrial life in Korat population. The canonical discriminant analysis could clearly separate the four populations in the scattergrams of discriminant scores.
Fu, P; Panneerselvam, A; Clifford, B; Dowlati, A; Ma, P C; Zeng, G; Halmos, B; Leidner, R S
2015-12-01
It is well known that non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) is a heterogeneous group of diseases. Previous studies have demonstrated genetic variation among different ethnic groups in the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) in NSCLC. Research by our group and others has recently shown a lower frequency of EGFR mutations in African Americans with NSCLC, as compared to their White counterparts. In this study, we use our original study data of EGFR pathway genetics in African American NSCLC as an example to illustrate that univariate analyses based on aggregation versus partition of data leads to contradictory results, in order to emphasize the importance of controlling statistical confounding. We further investigate analytic approaches in logistic regression for data with separation, as is the case in our example data set, and apply appropriate methods to identify predictors of EGFR mutation. Our simulation shows that with separated or nearly separated data, penalized maximum likelihood (PML) produces estimates with smallest bias and approximately maintains the nominal value with statistical power equal to or better than that from maximum likelihood and exact conditional likelihood methods. Application of the PML method in our example data set shows that race and EGFR-FISH are independently significant predictors of EGFR mutation. © The Author(s) 2011.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2010-11-23
... negative determination regarding the eligibility of workers and former workers of MetLife, Technology, Operations, and Information Technology Groups, Moosic, Pennsylvania (TA-W-73,210) and MetLife, Technology... software testing and quality assurance services, and are not separately identifiable by service supplied...
Panayotou, Nicholas F.; Green, Donald R.; Price, Larry S.
1985-01-01
A method of and apparatus for heating test specimens to desired elevated temperatures for irradiation by a high energy neutron source. A furnace assembly is provided for heating two separate groups of specimens to substantially different, elevated, isothermal temperatures in a high vacuum environment while positioning the two specimen groups symmetrically at equivalent neutron irradiating positions.
Sensitizing Teachers to Ethnic Groups.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Noar, Gertrude
This booklet on human relations attempts to convey to teachers the meaning and intent of "learning to live together." Separate sections deal with what teachers need to know about blacks, American Indians, Mexican-Americans, Puerto Ricans, the disadvantaged, Asian-Americans, Jews, and the many Caucasian ethnic groups. The focus in each race is on…
A new species of Nemoura (Plecoptera: Nemouridae) from South of the Russian Far East.
Teslenko, Valentina A
2015-08-13
A new species of Plecoptera from the Nemoura ovocercia group, Nemoura khasanensis sp. n. from the Primorsky Region, south of the Russian Far East, is described and illustrated. The diagnostic characters for separation from other members of the oviocercia group are provided.
78 FR 69755 - International Product and Price Changes
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-11-21
... provides reliable, high-speed service to over 185 countries with a money-back, date- certain delivery... Price Group Price groups 1-14 will have shaped-based pricing and will be require separate containers (i... decrease the minimum weight for a direct country container from 3 pounds to 2 pounds. Destination Countries...
40 CFR 63.137 - Process wastewater provisions-oil-water separators.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
.... (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance with the requirements... receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater... control device. The fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the requirements...
40 CFR 63.137 - Process wastewater provisions-oil-water separators.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
.... (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance with the requirements... receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater... control device. The fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the requirements...
40 CFR 63.137 - Process wastewater provisions-oil-water separators.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
.... (2) The control device shall be designed, operated, and inspected in accordance with the requirements... receives, manages, or treats a Group 1 wastewater stream or a residual removed from a Group 1 wastewater... control device. The fixed roof, closed-vent system, and control device shall meet the requirements...
Strong Military Families Program: A Multifamily Group Approach to Strengthening Family Resilience
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Rosenblum, Kate; Muzik, Maria; Waddell, Rachel; Thompson, Stephanie; Rosenberg, Lauren; Masini, Gabriella; Smith, Karen
2015-01-01
Military families frequently display remarkable resilience in the face of significant challenges, and yet deployment and parental separation are significant stressors for parents, particularly those with infants and young children. The Strong Military Families preventive intervention is a multifamily parenting and self-care skills group that aims…
Separation and Relating in a Parent-Toddler Group Setting
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Navridi, Evanthia; Navridis, Klimis; Midgley, Nick
2012-01-01
Parent-toddler groups constitute a primary intervention programme whose target is to support and encourage the parent-toddler relationship. Toddlerhood is a developmental period when major, crucial changes take place regarding how children function, as well as their relationship to their parents (especially to their mother). The present paper…
Group Treatment of Separated Parent and Child Interaction
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Briggs, Harold E.; Leary, Joy D.; Briggs, Adam C.; Cox, Wendell H.; Shibano, Matsujiro
2005-01-01
Effective child-behavior management is an important characteristic in facilitating positive parent and child interaction. The current study examines the impact of a behavioral parent-training group methodology on problem behaviors and goals for a single mother and two young boys. Results indicate that the procedures were valuable for enhancing…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Cook-Gumperz, Jenny; Szymanski, Margaret
2001-01-01
Examines how students use gendered discourse practices in small peer group settings to accomplish their school tasks. The analysis contributes to the separate worlds hypothesis by showing how Latino children interactionally orient to their peer group as a gendered context. (Author/VWL)
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Siegel, Marcelle; Roberts, Tina M.; Freyermuth, Sharyn K.; Witzig, Stephen B.; Izci, Kemal
2015-01-01
The authors describe a collaborative group-testing strategy implemented and studied in undergraduate science classes. This project investigated how the assessment strategy relates to student performance and perceptions about collaboration and focused on two sections of an undergraduate biotechnology course taught in separate semesters.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-01-01
... career or career-conditional competitive service employee, in tenure group 1 or 2, at grades GS-15 level... employee means: (1) A current career or career-conditional competitive service employee, in tenure group 1 or 2, at grade levels GS-15 or equivalent and below, who has received a specific RIF separation...
Bullies, Victims, and Bully/Victims: Distinct Groups of At-Risk Youth.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Haynie, Denise L.; Nasel, Tonja; Eitel, Patricia; Crump, Aria Davis; Saylor, Keith; Yu, Kai; Simons-Morton, Bruce
2001-01-01
Surveyed middle school students on incidents of bullying and victimization. Found that psychosocial and behavioral predictors such as problem behaviors, attitudes toward deviance, peer influences, depressive symptoms, school-related functioning, and parenting linearly separated never bullied or victimized students from the victim group, from the…
Panayotou, N.F.; Green, D.R.; Price, L.S.
A method of and apparatus for heating test specimens to desired elevated temperatures for irradiation by a high energy neutron source. A furnace assembly is provided for heating two separate groups of specimens to substantially different, elevated, isothermal temperatures in a high vacuum environment while positioning the two specimen groups symmetrically at equivalent neutron irradiating positions.
Engaging Research Groups: Rethinking Information Literacy for Graduate Students
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Fong, Bonnie L.; Hansen, Darren B.
2012-01-01
Librarians have traditionally taught information literacy skills to science graduate students in separate courses dedicated to information-seeking, during assignment(s)-based library sessions for other courses, or through workshops. There is little mention in the professional literature of teaching graduate students within their research groups.…
Generating Ship-to-Shore Bulk Fuel Delivery Schedules for the Marine Expeditionary Unit
2017-06-01
Amphibious Ready Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.2 Amphibious Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 2.3 Fuel Containers...ARG Amphibious Ready Group BLT Battalion Landing Team COMPHIBRON Commander, Amphibious Squadron CSV Comma Separated Values LCAC Landing Craft Air...in the world. The MEU and the Amphibious Ready Group (ARG) create a highly capable amphibious force able to strike and conduct operations from the sea
Correlation of adhesive strength with service life of paint applied to weathered wood
R. Sam Williams; Jerrold E. Winandy; Peter G. Sotos; William C. Feist
2004-01-01
Smooth-planed western redcedar bevel siding was exposed outdoors (preweathered) for 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 weeks. The weathered boards were separated into two end-matched groups. One group was painted with only primer paint and tested for paint adhesion following preweathering. The second group was painted with a primer and topcoat, exposed outdoors for an additional 20...
Correlation of adhesive strength with service life of paint applied to weathered wood
R.S. Williams; J.E. Winandy; W.C. Feist
2002-01-01
Smooth-planed western redcedar bevel siding was exposed outdoors (preweathered) for 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 weeks. The weathered boards were separated into two end-matched groups. One group was painted with only primer paint and tested for paint adhesion following preweathering. The second group was painted with a primer and topcoat, exposed outdoors for an additional 17...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Roye, Wendell J.
If the major educational objective of classifying children into restricted range classroom environments is greater provision for individual differences--and given that there is no clear-cut evidence indicating that this object has been realized--then one is compelled to entertain the conclusion that ability grouping, as presently implemented, has…
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Jacobs, Michael B.; Tower, Donald
1992-01-01
Stanford Medical Group, a model group practice in internal medicine, was established at Stanford University (California) within the academic medical center. Clinical faculty status was raised by developing a separate faculty track for the practice. The approach has been well-received and successful in attaining training and patient care goals.…
Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen entanglement and steering in two-well Bose-Einstein-condensate ground states
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
He, Q. Y.; Drummond, P. D.; Olsen, M. K.; Reid, M. D.
2012-08-01
We consider how to generate and detect Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen (EPR) entanglement and the steering paradox between groups of atoms in two separated potential wells in a Bose-Einstein condensate. We present experimental criteria for this form of entanglement and propose experimental strategies for detecting entanglement using two- or four-mode ground states. These approaches use spatial and/or internal modes. We also present higher-order criteria that act as signatures to detect the multiparticle entanglement present in this system. We point out the difference between spatial entanglement using separated detectors and other types of entanglement that do not require spatial separation. The four-mode approach with two spatial and two internal modes results in an entanglement signature with spatially separated detectors, conceptually similar to the original EPR paradox.